InventorX/pleasehelp
1
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Pull requests Projects Releases Packages Wiki Activity

init commit

Browse source
This commit is contained in:
InventorXtreme 2023-12-05 07:08:36 -05:00
commit ae325683f9
267 changed files with 44630 additions and 0 deletions
Download patch file Download diff file Expand all files Collapse all files

1
.clang-format Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1 @@
IndentWidth: 4

45
Makefile Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
################################################################################
######################### User configurable parameters #########################
# filename extensions
CEXTS:=c
ASMEXTS:=s S
CXXEXTS:=cpp c++ cc
# probably shouldn't modify these, but you may need them below
ROOT=.
FWDIR:=$(ROOT)/firmware
BINDIR=$(ROOT)/bin
SRCDIR=$(ROOT)/src
INCDIR=$(ROOT)/include
WARNFLAGS+=
EXTRA_CFLAGS=
EXTRA_CXXFLAGS=
# Set to 1 to enable hot/cold linking
USE_PACKAGE:=1
# Add libraries you do not wish to include in the cold image here
# EXCLUDE_COLD_LIBRARIES:= $(FWDIR)/your_library.a
EXCLUDE_COLD_LIBRARIES:=
# Set this to 1 to add additional rules to compile your project as a PROS library template
IS_LIBRARY:=0
# TODO: CHANGE THIS!
LIBNAME:=libbest
VERSION:=1.0.0
# EXCLUDE_SRC_FROM_LIB= $(SRCDIR)/unpublishedfile.c
# this line excludes opcontrol.c and similar files
EXCLUDE_SRC_FROM_LIB+=$(foreach file, $(SRCDIR)/main,$(foreach cext,$(CEXTS),$(file).$(cext)) $(foreach cxxext,$(CXXEXTS),$(file).$(cxxext)))
# files that get distributed to every user (beyond your source archive) - add
# whatever files you want here. This line is configured to add all header files
# that are in the the include directory get exported
TEMPLATE_FILES=$(INCDIR)/**/*.h $(INCDIR)/**/*.hpp
.DEFAULT_GOAL=quick
################################################################################
################################################################################
########## Nothing below this line should be edited by typical users ###########
-include ./common.mk

295
common.mk Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,295 @@
ARCHTUPLE=arm-none-eabi-
DEVICE=VEX EDR V5
MFLAGS=-mcpu=cortex-a9 -mfpu=neon-fp16 -mfloat-abi=softfp -Os -g
CPPFLAGS=-D_POSIX_THREADS -D_UNIX98_THREAD_MUTEX_ATTRIBUTES -D_POSIX_TIMERS -D_POSIX_MONOTONIC_CLOCK
GCCFLAGS=-ffunction-sections -fdata-sections -fdiagnostics-color -funwind-tables
WARNFLAGS+=-Wno-psabi
SPACE := $() $()
COMMA := ,
DEPDIR := .d
$(shell mkdir -p $(DEPDIR))
DEPFLAGS = -MT $$@ -MMD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/$$*.Td
MAKEDEPFOLDER = -$(VV)mkdir -p $(DEPDIR)/$$(dir $$(patsubst $(BINDIR)/%, %, $(ROOT)/$$@))
RENAMEDEPENDENCYFILE = -$(VV)mv -f $(DEPDIR)/$$*.Td $$(patsubst $(SRCDIR)/%, $(DEPDIR)/%.d, $(ROOT)/$$<) && touch $$@
LIBRARIES+=$(wildcard $(FWDIR)/*.a)
# Cannot include newlib and libc because not all of the req'd stubs are implemented
EXCLUDE_COLD_LIBRARIES+=$(FWDIR)/libc.a $(FWDIR)/libm.a
COLD_LIBRARIES=$(filter-out $(EXCLUDE_COLD_LIBRARIES), $(LIBRARIES))
wlprefix=-Wl,$(subst $(SPACE),$(COMMA),$1)
LNK_FLAGS=--gc-sections --start-group $(strip $(LIBRARIES)) -lgcc -lstdc++ --end-group -T$(FWDIR)/v5-common.ld
ASMFLAGS=$(MFLAGS) $(WARNFLAGS)
CFLAGS=$(MFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(WARNFLAGS) $(GCCFLAGS) --std=gnu11
CXXFLAGS=$(MFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(WARNFLAGS) $(GCCFLAGS) --std=gnu++17
LDFLAGS=$(MFLAGS) $(WARNFLAGS) -nostdlib $(GCCFLAGS)
SIZEFLAGS=-d --common
NUMFMTFLAGS=--to=iec --format %.2f --suffix=B
AR:=$(ARCHTUPLE)ar
# using arm-none-eabi-as generates a listing by default. This produces a super verbose output.
# Using gcc accomplishes the same thing without the extra output
AS:=$(ARCHTUPLE)gcc
CC:=$(ARCHTUPLE)gcc
CXX:=$(ARCHTUPLE)g++
LD:=$(ARCHTUPLE)g++
OBJCOPY:=$(ARCHTUPLE)objcopy
SIZETOOL:=$(ARCHTUPLE)size
READELF:=$(ARCHTUPLE)readelf
STRIP:=$(ARCHTUPLE)strip
ifneq (, $(shell command -v gnumfmt 2> /dev/null))
SIZES_NUMFMT:=| gnumfmt --field=-4 --header $(NUMFMTFLAGS)
else
ifneq (, $(shell command -v numfmt 2> /dev/null))
SIZES_NUMFMT:=| numfmt --field=-4 --header $(NUMFMTFLAGS)
else
SIZES_NUMFMT:=
endif
endif
ifneq (, $(shell command -v sed 2> /dev/null))
SIZES_SED:=| sed -e 's/ dec/total/'
else
SIZES_SED:=
endif
rwildcard=$(foreach d,$(filter-out $3,$(wildcard $1*)),$(call rwildcard,$d/,$2,$3)$(filter $(subst *,%,$2),$d))
# Colors
NO_COLOR=$(shell printf "%b" "\033[0m")
OK_COLOR=$(shell printf "%b" "\033[32;01m")
ERROR_COLOR=$(shell printf "%b" "\033[31;01m")
WARN_COLOR=$(shell printf "%b" "\033[33;01m")
STEP_COLOR=$(shell printf "%b" "\033[37;01m")
OK_STRING=$(OK_COLOR)[OK]$(NO_COLOR)
DONE_STRING=$(OK_COLOR)[DONE]$(NO_COLOR)
ERROR_STRING=$(ERROR_COLOR)[ERRORS]$(NO_COLOR)
WARN_STRING=$(WARN_COLOR)[WARNINGS]$(NO_COLOR)
ECHO=/bin/printf "%s\n"
echo=@$(ECHO) "$2$1$(NO_COLOR)"
echon=@/bin/printf "%s" "$2$1$(NO_COLOR)"
define test_output_2
@if test $(BUILD_VERBOSE) -eq $(or $4,1); then printf "%s\n" "$2"; fi;
@output="$$($2 2>&1)"; exit=$$?; \
if test 0 -ne $$exit; then \
printf "%s%s\n" "$1" "$(ERROR_STRING)"; \
printf "%s\n" "$$output"; \
exit $$exit; \
elif test -n "$$output"; then \
printf "%s%s\n" "$1" "$(WARN_STRING)"; \
printf "%s\n" "$$output"; \
else \
printf "%s%s\n" "$1" "$3"; \
fi;
endef
define test_output
@output=$$($1 2>&1); exit=$$?; \
if test 0 -ne $$exit; then \
printf "%s\n" "$(ERROR_STRING)" $$?; \
printf "%s\n" $$output; \
exit $$exit; \
elif test -n "$$output"; then \
printf "%s\n" "$(WARN_STRING)"; \
printf "%s" $$output; \
else \
printf "%s\n" "$2"; \
fi;
endef
# Makefile Verbosity
ifeq ("$(origin VERBOSE)", "command line")
BUILD_VERBOSE = $(VERBOSE)
endif
ifeq ("$(origin V)", "command line")
BUILD_VERBOSE = $(V)
endif
ifndef BUILD_VERBOSE
BUILD_VERBOSE = 0
endif
# R is reduced (default messages) - build verbose = 0
# V is verbose messages - verbosity = 1
# VV is super verbose - verbosity = 2
ifeq ($(BUILD_VERBOSE), 0)
R = @echo
D = @
VV = @
endif
ifeq ($(BUILD_VERBOSE), 1)
R = @echo
D =
VV = @
endif
ifeq ($(BUILD_VERBOSE), 2)
R =
D =
VV =
endif
INCLUDE=$(foreach dir,$(INCDIR) $(EXTRA_INCDIR),-iquote"$(dir)")
ASMSRC=$(foreach asmext,$(ASMEXTS),$(call rwildcard, $(SRCDIR),*.$(asmext), $1))
ASMOBJ=$(addprefix $(BINDIR)/,$(patsubst $(SRCDIR)/%,%.o,$(call ASMSRC,$1)))
CSRC=$(foreach cext,$(CEXTS),$(call rwildcard, $(SRCDIR),*.$(cext), $1))
COBJ=$(addprefix $(BINDIR)/,$(patsubst $(SRCDIR)/%,%.o,$(call CSRC, $1)))
CXXSRC=$(foreach cxxext,$(CXXEXTS),$(call rwildcard, $(SRCDIR),*.$(cxxext), $1))
CXXOBJ=$(addprefix $(BINDIR)/,$(patsubst $(SRCDIR)/%,%.o,$(call CXXSRC,$1)))
GETALLOBJ=$(sort $(call ASMOBJ,$1) $(call COBJ,$1) $(call CXXOBJ,$1))
ARCHIVE_TEXT_LIST=$(subst $(SPACE),$(COMMA),$(notdir $(basename $(LIBRARIES))))
LDTIMEOBJ:=$(BINDIR)/_pros_ld_timestamp.o
MONOLITH_BIN:=$(BINDIR)/monolith.bin
MONOLITH_ELF:=$(basename $(MONOLITH_BIN)).elf
HOT_BIN:=$(BINDIR)/hot.package.bin
HOT_ELF:=$(basename $(HOT_BIN)).elf
COLD_BIN:=$(BINDIR)/cold.package.bin
COLD_ELF:=$(basename $(COLD_BIN)).elf
# Check if USE_PACKAGE is defined to check for migration steps from purduesigbots/pros#87
ifndef USE_PACKAGE
$(error Your Makefile must be migrated! Visit https://pros.cs.purdue.edu/v5/releases/kernel3.1.6.html to learn how)
endif
DEFAULT_BIN=$(MONOLITH_BIN)
ifeq ($(USE_PACKAGE),1)
DEFAULT_BIN=$(HOT_BIN)
endif
-include $(wildcard $(FWDIR)/*.mk)
.PHONY: all clean quick
quick: $(DEFAULT_BIN)
all: clean $(DEFAULT_BIN)
clean:
@echo Cleaning project
-$Drm -rf $(BINDIR)
-$Drm -rf $(DEPDIR)
ifeq ($(IS_LIBRARY),1)
ifeq ($(LIBNAME),libbest)
$(errror "You should rename your library! libbest is the default library name and should be changed")
endif
LIBAR=$(BINDIR)/$(LIBNAME).a
TEMPLATE_DIR=$(ROOT)/template
clean-template:
@echo Cleaning $(TEMPLATE_DIR)
-$Drm -rf $(TEMPLATE_DIR)
$(LIBAR): $(call GETALLOBJ,$(EXCLUDE_SRC_FROM_LIB)) $(EXTRA_LIB_DEPS)
-$Drm -f $@
$(call test_output_2,Creating $@ ,$(AR) rcs $@ $^, $(DONE_STRING))
.PHONY: library
library: $(LIBAR)
.PHONY: template
template: clean-template $(LIBAR)
$Dpros c create-template . $(LIBNAME) $(VERSION) $(foreach file,$(TEMPLATE_FILES) $(LIBAR),--system "$(file)") --target v5 $(CREATE_TEMPLATE_FLAGS)
endif
# if project is a library source, compile the archive and link output.elf against the archive rather than source objects
ifeq ($(IS_LIBRARY),1)
ELF_DEPS+=$(filter-out $(call GETALLOBJ,$(EXCLUDE_SRC_FROM_LIB)), $(call GETALLOBJ,$(EXCLUDE_SRCDIRS)))
LIBRARIES+=$(LIBAR)
else
ELF_DEPS+=$(call GETALLOBJ,$(EXCLUDE_SRCDIRS))
endif
$(MONOLITH_BIN): $(MONOLITH_ELF) $(BINDIR)
$(call test_output_2,Creating $@ for $(DEVICE) ,$(OBJCOPY) $< -O binary -R .hot_init $@,$(DONE_STRING))
$(MONOLITH_ELF): $(ELF_DEPS) $(LIBRARIES)
$(call _pros_ld_timestamp)
$(call test_output_2,Linking project with $(ARCHIVE_TEXT_LIST) ,$(LD) $(LDFLAGS) $(ELF_DEPS) $(LDTIMEOBJ) $(call wlprefix,-T$(FWDIR)/v5.ld $(LNK_FLAGS)) -o $@,$(OK_STRING))
@echo Section sizes:
-$(VV)$(SIZETOOL) $(SIZEFLAGS) $@ $(SIZES_SED) $(SIZES_NUMFMT)
$(COLD_BIN): $(COLD_ELF)
$(call test_output_2,Creating cold package binary for $(DEVICE) ,$(OBJCOPY) $< -O binary -R .hot_init $@,$(DONE_STRING))
$(COLD_ELF): $(COLD_LIBRARIES)
$(VV)mkdir -p $(dir $@)
$(call test_output_2,Creating cold package with $(ARCHIVE_TEXT_LIST) ,$(LD) $(LDFLAGS) $(call wlprefix,--gc-keep-exported --whole-archive $^ -lstdc++ --no-whole-archive) $(call wlprefix,-T$(FWDIR)/v5.ld $(LNK_FLAGS) -o $@),$(OK_STRING))
$(call test_output_2,Stripping cold package ,$(OBJCOPY) --strip-symbol=install_hot_table --strip-symbol=__libc_init_array --strip-symbol=_PROS_COMPILE_DIRECTORY --strip-symbol=_PROS_COMPILE_TIMESTAMP --strip-symbol=_PROS_COMPILE_TIMESTAMP_INT $@ $@, $(DONE_STRING))
@echo Section sizes:
-$(VV)$(SIZETOOL) $(SIZEFLAGS) $@ $(SIZES_SED) $(SIZES_NUMFMT)
$(HOT_BIN): $(HOT_ELF) $(COLD_BIN)
$(call test_output_2,Creating $@ for $(DEVICE) ,$(OBJCOPY) $< -O binary $@,$(DONE_STRING))
$(HOT_ELF): $(COLD_ELF) $(ELF_DEPS)
$(call _pros_ld_timestamp)
$(call test_output_2,Linking hot project with $(COLD_ELF) and $(ARCHIVE_TEXT_LIST) ,$(LD) -nostartfiles $(LDFLAGS) $(call wlprefix,-R $<) $(filter-out $<,$^) $(LDTIMEOBJ) $(LIBRARIES) $(call wlprefix,-T$(FWDIR)/v5-hot.ld $(LNK_FLAGS) -o $@),$(OK_STRING))
@printf "%s\n" "Section sizes:"
-$(VV)$(SIZETOOL) $(SIZEFLAGS) $@ $(SIZES_SED) $(SIZES_NUMFMT)
define asm_rule
$(BINDIR)/%.$1.o: $(SRCDIR)/%.$1
$(VV)mkdir -p $$(dir $$@)
$$(call test_output_2,Compiled $$< ,$(AS) -c $(ASMFLAGS) -o $$@ $$<,$(OK_STRING))
endef
$(foreach asmext,$(ASMEXTS),$(eval $(call asm_rule,$(asmext))))
define c_rule
$(BINDIR)/%.$1.o: $(SRCDIR)/%.$1
$(BINDIR)/%.$1.o: $(SRCDIR)/%.$1 $(DEPDIR)/$(basename $1).d
$(VV)mkdir -p $$(dir $$@)
$(MAKEDEPFOLDER)
$$(call test_output_2,Compiled $$< ,$(CC) -c $(INCLUDE) -iquote"$(INCDIR)/$$(dir $$*)" $(CFLAGS) $(EXTRA_CFLAGS) $(DEPFLAGS) -o $$@ $$<,$(OK_STRING))
$(RENAMEDEPENDENCYFILE)
endef
$(foreach cext,$(CEXTS),$(eval $(call c_rule,$(cext))))
define cxx_rule
$(BINDIR)/%.$1.o: $(SRCDIR)/%.$1
$(BINDIR)/%.$1.o: $(SRCDIR)/%.$1 $(DEPDIR)/$(basename %).d
$(VV)mkdir -p $$(dir $$@)
$(MAKEDEPFOLDER)
$$(call test_output_2,Compiled $$< ,$(CXX) -c $(INCLUDE) -iquote"$(INCDIR)/$$(dir $$*)" $(CXXFLAGS) $(EXTRA_CXXFLAGS) $(DEPFLAGS) -o $$@ $$<,$(OK_STRING))
$(RENAMEDEPENDENCYFILE)
endef
$(foreach cxxext,$(CXXEXTS),$(eval $(call cxx_rule,$(cxxext))))
define _pros_ld_timestamp
$(VV)mkdir -p $(dir $(LDTIMEOBJ))
@# Pipe a line of code defining _PROS_COMPILE_TOOLSTAMP and _PROS_COMPILE_DIRECTORY into GCC,
@# which allows compilation from stdin. We define _PROS_COMPILE_DIRECTORY using a command line-defined macro
@# which is the pwd | tail bit, which will truncate the path to the last 23 characters
@#
@# const int _PROS_COMPILE_TIMESTAMP_INT = $(( $(date +%s) - $(date +%z) * 3600 ))
@# char const * const _PROS_COMPILE_TIEMSTAMP = __DATE__ " " __TIME__
@# char const * const _PROS_COMPILE_DIRECTORY = "$(shell pwd | tail -c 23)";
@#
@# The shell command $$(($$(date +%s)+($$(date +%-z)/100*3600))) fetches the current
@# unix timestamp, and then adds the UTC timezone offset to account for time zones.
$(call test_output_2,Adding timestamp ,echo 'const int _PROS_COMPILE_TIMESTAMP_INT = $(shell echo $$(($$(date +%s)+($$(date +%-z)/100*3600)))); char const * const _PROS_COMPILE_TIMESTAMP = __DATE__ " " __TIME__; char const * const _PROS_COMPILE_DIRECTORY = "$(wildcard $(shell pwd | tail -c 23))";' | $(CC) -c -x c $(CFLAGS) $(EXTRA_CFLAGS) -o $(LDTIMEOBJ) -,$(OK_STRING))
endef
# these rules are for build-compile-commands, which just print out sysroot information
cc-sysroot:
@echo | $(CC) -c -x c $(CFLAGS) $(EXTRA_CFLAGS) --verbose -o /dev/null -
cxx-sysroot:
@echo | $(CXX) -c -x c++ $(CXXFLAGS) $(EXTRA_CXXFLAGS) --verbose -o /dev/null -
$(DEPDIR)/%.d: ;
.PRECIOUS: $(DEPDIR)/%.d
include $(wildcard $(patsubst $(SRCDIR)/%,$(DEPDIR)/%.d,$(CSRC) $(CXXSRC)))

BIN
firmware/libc.a Normal file
View file

Binary file not shown.

BIN
firmware/libm.a Normal file
View file

Binary file not shown.

BIN
firmware/libpros.a Normal file
View file

Binary file not shown.

BIN
firmware/okapilib.a Normal file
View file

Binary file not shown.

1
firmware/squiggles.mk Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1 @@
INCLUDE+=-iquote"$(ROOT)/include/okapi/squiggles"

263
firmware/v5-common.ld Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,263 @@
/* Define the sections, and where they are mapped in memory */
SECTIONS
{
/* This will get stripped out before uploading, but we need to place code
here so we can at least link to it (install_hot_table) */
.hot_init : {
KEEP (*(.hot_magic))
KEEP (*(.hot_init))
} > HOT_MEMORY
.text : {
KEEP (*(.vectors))
/* boot data should be exactly 32 bytes long */
*(.boot_data)
. = 0x20;
*(.boot)
. = ALIGN(64);
*(.freertos_vectors)
*(.text)
*(.text.*)
*(.gnu.linkonce.t.*)
*(.plt)
*(.gnu_warning)
*(.gcc_except_table)
*(.glue_7)
*(.glue_7t)
*(.vfp11_veneer)
*(.ARM.extab)
*(.gnu.linkonce.armextab.*)
} > RAM
.init : {
KEEP (*(.init))
} > RAM
.fini : {
KEEP (*(.fini))
} > RAM
.rodata : {
__rodata_start = .;
*(.rodata)
*(.rodata.*)
*(.gnu.linkonce.r.*)
__rodata_end = .;
} > RAM
.rodata1 : {
__rodata1_start = .;
*(.rodata1)
*(.rodata1.*)
__rodata1_end = .;
} > RAM
.sdata2 : {
__sdata2_start = .;
*(.sdata2)
*(.sdata2.*)
*(.gnu.linkonce.s2.*)
__sdata2_end = .;
} > RAM
.sbss2 : {
__sbss2_start = .;
*(.sbss2)
*(.sbss2.*)
*(.gnu.linkonce.sb2.*)
__sbss2_end = .;
} > RAM
.data : {
__data_start = .;
*(.data)
*(.data.*)
*(.gnu.linkonce.d.*)
*(.jcr)
*(.got)
*(.got.plt)
__data_end = .;
} > RAM
.data1 : {
__data1_start = .;
*(.data1)
*(.data1.*)
__data1_end = .;
} > RAM
.got : {
*(.got)
} > RAM
.ctors : {
__CTOR_LIST__ = .;
___CTORS_LIST___ = .;
KEEP (*crtbegin.o(.ctors))
KEEP (*(EXCLUDE_FILE(*crtend.o) .ctors))
KEEP (*(SORT(.ctors.*)))
KEEP (*(.ctors))
__CTOR_END__ = .;
___CTORS_END___ = .;
} > RAM
.dtors : {
__DTOR_LIST__ = .;
___DTORS_LIST___ = .;
KEEP (*crtbegin.o(.dtors))
KEEP (*(EXCLUDE_FILE(*crtend.o) .dtors))
KEEP (*(SORT(.dtors.*)))
KEEP (*(.dtors))
__DTOR_END__ = .;
___DTORS_END___ = .;
} > RAM
.fixup : {
__fixup_start = .;
*(.fixup)
__fixup_end = .;
} > RAM
.eh_frame : {
*(.eh_frame)
} > RAM
.eh_framehdr : {
__eh_framehdr_start = .;
*(.eh_framehdr)
__eh_framehdr_end = .;
} > RAM
.gcc_except_table : {
*(.gcc_except_table)
} > RAM
.mmu_tbl (ALIGN(16384)) : {
__mmu_tbl_start = .;
*(.mmu_tbl)
__mmu_tbl_end = .;
} > RAM
.ARM.exidx : {
__exidx_start = .;
*(.ARM.exidx*)
*(.gnu.linkonce.armexidix.*.*)
__exidx_end = .;
} > RAM
.preinit_array : {
__preinit_array_start = .;
KEEP (*(SORT(.preinit_array.*)))
KEEP (*(.preinit_array))
__preinit_array_end = .;
} > RAM
.init_array : {
__init_array_start = .;
KEEP (*(SORT(.init_array.*)))
KEEP (*(.init_array))
__init_array_end = .;
} > RAM
.fini_array : {
__fini_array_start = .;
KEEP (*(SORT(.fini_array.*)))
KEEP (*(.fini_array))
__fini_array_end = .;
} > RAM
.ARM.attributes : {
__ARM.attributes_start = .;
*(.ARM.attributes)
__ARM.attributes_end = .;
} > RAM
.sdata : {
__sdata_start = .;
*(.sdata)
*(.sdata.*)
*(.gnu.linkonce.s.*)
__sdata_end = .;
} > RAM
.sbss (NOLOAD) : {
__sbss_start = .;
*(.sbss)
*(.sbss.*)
*(.gnu.linkonce.sb.*)
__sbss_end = .;
} > RAM
.tdata : {
__tdata_start = .;
*(.tdata)
*(.tdata.*)
*(.gnu.linkonce.td.*)
__tdata_end = .;
} > RAM
.tbss : {
__tbss_start = .;
*(.tbss)
*(.tbss.*)
*(.gnu.linkonce.tb.*)
__tbss_end = .;
} > RAM
.bss (NOLOAD) : {
__bss_start = .;
*(.bss)
*(.bss.*)
*(.gnu.linkonce.b.*)
*(COMMON)
__bss_end = .;
} > RAM
_SDA_BASE_ = __sdata_start + ((__sbss_end - __sdata_start) / 2 );
_SDA2_BASE_ = __sdata2_start + ((__sbss2_end - __sdata2_start) / 2 );
/* Generate Stack and Heap definitions */
.heap (NOLOAD) : {
. = ALIGN(16);
_heap = .;
HeapBase = .;
_heap_start = .;
. += _HEAP_SIZE;
_heap_end = .;
HeapLimit = .;
} > HEAP
.stack (NOLOAD) : {
. = ALIGN(16);
_stack_end = .;
. += _STACK_SIZE;
. = ALIGN(16);
_stack = .;
__stack = _stack;
. = ALIGN(16);
_irq_stack_end = .;
. += _IRQ_STACK_SIZE;
. = ALIGN(16);
__irq_stack = .;
_supervisor_stack_end = .;
. += _SUPERVISOR_STACK_SIZE;
. = ALIGN(16);
__supervisor_stack = .;
_abort_stack_end = .;
. += _ABORT_STACK_SIZE;
. = ALIGN(16);
__abort_stack = .;
_fiq_stack_end = .;
. += _FIQ_STACK_SIZE;
. = ALIGN(16);
__fiq_stack = .;
_undef_stack_end = .;
. += _UNDEF_STACK_SIZE;
. = ALIGN(16);
__undef_stack = .;
} > COLD_MEMORY
_end = .;
}

33
firmware/v5-hot.ld Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
/* This stack is used during initialization, but FreeRTOS tasks have their own
stack allocated in BSS or Heap (kernel tasks in FreeRTOS .bss heap; user tasks
in standard heap) */
_STACK_SIZE = DEFINED(_STACK_SIZE) ? _STACK_SIZE : 0x2000;
_ABORT_STACK_SIZE = DEFINED(_ABORT_STACK_SIZE) ? _ABORT_STACK_SIZE : 1024;
_SUPERVISOR_STACK_SIZE = DEFINED(_SUPERVISOR_STACK_SIZE) ? _SUPERVISOR_STACK_SIZE : 2048;
_IRQ_STACK_SIZE = DEFINED(_IRQ_STACK_SIZE) ? _IRQ_STACK_SIZE : 1024;
_FIQ_STACK_SIZE = DEFINED(_FIQ_STACK_SIZE) ? _FIQ_STACK_SIZE : 1024;
_UNDEF_STACK_SIZE = DEFINED(_UNDEF_STACK_SIZE) ? _UNDEF_STACK_SIZE : 1024;
_HEAP_SIZE = DEFINED(_HEAP_SIZE) ? _HEAP_SIZE : 0x02E00000; /* ~48 MB */
/* Define Memories in the system */
start_of_cold_mem = 0x03800000;
_COLD_MEM_SIZE = 0x04800000;
end_of_cold_mem = start_of_cold_mem + _COLD_MEM_SIZE;
start_of_hot_mem = 0x07800000;
_HOT_MEM_SIZE = 0x00800000;
end_of_hot_mem = start_of_hot_mem + _HOT_MEM_SIZE;
MEMORY
{
/* user code 72M */
COLD_MEMORY : ORIGIN = start_of_cold_mem, LENGTH = _COLD_MEM_SIZE /* Just under 19 MB */
HEAP : ORIGIN = 0x04A00000, LENGTH = _HEAP_SIZE
HOT_MEMORY : ORIGIN = start_of_hot_mem, LENGTH = _HOT_MEM_SIZE /* Just over 8 MB */
}
REGION_ALIAS("RAM", HOT_MEMORY);
ENTRY(install_hot_table)

33
firmware/v5.ld Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
/* This stack is used during initialization, but FreeRTOS tasks have their own
stack allocated in BSS or Heap (kernel tasks in FreeRTOS .bss heap; user tasks
in standard heap) */
_STACK_SIZE = DEFINED(_STACK_SIZE) ? _STACK_SIZE : 0x2000;
_ABORT_STACK_SIZE = DEFINED(_ABORT_STACK_SIZE) ? _ABORT_STACK_SIZE : 1024;
_SUPERVISOR_STACK_SIZE = DEFINED(_SUPERVISOR_STACK_SIZE) ? _SUPERVISOR_STACK_SIZE : 2048;
_IRQ_STACK_SIZE = DEFINED(_IRQ_STACK_SIZE) ? _IRQ_STACK_SIZE : 1024;
_FIQ_STACK_SIZE = DEFINED(_FIQ_STACK_SIZE) ? _FIQ_STACK_SIZE : 1024;
_UNDEF_STACK_SIZE = DEFINED(_UNDEF_STACK_SIZE) ? _UNDEF_STACK_SIZE : 1024;
_HEAP_SIZE = DEFINED(_HEAP_SIZE) ? _HEAP_SIZE : 0x02E00000; /* ~48 MB */
/* Define Memories in the system */
start_of_cold_mem = 0x03800000;
_COLD_MEM_SIZE = 0x04800000;
end_of_cold_mem = start_of_cold_mem + _COLD_MEM_SIZE;
start_of_hot_mem = 0x07800000;
_HOT_MEM_SIZE = 0x00800000;
end_of_hot_mem = start_of_hot_mem + _HOT_MEM_SIZE;
MEMORY
{
/* user code 72M */
COLD_MEMORY : ORIGIN = start_of_cold_mem, LENGTH = _COLD_MEM_SIZE /* Just under 19 MB */
HEAP : ORIGIN = 0x04A00000, LENGTH = _HEAP_SIZE
HOT_MEMORY : ORIGIN = start_of_hot_mem, LENGTH = _HOT_MEM_SIZE /* Just over 8 MB */
}
REGION_ALIAS("RAM", COLD_MEMORY);
ENTRY(vexStartup)

80
include/api.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
/**
* \file api.h
*
* PROS API header provides high-level user functionality
*
* Contains declarations for use by typical VEX programmers using PROS.
*
* This file should not be modified by users, since it gets replaced whenever
* a kernel upgrade occurs.
*
* \copyright Copyright (c) 2017-2023, Purdue University ACM SIGBots.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
* License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
* file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
*/
#ifndef _PROS_API_H_
#define _PROS_API_H_
#ifdef __cplusplus
#include <cerrno>
#include <cmath>
#include <cstdbool>
#include <cstddef>
#include <cstdint>
#include <cstdio>
#include <cstdlib>
#include <iostream>
#else /* (not) __cplusplus */
#include <errno.h>
#include <math.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdint.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#endif /* __cplusplus */
#define PROS_VERSION_MAJOR 3
#define PROS_VERSION_MINOR 8
#define PROS_VERSION_PATCH 0
#define PROS_VERSION_STRING "3.8.0"
#include "pros/adi.h"
#include "pros/colors.h"
#include "pros/distance.h"
#include "pros/error.h"
#include "pros/ext_adi.h"
#include "pros/gps.h"
#include "pros/imu.h"
#include "pros/link.h"
#include "pros/llemu.h"
#include "pros/misc.h"
#include "pros/motors.h"
#include "pros/optical.h"
#include "pros/rtos.h"
#include "pros/rotation.h"
#include "pros/screen.h"
#include "pros/vision.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
#include "pros/adi.hpp"
#include "pros/distance.hpp"
#include "pros/gps.hpp"
#include "pros/imu.hpp"
#include "pros/llemu.hpp"
#include "pros/misc.hpp"
#include "pros/motors.hpp"
#include "pros/optical.hpp"
#include "pros/rotation.hpp"
#include "pros/rtos.hpp"
#include "pros/screen.hpp"
#include "pros/vision.hpp"
#include "pros/link.hpp"
#endif
#endif // _PROS_API_H_

71
include/display/README.md Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
# Littlev Graphics Libraray
![LittlevGL cover](http://www.gl.littlev.hu/home/main_cover_small.png)
LittlevGL provides everything you need to create a Graphical User Interface (GUI) on embedded systems with easy-to-use graphical elements, beautiful visual effects and low memory footprint.
Homepage: https://littlevgl.com
### Table Of Content
* [Key features](#key-features)
* [Porting](#porting)
* [Project set-up](#project-set-up)
* [PC simulator](#pc-simulator)
* [Screenshots](#screenshots)
* [Contributing](#contributing)
* [Donate](#donate)
## Key features
* Powerful building blocks buttons, charts, lists, sliders, images etc
* Advanced graphics with animations, anti-aliasing, opacity, smooth scrolling
* Various input devices touch pad, mouse, keyboard, encoder, buttons etc
* Multi language support with UTF-8 decoding
* Fully customizable graphical elements
* Hardware independent to use with any microcontroller or display
* Scalable to operate with few memory (50 kB Flash, 10 kB RAM)
* OS, External memory and GPU supported but not required
* Single frame buffer operation even with advances graphical effects
* Written in C for maximal compatibility
* Simulator to develop on PC without embedded hardware
* Tutorials, examples, themes for rapid development
* Documentation and API references online
## Porting
In the most sime case you need 4 things:
1. Call `lv_tick_inc(1)` in every millisecods in a Timer or Task
2. Register a function which can **copy a pixel array** to an area of the screen
3. Register a function which can **read an input device**. (E.g. touch pad)
4. Call `lv_task_handler()` periodically in every few milliseconds
For more information visit https://littlevgl.com/porting
## Project set-up
1. **Clone** or [Download](https://littlevgl.com/download) the lvgl repository: `git clone https://github.com/littlevgl/lvgl.git`
2. **Create project** with your preferred IDE and add the *lvgl* folder
3. Copy **lvgl/lv_conf_templ.h** as **lv_conf.h** next to the *lvgl* folder
4. In the lv_conf.h delete the first `#if 0` and its `#endif`. Let the default configurations at first.
5. In your *main.c*: #include "lvgl/lvgl.h"
6. In your *main function*:
* lvgl_init();
* tick, display and input device initialization (see above)
7. To **test** create a label: `lv_obj_t * label = lv_label_create(lv_scr_act(), NULL);`
8. In the main *while(1)* call `lv_task_handler();` and make a few milliseconds delay (e.g. `my_delay_ms(5);`)
9. Compile the code and load it to your embedded hardware
## PC Simulator
If you don't have got an embedded hardware you can test the graphics library in a PC simulator. The simulator uses [SDL2](https://www.libsdl.org/) to emulate a display on your monitor and a touch pad with your mouse.
There is a pre-configured PC project for **Eclipse CDT** in this repository: https://github.com/littlevgl/pc_simulator
## Screenshots
![TFT material](http://www.gl.littlev.hu/github_res/tft_material.png)
![TFT zen](http://www.gl.littlev.hu/github_res/tft_zen.png)
![TFT alien](http://www.gl.littlev.hu/github_res/tft_alien.png)
![TFT night](http://www.gl.littlev.hu/github_res/tft_night.png)
## Contributing
See [CONTRIBUTING.md](https://github.com/littlevgl/lvgl/blob/master/docs/CONTRIBUTING.md)
## Donate
If you are pleased with the graphics library, found it useful or be happy with the support you got, please help its further development:
[![Donate](https://littlevgl.com/donate_dir/donate_btn.png)](https://littlevgl.com/donate)

8
include/display/licence.txt Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
MIT licence
Copyright (c) 2016 Gábor Kiss-Vámosi
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the “Software”), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED “AS IS”, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

341
include/display/lv_conf.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,341 @@
/**
* @file lv_conf.h
*
*/
#ifndef LV_CONF_H
#define LV_CONF_H
/*----------------
* Dynamic memory
*----------------*/
/* Memory size which will be used by the library
* to store the graphical objects and other data */
#define LV_MEM_CUSTOM \
1 /*1: use custom malloc/free, 0: use the built-in \
lv_mem_alloc/lv_mem_free*/
#if LV_MEM_CUSTOM == 0
#define LV_MEM_SIZE \
(32U * 1024U) /*Size memory used by `lv_mem_alloc` in bytes (>= 2kB)*/
#define LV_MEM_ATTR /*Complier prefix for big array declaration*/
#define LV_MEM_AUTO_DEFRAG 1 /*Automatically defrag on free*/
#else /*LV_MEM_CUSTOM*/
#define LV_MEM_CUSTOM_INCLUDE \
"kapi.h" /*Header for the dynamic memory function*/
#define LV_MEM_CUSTOM_ALLOC kmalloc /*Wrapper to malloc*/
#define LV_MEM_CUSTOM_FREE kfree /*Wrapper to free*/
#endif /*LV_MEM_CUSTOM*/
#define LV_ENABLE_GC 0
/*===================
Graphical settings
*===================*/
/* Horizontal and vertical resolution of the library.*/
#define LV_HOR_RES (480)
#define LV_VER_RES (240)
#define LV_DPI 126
/* Size of VDB (Virtual Display Buffer: the internal graphics buffer).
* Required for buffered drawing, opacity and anti-aliasing
* VDB makes the double buffering, you don't need to deal with it!
* Typical size: ~1/10 screen */
#define LV_VDB_SIZE \
(LV_VER_RES * \
LV_HOR_RES) /*Size of VDB in pixel count (1/10 screen size is good for \
first)*/
#define LV_VDB_ADR \
0 /*Place VDB to a specific address (e.g. in external RAM) (0: allocate \
automatically into RAM)*/
/* Use two Virtual Display buffers (VDB) parallelize rendering and flushing
* (optional)
* The flushing should use DMA to write the frame buffer in the background*/
#define LV_VDB_DOUBLE 0 /*1: Enable the use of 2 VDBs*/
#define LV_VDB2_ADR \
0 /*Place VDB2 to a specific address (e.g. in external RAM) (0: allocate \
automatically into RAM)*/
/* Enable anti-aliasing (lines, and radiuses will be smoothed) */
#define LV_ANTIALIAS 1 /*1: Enable anti-aliasing*/
/*Screen refresh settings*/
#define LV_REFR_PERIOD 40 /*Screen refresh period in milliseconds*/
#define LV_INV_FIFO_SIZE 32 /*The average count of objects on a screen */
/*=================
Misc. setting
*=================*/
/*Input device settings*/
#define LV_INDEV_READ_PERIOD 50 /*Input device read period in milliseconds*/
#define LV_INDEV_POINT_MARKER \
0 /*Mark the pressed points (required: USE_LV_REAL_DRAW = 1)*/
#define LV_INDEV_DRAG_LIMIT 10 /*Drag threshold in pixels */
#define LV_INDEV_DRAG_THROW \
20 /*Drag throw slow-down in [%]. Greater value means faster slow-down */
#define LV_INDEV_LONG_PRESS_TIME 400 /*Long press time in milliseconds*/
#define LV_INDEV_LONG_PRESS_REP_TIME \
100 /*Repeated trigger period in long press [ms] */
/*Color settings*/
#define LV_COLOR_DEPTH 32 /*Color depth: 1/8/16/24*/
#define LV_COLOR_TRANSP \
LV_COLOR_LIME /*Images pixels with this color will not be drawn (with chroma \
keying)*/
/*Text settings*/
#define LV_TXT_UTF8 1 /*Enable UTF-8 coded Unicode character usage */
#define LV_TXT_BREAK_CHARS " ,.;:-_" /*Can break texts on these chars*/
#define LV_TXT_LINE_BREAK_LONG_LEN 12
#define LV_TXT_LINE_BREAK_LONG_PRE_MIN_LEN 3
#define LV_TXT_LINE_BREAK_LONG_POST_MIN_LEN 1
/*Graphics feature usage*/
#define USE_LV_ANIMATION 1 /*1: Enable all animations*/
#define USE_LV_SHADOW 1 /*1: Enable shadows*/
#define USE_LV_GROUP 1 /*1: Enable object groups (for keyboards)*/
#define USE_LV_GPU 0 /*1: Enable GPU interface*/
#define USE_LV_REAL_DRAW \
1 /*1: Enable function which draw directly to the frame buffer instead of \
VDB (required if LV_VDB_SIZE = 0)*/
#define USE_LV_FILESYSTEM 1 /*1: Enable file system (required by images*/
#define USE_LV_MULTI_LANG 1
/*Compiler attributes*/
#define LV_ATTRIBUTE_TICK_INC /* Define a custom attribute to tick increment \
function */
#define LV_ATTRIBUTE_TASK_HANDLER
#define LV_ATTRIBUTE_MEM_ALIGN
#define LV_COMPILER_VLA_SUPPORTED 1
#define LV_COMPILER_NON_CONST_INIT_SUPPORTED 1
#define USE_LV_LOG 0
/*================
* THEME USAGE
*================*/
#define LV_THEME_LIVE_UPDATE 1
#define USE_LV_THEME_TEMPL 0 /*Just for test*/
#define USE_LV_THEME_DEFAULT 0 /*Built mainly from the built-in styles. Consumes very few RAM*/
#define USE_LV_THEME_ALIEN 1 /*Dark futuristic theme*/
#define USE_LV_THEME_NIGHT 1 /*Dark elegant theme*/
#define USE_LV_THEME_MONO 1 /*Mono color theme for monochrome displays*/
#define USE_LV_THEME_MATERIAL 1 /*Flat theme with bold colors and light shadows*/
#define USE_LV_THEME_ZEN 1 /*Peaceful, mainly light theme */
/*==================
* FONT USAGE
*===================*/
/* More info about fonts: https://littlevgl.com/basics#fonts
* To enable a built-in font use 1,2,4 or 8 values
* which will determine the bit-per-pixel */
#define LV_FONT_DEFAULT \
&lv_font_dejavu_20 /*Always set a default font from the built-in fonts*/
#define USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_10 4
#define USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_10_LATIN_SUP 4
#define USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_10_CYRILLIC 4
#define USE_LV_FONT_SYMBOL_10 4
#define USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_20 4
#define USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_20_LATIN_SUP 4
#define USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_20_CYRILLIC 4
#define USE_LV_FONT_SYMBOL_20 4
#define USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_30 0
#define USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_30_LATIN_SUP 0
#define USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_30_CYRILLIC 0
#define USE_LV_FONT_SYMBOL_30 0
#define USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_40 0
#define USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_40_LATIN_SUP 0
#define USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_40_CYRILLIC 0
#define USE_LV_FONT_SYMBOL_40 0
/* PROS adds the mono variant of DejaVu sans */
#define USE_PROS_FONT_DEJAVU_MONO_10 4
#define USE_PROS_FONT_DEJAVU_MONO_10_LATIN_SUP 4
#define USE_PROS_FONT_DEJAVU_MONO_20 4
#define USE_PROS_FONT_DEJAVU_MONO_LATIN_SUP_20 4
#define USE_PROS_FONT_DEJAVU_MONO_30 0
#define USE_PROS_FONT_DEJAVU_MONO_30_LATIN_SUP 0
#define USE_PROS_FONT_DEJAVU_MONO_40 0
#define USE_PROS_FONT_DEJAVU_MONO_40_LATIN_SUP 0
/*===================
* LV_OBJ SETTINGS
*==================*/
#define LV_OBJ_FREE_NUM_TYPE \
uint32_t /*Type of free number attribute (comment out disable free number)*/
#define LV_OBJ_FREE_PTR 1 /*Enable the free pointer attribute*/
/*==================
* LV OBJ X USAGE
*================*/
/*
* Documentation of the object types: https://littlevgl.com/object-types
*/
/*****************
* Simple object
*****************/
/*Label (dependencies: -*/
#define USE_LV_LABEL 1
#if USE_LV_LABEL != 0
#define LV_LABEL_SCROLL_SPEED \
25 /*Hor, or ver. scroll speed [px/sec] in 'LV_LABEL_LONG_SCROLL/ROLL' \
mode*/
#endif
/*Image (dependencies: lv_label*/
#define USE_LV_IMG 1
#if USE_LV_IMG != 0
# define LV_IMG_CF_INDEXED 1
# define LV_IMG_CF_ALPHA 1
#endif
/*Line (dependencies: -*/
#define USE_LV_LINE 1
#define USE_LV_ARC 1
/*******************
* Container objects
*******************/
/*Container (dependencies: -*/
#define USE_LV_CONT 1
/*Page (dependencies: lv_cont)*/
#define USE_LV_PAGE 1
/*Window (dependencies: lv_cont, lv_btn, lv_label, lv_img, lv_page)*/
#define USE_LV_WIN 1
/*Tab (dependencies: lv_page, lv_btnm)*/
#define USE_LV_TABVIEW 1
#if USE_LV_TABVIEW != 0
#define LV_TABVIEW_ANIM_TIME \
300 /*Time of slide animation [ms] (0: no animation)*/
#endif
#define USE_LV_TILEVIEW 1
#if USE_LV_TILEVIEW
# define LV_TILEVIEW_ANIM_TIME 300
#endif
/*************************
* Data visualizer objects
*************************/
/*Bar (dependencies: -)*/
#define USE_LV_BAR 1
/*Line meter (dependencies: *;)*/
#define USE_LV_LMETER 1
/*Gauge (dependencies:bar, lmeter)*/
#define USE_LV_GAUGE 1
/*Chart (dependencies: -)*/
#define USE_LV_CHART 1
#define USE_LV_TABLE 1
#if USE_LV_TABLE
# define LV_TABLE_COL_MAX 12
#endif
/*LED (dependencies: -)*/
#define USE_LV_LED 1
/*Message box (dependencies: lv_rect, lv_btnm, lv_label)*/
#define USE_LV_MBOX 1
/*Text area (dependencies: lv_label, lv_page)*/
#define USE_LV_TA 1
#if USE_LV_TA != 0
#define LV_TA_CURSOR_BLINK_TIME 400 /*ms*/
#define LV_TA_PWD_SHOW_TIME 1500 /*ms*/
#endif
#define USE_LV_SPINBOX 1
#define USE_LV_CALENDAR 1
#define USE_PRELOAD 1
#if USE_LV_PRELOAD != 0
# define LV_PRELOAD_DEF_ARC_LENGTH 60
# define LV_PRELOAD_DEF_SPIN_TIME 1000
# define LV_PRELOAD_DEF_ANIM LV_PRELOAD_TYPE_SPINNING_ARC
#endif
#define USE_LV_CANVAS 1
/*************************
* User input objects
*************************/
/*Button (dependencies: lv_cont*/
#define USE_LV_BTN 1
#if USE_LV_BTN != 0
# define LV_BTN_INK_EFFECT 1
#endif
#define USE_LV_IMGBTN 1
#if USE_LV_IMGBTN
# define LV_IMGBTN_TILED 0
#endif
/*Button matrix (dependencies: -)*/
#define USE_LV_BTNM 1
/*Keyboard (dependencies: lv_btnm)*/
#define USE_LV_KB 1
/*Check box (dependencies: lv_btn, lv_label)*/
#define USE_LV_CB 1
/*List (dependencies: lv_page, lv_btn, lv_label, (lv_img optionally for icons
* ))*/
#define USE_LV_LIST 1
#if USE_LV_LIST != 0
#define LV_LIST_FOCUS_TIME \
100 /*Default animation time of focusing to a list element [ms] (0: no \
animation) */
#endif
/*Drop down list (dependencies: lv_page, lv_label)*/
#define USE_LV_DDLIST 1
#if USE_LV_DDLIST != 0
#define LV_DDLIST_ANIM_TIME \
200 /*Open and close default animation time [ms] (0: no animation)*/
#endif
/*Roller (dependencies: lv_ddlist)*/
#define USE_LV_ROLLER 1
#if USE_LV_ROLLER != 0
#define LV_ROLLER_ANIM_TIME \
200 /*Focus animation time [ms] (0: no \
animation)*/
#endif
/*Slider (dependencies: lv_bar)*/
#define USE_LV_SLIDER 1
/*Switch (dependencies: lv_slider)*/
#define USE_LV_SW 1
#if LV_INDEV_DRAG_THROW <= 0
#warning "LV_INDEV_DRAG_THROW must be greater than 0"
#undef LV_INDEV_DRAG_THROW
#define LV_INDEV_DRAG_THROW 1
#endif
#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS)
# define _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS
#endif
#include "display/lv_conf_checker.h"
#endif /*LV_CONF_H*/

664
include/display/lv_conf_checker.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,664 @@
/**
* GENERATED FILE, DO NOT EDIT IT!
* @file lv_conf_checker.h
* Make sure all the defines of lv_conf.h have a default value
**/
#ifndef LV_CONF_CHECKER_H
#define LV_CONF_CHECKER_H
/*===================
Dynamic memory
*===================*/
/* Memory size which will be used by the library
* to store the graphical objects and other data */
#ifndef LV_MEM_CUSTOM
#define LV_MEM_CUSTOM 0 /*1: use custom malloc/free, 0: use the built-in lv_mem_alloc/lv_mem_free*/
#endif
#if LV_MEM_CUSTOM == 0
#ifndef LV_MEM_SIZE
# define LV_MEM_SIZE (64U * 1024U) /*Size memory used by `lv_mem_alloc` in bytes (>= 2kB)*/
#endif
#ifndef LV_MEM_ATTR
# define LV_MEM_ATTR /*Complier prefix for big array declaration*/
#endif
#ifndef LV_MEM_ADR
# define LV_MEM_ADR 0 /*Set an address for memory pool instead of allocation it as an array. Can be in external SRAM too.*/
#endif
#ifndef LV_MEM_AUTO_DEFRAG
# define LV_MEM_AUTO_DEFRAG 1 /*Automatically defrag on free*/
#endif
#else /*LV_MEM_CUSTOM*/
#ifndef LV_MEM_CUSTOM_INCLUDE
# define LV_MEM_CUSTOM_INCLUDE <stdlib.h> /*Header for the dynamic memory function*/
#endif
#ifndef LV_MEM_CUSTOM_ALLOC
# define LV_MEM_CUSTOM_ALLOC malloc /*Wrapper to malloc*/
#endif
#ifndef LV_MEM_CUSTOM_FREE
# define LV_MEM_CUSTOM_FREE free /*Wrapper to free*/
#endif
#endif /*LV_MEM_CUSTOM*/
/* Garbage Collector settings
* Used if lvgl is binded to higher language and the memory is managed by that language */
#ifndef LV_ENABLE_GC
#define LV_ENABLE_GC 0
#endif
#if LV_ENABLE_GC != 0
#ifndef LV_MEM_CUSTOM_REALLOC
# define LV_MEM_CUSTOM_REALLOC your_realloc /*Wrapper to realloc*/
#endif
#ifndef LV_MEM_CUSTOM_GET_SIZE
# define LV_MEM_CUSTOM_GET_SIZE your_mem_get_size /*Wrapper to lv_mem_get_size*/
#endif
#ifndef LV_GC_INCLUDE
# define LV_GC_INCLUDE "gc.h" /*Include Garbage Collector related things*/
#endif
#endif /* LV_ENABLE_GC */
/*===================
Graphical settings
*===================*/
/* Horizontal and vertical resolution of the library.*/
#ifndef LV_HOR_RES
#define LV_HOR_RES (480)
#endif
#ifndef LV_VER_RES
#define LV_VER_RES (320)
#endif
/* Dot Per Inch: used to initialize default sizes. E.g. a button with width = LV_DPI / 2 -> half inch wide
* (Not so important, you can adjust it to modify default sizes and spaces)*/
#ifndef LV_DPI
#define LV_DPI 100
#endif
/* Enable anti-aliasing (lines, and radiuses will be smoothed) */
#ifndef LV_ANTIALIAS
#define LV_ANTIALIAS 1 /*1: Enable anti-aliasing*/
#endif
/*Screen refresh period in milliseconds*/
#ifndef LV_REFR_PERIOD
#define LV_REFR_PERIOD 30
#endif
/*-----------------
* VDB settings
*----------------*/
/* VDB (Virtual Display Buffer) is an internal graphics buffer.
* The GUI will be drawn into this buffer first and then
* the buffer will be passed to your `disp_drv.disp_flush` function to
* copy it to your frame buffer.
* VDB is required for: buffered drawing, opacity, anti-aliasing and shadows
* Learn more: https://docs.littlevgl.com/#Drawing*/
/* Size of the VDB in pixels. Typical size: ~1/10 screen. Must be >= LV_HOR_RES
* Setting it to 0 will disable VDB and `disp_drv.disp_fill` and `disp_drv.disp_map` functions
* will be called to draw to the frame buffer directly*/
#ifndef LV_VDB_SIZE
#define LV_VDB_SIZE ((LV_VER_RES * LV_HOR_RES) / 10)
#endif
/* Bit-per-pixel of VDB. Useful for monochrome or non-standard color format displays.
* Special formats are handled with `disp_drv.vdb_wr`)*/
#ifndef LV_VDB_PX_BPP
#define LV_VDB_PX_BPP LV_COLOR_SIZE /*LV_COLOR_SIZE comes from LV_COLOR_DEPTH below to set 8, 16 or 32 bit pixel size automatically */
#endif
/* Place VDB to a specific address (e.g. in external RAM)
* 0: allocate automatically into RAM
* LV_VDB_ADR_INV: to replace it later with `lv_vdb_set_adr()`*/
#ifndef LV_VDB_ADR
#define LV_VDB_ADR 0
#endif
/* Use two Virtual Display buffers (VDB) to parallelize rendering and flushing
* The flushing should use DMA to write the frame buffer in the background */
#ifndef LV_VDB_DOUBLE
#define LV_VDB_DOUBLE 0
#endif
/* Place VDB2 to a specific address (e.g. in external RAM)
* 0: allocate automatically into RAM
* LV_VDB_ADR_INV: to replace it later with `lv_vdb_set_adr()`*/
#ifndef LV_VDB2_ADR
#define LV_VDB2_ADR 0
#endif
/* Using true double buffering in `disp_drv.disp_flush` you will always get the image of the whole screen.
* Your only task is to set the rendered image (`color_p` parameter) as frame buffer address or send it to your display.
* The best if you do in the blank period of you display to avoid tearing effect.
* Requires:
* - LV_VDB_SIZE = LV_HOR_RES * LV_VER_RES
* - LV_VDB_DOUBLE = 1
*/
#ifndef LV_VDB_TRUE_DOUBLE_BUFFERED
#define LV_VDB_TRUE_DOUBLE_BUFFERED 0
#endif
/*=================
Misc. setting
*=================*/
/*Input device settings*/
#ifndef LV_INDEV_READ_PERIOD
#define LV_INDEV_READ_PERIOD 50 /*Input device read period in milliseconds*/
#endif
#ifndef LV_INDEV_POINT_MARKER
#define LV_INDEV_POINT_MARKER 0 /*Mark the pressed points (required: USE_LV_REAL_DRAW = 1)*/
#endif
#ifndef LV_INDEV_DRAG_LIMIT
#define LV_INDEV_DRAG_LIMIT 10 /*Drag threshold in pixels */
#endif
#ifndef LV_INDEV_DRAG_THROW
#define LV_INDEV_DRAG_THROW 20 /*Drag throw slow-down in [%] (must be > 0). Greater value means faster slow-down */
#endif
#ifndef LV_INDEV_LONG_PRESS_TIME
#define LV_INDEV_LONG_PRESS_TIME 400 /*Long press time in milliseconds*/
#endif
#ifndef LV_INDEV_LONG_PRESS_REP_TIME
#define LV_INDEV_LONG_PRESS_REP_TIME 100 /*Repeated trigger period in long press [ms] */
#endif
/*Color settings*/
#ifndef LV_COLOR_DEPTH
#define LV_COLOR_DEPTH 16 /*Color depth: 1/8/16/32*/
#endif
#ifndef LV_COLOR_16_SWAP
#define LV_COLOR_16_SWAP 0 /*Swap the 2 bytes of RGB565 color. Useful if the display has a 8 bit interface (e.g. SPI)*/
#endif
#ifndef LV_COLOR_SCREEN_TRANSP
#define LV_COLOR_SCREEN_TRANSP 0 /*1: Enable screen transparency. Useful for OSD or other overlapping GUIs. Requires ARGB8888 colors*/
#endif
#ifndef LV_COLOR_TRANSP
#define LV_COLOR_TRANSP LV_COLOR_LIME /*Images pixels with this color will not be drawn (with chroma keying)*/
#endif
/*Text settings*/
#ifndef LV_TXT_UTF8
#define LV_TXT_UTF8 1 /*Enable UTF-8 coded Unicode character usage */
#endif
#ifndef LV_TXT_BREAK_CHARS
#define LV_TXT_BREAK_CHARS " ,.;:-_" /*Can break texts on these chars*/
#endif
#ifndef LV_TXT_LINE_BREAK_LONG_LEN
#define LV_TXT_LINE_BREAK_LONG_LEN 12 /* If a character is at least this long, will break wherever "prettiest" */
#endif
#ifndef LV_TXT_LINE_BREAK_LONG_PRE_MIN_LEN
#define LV_TXT_LINE_BREAK_LONG_PRE_MIN_LEN 3 /* Minimum number of characters of a word to put on a line before a break */
#endif
#ifndef LV_TXT_LINE_BREAK_LONG_POST_MIN_LEN
#define LV_TXT_LINE_BREAK_LONG_POST_MIN_LEN 1 /* Minimum number of characters of a word to put on a line after a break */
#endif
/*Feature usage*/
#ifndef USE_LV_ANIMATION
#define USE_LV_ANIMATION 1 /*1: Enable all animations*/
#endif
#ifndef USE_LV_SHADOW
#define USE_LV_SHADOW 1 /*1: Enable shadows*/
#endif
#ifndef USE_LV_GROUP
#define USE_LV_GROUP 1 /*1: Enable object groups (for keyboards)*/
#endif
#ifndef USE_LV_GPU
#define USE_LV_GPU 1 /*1: Enable GPU interface*/
#endif
#ifndef USE_LV_REAL_DRAW
#define USE_LV_REAL_DRAW 1 /*1: Enable function which draw directly to the frame buffer instead of VDB (required if LV_VDB_SIZE = 0)*/
#endif
#ifndef USE_LV_FILESYSTEM
#define USE_LV_FILESYSTEM 1 /*1: Enable file system (might be required for images*/
#endif
#ifndef USE_LV_MULTI_LANG
#define USE_LV_MULTI_LANG 0 /* Number of languages for labels to store (0: to disable this feature)*/
#endif
/*Compiler settings*/
#ifndef LV_ATTRIBUTE_TICK_INC
#define LV_ATTRIBUTE_TICK_INC /* Define a custom attribute to `lv_tick_inc` function */
#endif
#ifndef LV_ATTRIBUTE_TASK_HANDLER
#define LV_ATTRIBUTE_TASK_HANDLER /* Define a custom attribute to `lv_task_handler` function */
#endif
#ifndef LV_ATTRIBUTE_MEM_ALIGN
#define LV_ATTRIBUTE_MEM_ALIGN /* With size optimization (-Os) the compiler might not align data to 4 or 8 byte boundary. This alignment will be explicitly applied where needed.*/
#endif
#ifndef LV_COMPILER_VLA_SUPPORTED
#define LV_COMPILER_VLA_SUPPORTED 1 /* 1: Variable length array is supported*/
#endif
#ifndef LV_COMPILER_NON_CONST_INIT_SUPPORTED
#define LV_COMPILER_NON_CONST_INIT_SUPPORTED 1 /* 1: Initialization with non constant values are supported */
#endif
/*HAL settings*/
#ifndef LV_TICK_CUSTOM
#define LV_TICK_CUSTOM 0 /*1: use a custom tick source (removing the need to manually update the tick with `lv_tick_inc`) */
#endif
#if LV_TICK_CUSTOM == 1
#ifndef LV_TICK_CUSTOM_INCLUDE
#define LV_TICK_CUSTOM_INCLUDE "something.h" /*Header for the sys time function*/
#endif
#ifndef LV_TICK_CUSTOM_SYS_TIME_EXPR
#define LV_TICK_CUSTOM_SYS_TIME_EXPR (millis()) /*Expression evaluating to current systime in ms*/
#endif
#endif /*LV_TICK_CUSTOM*/
/*Log settings*/
#ifndef USE_LV_LOG
#define USE_LV_LOG 1 /*Enable/disable the log module*/
#endif
#if USE_LV_LOG
/* How important log should be added:
* LV_LOG_LEVEL_TRACE A lot of logs to give detailed information
* LV_LOG_LEVEL_INFO Log important events
* LV_LOG_LEVEL_WARN Log if something unwanted happened but didn't caused problem
* LV_LOG_LEVEL_ERROR Only critical issue, when the system may fail
*/
#ifndef LV_LOG_LEVEL
# define LV_LOG_LEVEL LV_LOG_LEVEL_WARN
#endif
/* 1: Print the log with 'printf'; 0: user need to register a callback*/
#ifndef LV_LOG_PRINTF
# define LV_LOG_PRINTF 0
#endif
#endif /*USE_LV_LOG*/
/*================
* THEME USAGE
*================*/
#ifndef LV_THEME_LIVE_UPDATE
#define LV_THEME_LIVE_UPDATE 1 /*1: Allow theme switching at run time. Uses 8..10 kB of RAM*/
#endif
#ifndef USE_LV_THEME_TEMPL
#define USE_LV_THEME_TEMPL 0 /*Just for test*/
#endif
#ifndef USE_LV_THEME_DEFAULT
#define USE_LV_THEME_DEFAULT 1 /*Built mainly from the built-in styles. Consumes very few RAM*/
#endif
#ifndef USE_LV_THEME_ALIEN
#define USE_LV_THEME_ALIEN 1 /*Dark futuristic theme*/
#endif
#ifndef USE_LV_THEME_NIGHT
#define USE_LV_THEME_NIGHT 1 /*Dark elegant theme*/
#endif
#ifndef USE_LV_THEME_MONO
#define USE_LV_THEME_MONO 1 /*Mono color theme for monochrome displays*/
#endif
#ifndef USE_LV_THEME_MATERIAL
#define USE_LV_THEME_MATERIAL 1 /*Flat theme with bold colors and light shadows*/
#endif
#ifndef USE_LV_THEME_ZEN
#define USE_LV_THEME_ZEN 1 /*Peaceful, mainly light theme */
#endif
#ifndef USE_LV_THEME_NEMO
#define USE_LV_THEME_NEMO 1 /*Water-like theme based on the movie "Finding Nemo"*/
#endif
/*==================
* FONT USAGE
*===================*/
/* More info about fonts: https://docs.littlevgl.com/#Fonts
* To enable a built-in font use 1,2,4 or 8 values
* which will determine the bit-per-pixel. Higher value means smoother fonts */
#ifndef USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_10
#define USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_10 4
#endif
#ifndef USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_10_LATIN_SUP
#define USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_10_LATIN_SUP 4
#endif
#ifndef USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_10_CYRILLIC
#define USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_10_CYRILLIC 4
#endif
#ifndef USE_LV_FONT_SYMBOL_10
#define USE_LV_FONT_SYMBOL_10 4
#endif
#ifndef USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_20
#define USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_20 4
#endif
#ifndef USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_20_LATIN_SUP
#define USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_20_LATIN_SUP 4
#endif
#ifndef USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_20_CYRILLIC
#define USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_20_CYRILLIC 4
#endif
#ifndef USE_LV_FONT_SYMBOL_20
#define USE_LV_FONT_SYMBOL_20 4
#endif
#ifndef USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_30
#define USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_30 4
#endif
#ifndef USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_30_LATIN_SUP
#define USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_30_LATIN_SUP 4
#endif
#ifndef USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_30_CYRILLIC
#define USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_30_CYRILLIC 4
#endif
#ifndef USE_LV_FONT_SYMBOL_30
#define USE_LV_FONT_SYMBOL_30 4
#endif
#ifndef USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_40
#define USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_40 4
#endif
#ifndef USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_40_LATIN_SUP
#define USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_40_LATIN_SUP 4
#endif
#ifndef USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_40_CYRILLIC
#define USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_40_CYRILLIC 4
#endif
#ifndef USE_LV_FONT_SYMBOL_40
#define USE_LV_FONT_SYMBOL_40 4
#endif
#ifndef USE_LV_FONT_MONOSPACE_8
#define USE_LV_FONT_MONOSPACE_8 1
#endif
/* Optionally declare your custom fonts here.
* You can use these fonts as default font too
* and they will be available globally. E.g.
* #define LV_FONT_CUSTOM_DECLARE LV_FONT_DECLARE(my_font_1) \
* LV_FONT_DECLARE(my_font_2) \
*/
#ifndef LV_FONT_CUSTOM_DECLARE
#define LV_FONT_CUSTOM_DECLARE
#endif
#ifndef LV_FONT_DEFAULT
#define LV_FONT_DEFAULT &lv_font_dejavu_20 /*Always set a default font from the built-in fonts*/
#endif
/*===================
* LV_OBJ SETTINGS
*==================*/
#ifndef LV_OBJ_FREE_NUM_TYPE
#define LV_OBJ_FREE_NUM_TYPE uint32_t /*Type of free number attribute (comment out disable free number)*/
#endif
#ifndef LV_OBJ_FREE_PTR
#define LV_OBJ_FREE_PTR 1 /*Enable the free pointer attribute*/
#endif
#ifndef LV_OBJ_REALIGN
#define LV_OBJ_REALIGN 1 /*Enable `lv_obj_realaign()` based on `lv_obj_align()` parameters*/
#endif
/*==================
* LV OBJ X USAGE
*================*/
/*
* Documentation of the object types: https://docs.littlevgl.com/#Object-types
*/
/*****************
* Simple object
*****************/
/*Label (dependencies: -*/
#ifndef USE_LV_LABEL
#define USE_LV_LABEL 1
#endif
#if USE_LV_LABEL != 0
#ifndef LV_LABEL_SCROLL_SPEED
# define LV_LABEL_SCROLL_SPEED 25 /*Hor, or ver. scroll speed [px/sec] in 'LV_LABEL_LONG_SCROLL/ROLL' mode*/
#endif
#endif
/*Image (dependencies: lv_label*/
#ifndef USE_LV_IMG
#define USE_LV_IMG 1
#endif
#if USE_LV_IMG != 0
#ifndef LV_IMG_CF_INDEXED
# define LV_IMG_CF_INDEXED 1 /*Enable indexed (palette) images*/
#endif
#ifndef LV_IMG_CF_ALPHA
# define LV_IMG_CF_ALPHA 1 /*Enable alpha indexed images*/
#endif
#endif
/*Line (dependencies: -*/
#ifndef USE_LV_LINE
#define USE_LV_LINE 1
#endif
/*Arc (dependencies: -)*/
#ifndef USE_LV_ARC
#define USE_LV_ARC 1
#endif
/*******************
* Container objects
*******************/
/*Container (dependencies: -*/
#ifndef USE_LV_CONT
#define USE_LV_CONT 1
#endif
/*Page (dependencies: lv_cont)*/
#ifndef USE_LV_PAGE
#define USE_LV_PAGE 1
#endif
/*Window (dependencies: lv_cont, lv_btn, lv_label, lv_img, lv_page)*/
#ifndef USE_LV_WIN
#define USE_LV_WIN 1
#endif
/*Tab (dependencies: lv_page, lv_btnm)*/
#ifndef USE_LV_TABVIEW
#define USE_LV_TABVIEW 1
#endif
# if USE_LV_TABVIEW != 0
#ifndef LV_TABVIEW_ANIM_TIME
# define LV_TABVIEW_ANIM_TIME 300 /*Time of slide animation [ms] (0: no animation)*/
#endif
#endif
/*Tileview (dependencies: lv_page) */
#ifndef USE_LV_TILEVIEW
#define USE_LV_TILEVIEW 1
#endif
#if USE_LV_TILEVIEW
#ifndef LV_TILEVIEW_ANIM_TIME
# define LV_TILEVIEW_ANIM_TIME 300 /*Time of slide animation [ms] (0: no animation)*/
#endif
#endif
/*************************
* Data visualizer objects
*************************/
/*Bar (dependencies: -)*/
#ifndef USE_LV_BAR
#define USE_LV_BAR 1
#endif
/*Line meter (dependencies: *;)*/
#ifndef USE_LV_LMETER
#define USE_LV_LMETER 1
#endif
/*Gauge (dependencies:lv_bar, lv_lmeter)*/
#ifndef USE_LV_GAUGE
#define USE_LV_GAUGE 1
#endif
/*Chart (dependencies: -)*/
#ifndef USE_LV_CHART
#define USE_LV_CHART 1
#endif
/*Table (dependencies: lv_label)*/
#ifndef USE_LV_TABLE
#define USE_LV_TABLE 1
#endif
#if USE_LV_TABLE
#ifndef LV_TABLE_COL_MAX
# define LV_TABLE_COL_MAX 12
#endif
#endif
/*LED (dependencies: -)*/
#ifndef USE_LV_LED
#define USE_LV_LED 1
#endif
/*Message box (dependencies: lv_rect, lv_btnm, lv_label)*/
#ifndef USE_LV_MBOX
#define USE_LV_MBOX 1
#endif
/*Text area (dependencies: lv_label, lv_page)*/
#ifndef USE_LV_TA
#define USE_LV_TA 1
#endif
#if USE_LV_TA != 0
#ifndef LV_TA_CURSOR_BLINK_TIME
# define LV_TA_CURSOR_BLINK_TIME 400 /*ms*/
#endif
#ifndef LV_TA_PWD_SHOW_TIME
# define LV_TA_PWD_SHOW_TIME 1500 /*ms*/
#endif
#endif
/*Spinbox (dependencies: lv_ta)*/
#ifndef USE_LV_SPINBOX
#define USE_LV_SPINBOX 1
#endif
/*Calendar (dependencies: -)*/
#ifndef USE_LV_CALENDAR
#define USE_LV_CALENDAR 1
#endif
/*Preload (dependencies: lv_arc)*/
#ifndef USE_LV_PRELOAD
#define USE_LV_PRELOAD 1
#endif
#if USE_LV_PRELOAD != 0
#ifndef LV_PRELOAD_DEF_ARC_LENGTH
# define LV_PRELOAD_DEF_ARC_LENGTH 60 /*[deg]*/
#endif
#ifndef LV_PRELOAD_DEF_SPIN_TIME
# define LV_PRELOAD_DEF_SPIN_TIME 1000 /*[ms]*/
#endif
#ifndef LV_PRELOAD_DEF_ANIM
# define LV_PRELOAD_DEF_ANIM LV_PRELOAD_TYPE_SPINNING_ARC
#endif
#endif
/*Canvas (dependencies: lv_img)*/
#ifndef USE_LV_CANVAS
#define USE_LV_CANVAS 1
#endif
/*************************
* User input objects
*************************/
/*Button (dependencies: lv_cont*/
#ifndef USE_LV_BTN
#define USE_LV_BTN 1
#endif
#if USE_LV_BTN != 0
#ifndef LV_BTN_INK_EFFECT
# define LV_BTN_INK_EFFECT 1 /*Enable button-state animations - draw a circle on click (dependencies: USE_LV_ANIMATION)*/
#endif
#endif
/*Image Button (dependencies: lv_btn*/
#ifndef USE_LV_IMGBTN
#define USE_LV_IMGBTN 1
#endif
#if USE_LV_IMGBTN
#ifndef LV_IMGBTN_TILED
# define LV_IMGBTN_TILED 0 /*1: The imgbtn requires left, mid and right parts and the width can be set freely*/
#endif
#endif
/*Button matrix (dependencies: -)*/
#ifndef USE_LV_BTNM
#define USE_LV_BTNM 1
#endif
/*Keyboard (dependencies: lv_btnm)*/
#ifndef USE_LV_KB
#define USE_LV_KB 1
#endif
/*Check box (dependencies: lv_btn, lv_label)*/
#ifndef USE_LV_CB
#define USE_LV_CB 1
#endif
/*List (dependencies: lv_page, lv_btn, lv_label, (lv_img optionally for icons ))*/
#ifndef USE_LV_LIST
#define USE_LV_LIST 1
#endif
#if USE_LV_LIST != 0
#ifndef LV_LIST_FOCUS_TIME
# define LV_LIST_FOCUS_TIME 100 /*Default animation time of focusing to a list element [ms] (0: no animation) */
#endif
#endif
/*Drop down list (dependencies: lv_page, lv_label, lv_symbol_def.h)*/
#ifndef USE_LV_DDLIST
#define USE_LV_DDLIST 1
#endif
#if USE_LV_DDLIST != 0
#ifndef LV_DDLIST_ANIM_TIME
# define LV_DDLIST_ANIM_TIME 200 /*Open and close default animation time [ms] (0: no animation)*/
#endif
#endif
/*Roller (dependencies: lv_ddlist)*/
#ifndef USE_LV_ROLLER
#define USE_LV_ROLLER 1
#endif
#if USE_LV_ROLLER != 0
#ifndef LV_ROLLER_ANIM_TIME
# define LV_ROLLER_ANIM_TIME 200 /*Focus animation time [ms] (0: no animation)*/
#endif
#endif
/*Slider (dependencies: lv_bar)*/
#ifndef USE_LV_SLIDER
#define USE_LV_SLIDER 1
#endif
/*Switch (dependencies: lv_slider)*/
#ifndef USE_LV_SW
#define USE_LV_SW 1
#endif
/*************************
* Non-user section
*************************/
#if LV_INDEV_DRAG_THROW <= 0
#warning "LV_INDEV_DRAG_THROW must be greater than 0"
#undef LV_INDEV_DRAG_THROW
#ifndef LV_INDEV_DRAG_THROW
#define LV_INDEV_DRAG_THROW 1
#endif
#endif
#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS) /* Disable warnings for Visual Studio*/
#ifndef _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS
# define _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS
#endif
#endif
#endif /*LV_CONF_CHECKER_H*/

12
include/display/lv_core/lv_core.mk Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
CSRCS += lv_group.c
CSRCS += lv_indev.c
CSRCS += lv_obj.c
CSRCS += lv_refr.c
CSRCS += lv_style.c
CSRCS += lv_vdb.c
CSRCS += lv_lang.c
DEPPATH += --dep-path $(LVGL_DIR)/lvgl/lv_core
VPATH += :$(LVGL_DIR)/lvgl/lv_core
CFLAGS += "-I$(LVGL_DIR)/lvgl/lv_core"

247
include/display/lv_core/lv_group.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,247 @@
/**
* @file lv_group.h
*
*/
#ifndef LV_GROUP_H
#define LV_GROUP_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*********************
* INCLUDES
*********************/
#ifdef LV_CONF_INCLUDE_SIMPLE
#include "lv_conf.h"
#else
#include "display/lv_conf.h"
#endif
#include "lv_obj.h"
/*********************
* DEFINES
*********************/
/*Predefined keys to control the focused object via lv_group_send(group, c)*/
/*For compatibility in signal function define the keys regardless to LV_GROUP*/
#define LV_GROUP_KEY_UP 17 /*0x11*/
#define LV_GROUP_KEY_DOWN 18 /*0x12*/
#define LV_GROUP_KEY_RIGHT 19 /*0x13*/
#define LV_GROUP_KEY_LEFT 20 /*0x14*/
#define LV_GROUP_KEY_ESC 27 /*0x1B*/
#define LV_GROUP_KEY_DEL 127 /*0x7F*/
#define LV_GROUP_KEY_BACKSPACE 8 /*0x08*/
#define LV_GROUP_KEY_ENTER 10 /*0x0A, '\n'*/
#define LV_GROUP_KEY_NEXT 9 /*0x09, '\t'*/
#define LV_GROUP_KEY_PREV 11 /*0x0B, '*/
#if USE_LV_GROUP != 0
/**********************
* TYPEDEFS
**********************/
struct _lv_group_t;
typedef void (*lv_group_style_mod_func_t)(lv_style_t *);
typedef void (*lv_group_focus_cb_t)(struct _lv_group_t *);
typedef struct _lv_group_t
{
lv_ll_t obj_ll; /*Linked list to store the objects in the group */
lv_obj_t ** obj_focus; /*The object in focus*/
lv_group_style_mod_func_t style_mod; /*A function which modifies the style of the focused object*/
lv_group_style_mod_func_t style_mod_edit;/*A function which modifies the style of the focused object*/
lv_group_focus_cb_t focus_cb; /*A function to call when a new object is focused (optional)*/
lv_style_t style_tmp; /*Stores the modified style of the focused object */
uint8_t frozen :1; /*1: can't focus to new object*/
uint8_t editing :1; /*1: Edit mode, 0: Navigate mode*/
uint8_t click_focus :1; /*1: If an object in a group is clicked by an indev then it will be focused */
uint8_t refocus_policy :1; /*1: Focus prev if focused on deletion. 0: Focus prev if focused on deletion.*/
uint8_t wrap :1; /*1: Focus next/prev can wrap at end of list. 0: Focus next/prev stops at end of list.*/
} lv_group_t;
typedef enum _lv_group_refocus_policy_t {
LV_GROUP_REFOCUS_POLICY_NEXT = 0,
LV_GROUP_REFOCUS_POLICY_PREV = 1
} lv_group_refocus_policy_t;
/**********************
* GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
**********************/
/**
* Create a new object group
* @return pointer to the new object group
*/
lv_group_t * lv_group_create(void);
/**
* Delete a group object
* @param group pointer to a group
*/
void lv_group_del(lv_group_t * group);
/**
* Add an object to a group
* @param group pointer to a group
* @param obj pointer to an object to add
*/
void lv_group_add_obj(lv_group_t * group, lv_obj_t * obj);
/**
* Remove an object from its group
* @param obj pointer to an object to remove
*/
void lv_group_remove_obj(lv_obj_t * obj);
/**
* Focus on an object (defocus the current)
* @param obj pointer to an object to focus on
*/
void lv_group_focus_obj(lv_obj_t * obj);
/**
* Focus the next object in a group (defocus the current)
* @param group pointer to a group
*/
void lv_group_focus_next(lv_group_t * group);
/**
* Focus the previous object in a group (defocus the current)
* @param group pointer to a group
*/
void lv_group_focus_prev(lv_group_t * group);
/**
* Do not let to change the focus from the current object
* @param group pointer to a group
* @param en true: freeze, false: release freezing (normal mode)
*/
void lv_group_focus_freeze(lv_group_t * group, bool en);
/**
* Send a control character to the focuses object of a group
* @param group pointer to a group
* @param c a character (use LV_GROUP_KEY_.. to navigate)
* @return result of focused object in group.
*/
lv_res_t lv_group_send_data(lv_group_t * group, uint32_t c);
/**
* Set a function for a group which will modify the object's style if it is in focus
* @param group pointer to a group
* @param style_mod_func the style modifier function pointer
*/
void lv_group_set_style_mod_cb(lv_group_t * group, lv_group_style_mod_func_t style_mod_func);
/**
* Set a function for a group which will modify the object's style if it is in focus in edit mode
* @param group pointer to a group
* @param style_mod_func the style modifier function pointer
*/
void lv_group_set_style_mod_edit_cb(lv_group_t * group, lv_group_style_mod_func_t style_mod_func);
/**
* Set a function for a group which will be called when a new object is focused
* @param group pointer to a group
* @param focus_cb the call back function or NULL if unused
*/
void lv_group_set_focus_cb(lv_group_t * group, lv_group_focus_cb_t focus_cb);
/**
* Set whether the next or previous item in a group is focused if the currently focussed obj is deleted.
* @param group pointer to a group
* @param new refocus policy enum
*/
void lv_group_set_refocus_policy(lv_group_t * group, lv_group_refocus_policy_t policy);
/**
* Manually set the current mode (edit or navigate).
* @param group pointer to group
* @param edit: true: edit mode; false: navigate mode
*/
void lv_group_set_editing(lv_group_t * group, bool edit);
/**
* Set the `click_focus` attribute. If enabled then the object will be focused then it is clicked.
* @param group pointer to group
* @param en: true: enable `click_focus`
*/
void lv_group_set_click_focus(lv_group_t * group, bool en);
/**
* Set whether focus next/prev will allow wrapping from first->last or last->first object.
* @param group pointer to group
* @param en: true: wrapping enabled; false: wrapping disabled
*/
void lv_group_set_wrap(lv_group_t * group, bool en);
/**
* Modify a style with the set 'style_mod' function. The input style remains unchanged.
* @param group pointer to group
* @param style pointer to a style to modify
* @return a copy of the input style but modified with the 'style_mod' function
*/
lv_style_t * lv_group_mod_style(lv_group_t * group, const lv_style_t * style);
/**
* Get the focused object or NULL if there isn't one
* @param group pointer to a group
* @return pointer to the focused object
*/
lv_obj_t * lv_group_get_focused(const lv_group_t * group);
/**
* Get a the style modifier function of a group
* @param group pointer to a group
* @return pointer to the style modifier function
*/
lv_group_style_mod_func_t lv_group_get_style_mod_cb(const lv_group_t * group);
/**
* Get a the style modifier function of a group in edit mode
* @param group pointer to a group
* @return pointer to the style modifier function
*/
lv_group_style_mod_func_t lv_group_get_style_mod_edit_cb(const lv_group_t * group);
/**
* Get the focus callback function of a group
* @param group pointer to a group
* @return the call back function or NULL if not set
*/
lv_group_focus_cb_t lv_group_get_focus_cb(const lv_group_t * group);
/**
* Get the current mode (edit or navigate).
* @param group pointer to group
* @return true: edit mode; false: navigate mode
*/
bool lv_group_get_editing(const lv_group_t * group);
/**
* Get the `click_focus` attribute.
* @param group pointer to group
* @return true: `click_focus` is enabled; false: disabled
*/
bool lv_group_get_click_focus(const lv_group_t * group);
/**
* Get whether focus next/prev will allow wrapping from first->last or last->first object.
* @param group pointer to group
* @param en: true: wrapping enabled; false: wrapping disabled
*/
bool lv_group_get_wrap(lv_group_t * group);
/**********************
* MACROS
**********************/
#endif /*USE_LV_GROUP != 0*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
#endif /*LV_GROUP_H*/

157
include/display/lv_core/lv_indev.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
/**
* @file lv_indev_proc.h
*
*/
#ifndef LV_INDEV_H
#define LV_INDEV_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*********************
* INCLUDES
*********************/
#include "lv_obj.h"
#include "display/lv_hal/lv_hal_indev.h"
#include "display/lv_core/lv_group.h"
/*********************
* DEFINES
*********************/
/**********************
* TYPEDEFS
**********************/
/**********************
* GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
**********************/
/**
* Initialize the display input device subsystem
*/
void lv_indev_init(void);
/**
* Get the currently processed input device. Can be used in action functions too.
* @return pointer to the currently processed input device or NULL if no input device processing right now
*/
lv_indev_t * lv_indev_get_act(void);
/**
* Get the type of an input device
* @param indev pointer to an input device
* @return the type of the input device from `lv_hal_indev_type_t` (`LV_INDEV_TYPE_...`)
*/
lv_hal_indev_type_t lv_indev_get_type(const lv_indev_t * indev);
/**
* Reset one or all input devices
* @param indev pointer to an input device to reset or NULL to reset all of them
*/
void lv_indev_reset(lv_indev_t * indev);
/**
* Reset the long press state of an input device
* @param indev_proc pointer to an input device
*/
void lv_indev_reset_lpr(lv_indev_t * indev);
/**
* Enable input devices device by type
* @param type Input device type
* @param enable true: enable this type; false: disable this type
*/
void lv_indev_enable(lv_hal_indev_type_t type, bool enable);
/**
* Set a cursor for a pointer input device (for LV_INPUT_TYPE_POINTER and LV_INPUT_TYPE_BUTTON)
* @param indev pointer to an input device
* @param cur_obj pointer to an object to be used as cursor
*/
void lv_indev_set_cursor(lv_indev_t *indev, lv_obj_t *cur_obj);
#if USE_LV_GROUP
/**
* Set a destination group for a keypad input device (for LV_INDEV_TYPE_KEYPAD)
* @param indev pointer to an input device
* @param group point to a group
*/
void lv_indev_set_group(lv_indev_t *indev, lv_group_t *group);
#endif
/**
* Set the an array of points for LV_INDEV_TYPE_BUTTON.
* These points will be assigned to the buttons to press a specific point on the screen
* @param indev pointer to an input device
* @param group point to a group
*/
void lv_indev_set_button_points(lv_indev_t *indev, const lv_point_t *points);
/**
* Set feedback callback for indev.
* @param indev pointer to an input device
* @param feedback feedback callback
*/
void lv_indev_set_feedback(lv_indev_t *indev, lv_indev_feedback_t feedback);
/**
* Get the last point of an input device (for LV_INDEV_TYPE_POINTER and LV_INDEV_TYPE_BUTTON)
* @param indev pointer to an input device
* @param point pointer to a point to store the result
*/
void lv_indev_get_point(const lv_indev_t * indev, lv_point_t * point);
/**
* Get the last key of an input device (for LV_INDEV_TYPE_KEYPAD)
* @param indev pointer to an input device
* @return the last pressed key (0 on error)
*/
uint32_t lv_indev_get_key(const lv_indev_t * indev);
/**
* Check if there is dragging with an input device or not (for LV_INDEV_TYPE_POINTER and LV_INDEV_TYPE_BUTTON)
* @param indev pointer to an input device
* @return true: drag is in progress
*/
bool lv_indev_is_dragging(const lv_indev_t * indev);
/**
* Get the vector of dragging of an input device (for LV_INDEV_TYPE_POINTER and LV_INDEV_TYPE_BUTTON)
* @param indev pointer to an input device
* @param point pointer to a point to store the vector
*/
void lv_indev_get_vect(const lv_indev_t * indev, lv_point_t * point);
/**
* Get elapsed time since last press
* @param indev pointer to an input device (NULL to get the overall smallest inactivity)
* @return Elapsed ticks (milliseconds) since last press
*/
uint32_t lv_indev_get_inactive_time(const lv_indev_t * indev);
/**
* Get feedback callback for indev.
* @param indev pointer to an input device
* @return feedback callback
*/
lv_indev_feedback_t lv_indev_get_feedback(const lv_indev_t *indev);
/**
* Do nothing until the next release
* @param indev pointer to an input device
*/
void lv_indev_wait_release(lv_indev_t * indev);
/**********************
* MACROS
**********************/
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
#endif /*LV_INDEV_H*/

74
include/display/lv_core/lv_lang.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
/**
* @file lv_lang.h
*
*/
#ifndef LV_LANG_H
#define LV_LANG_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*********************
* INCLUDES
*********************/
#ifdef LV_CONF_INCLUDE_SIMPLE
#include "lv_conf.h"
#else
#include "display/lv_conf.h"
#endif
#if USE_LV_MULTI_LANG
#include <stdint.h>
/*********************
* DEFINES
*********************/
#define LV_LANG_TXT_ID_NONE 0xFFFF /*Used to not assign any text IDs for a multi-language object.*/
/**********************
* TYPEDEFS
**********************/
/**********************
* GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
**********************/
/**
* Change the language
* @param lang_id the id of the
*/
void lv_lang_set(uint8_t lang_id);
/**
* Set a function to get the texts of the set languages from a `txt_id`
* @param fp a function pointer to get the texts
*/
void lv_lang_set_text_func(const void * (*fp)(uint16_t));
/**
* Use the function set by `lv_lang_set_text_func` to get the `txt_id` text in the set language
* @param txt_id an ID of the text to get
* @return the `txt_id` txt on the set language
*/
const void * lv_lang_get_text(uint16_t txt_id);
/**
* Return with ID of the currently selected language
* @return pointer to the active screen object (loaded by 'lv_scr_load()')
*/
uint8_t lv_lang_act(void);
/**********************
* MACROS
**********************/
#endif /*USE_LV_MULTI_LANG*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
#endif /*LV_LANG_H*/

841
include/display/lv_core/lv_obj.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,841 @@
/**
* @file lv_obj.h
*
*/
#ifndef LV_OBJ_H
#define LV_OBJ_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*********************
* INCLUDES
*********************/
#ifdef LV_CONF_INCLUDE_SIMPLE
#include "lv_conf.h"
#else
#include "display/lv_conf.h"
#endif
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include "lv_style.h"
#include "display/lv_misc/lv_area.h"
#include "display/lv_misc/lv_mem.h"
#include "display/lv_misc/lv_ll.h"
#include "display/lv_misc/lv_color.h"
#include "display/lv_misc/lv_log.h"
/*********************
* DEFINES
*********************/
/*Error check of lv_conf.h*/
#if LV_HOR_RES == 0 || LV_VER_RES == 0
#error "LittlevGL: LV_HOR_RES and LV_VER_RES must be greater than 0"
#endif
#if LV_ANTIALIAS > 1
#error "LittlevGL: LV_ANTIALIAS can be only 0 or 1"
#endif
#if LV_VDB_SIZE == 0 && LV_ANTIALIAS != 0
#error "LittlevGL: If LV_VDB_SIZE == 0 the anti-aliasing must be disabled"
#endif
#if LV_VDB_SIZE > 0 && LV_VDB_SIZE < LV_HOR_RES
#error "LittlevGL: Small Virtual Display Buffer (lv_conf.h: LV_VDB_SIZE >= LV_HOR_RES)"
#endif
#if LV_VDB_SIZE == 0 && USE_LV_REAL_DRAW == 0
#error "LittlevGL: If LV_VDB_SIZE = 0 Real drawing function are required (lv_conf.h: USE_LV_REAL_DRAW 1)"
#endif
#define LV_ANIM_IN 0x00 /*Animation to show an object. 'OR' it with lv_anim_builtin_t*/
#define LV_ANIM_OUT 0x80 /*Animation to hide an object. 'OR' it with lv_anim_builtin_t*/
#define LV_ANIM_DIR_MASK 0x80 /*ANIM_IN/ANIM_OUT mask*/
#define LV_MAX_ANCESTOR_NUM 8
/**********************
* TYPEDEFS
**********************/
struct _lv_obj_t;
enum
{
LV_DESIGN_DRAW_MAIN,
LV_DESIGN_DRAW_POST,
LV_DESIGN_COVER_CHK,
};
typedef uint8_t lv_design_mode_t;
typedef bool (* lv_design_func_t) (struct _lv_obj_t * obj, const lv_area_t * mask_p, lv_design_mode_t mode);
enum
{
LV_RES_INV = 0, /*Typically indicates that the object is deleted (become invalid) in the action function or an operation was failed*/
LV_RES_OK, /*The object is valid (no deleted) after the action*/
};
typedef uint8_t lv_res_t;
enum
{
/*General signals*/
LV_SIGNAL_CLEANUP,
LV_SIGNAL_CHILD_CHG,
LV_SIGNAL_CORD_CHG,
LV_SIGNAL_STYLE_CHG,
LV_SIGNAL_REFR_EXT_SIZE,
LV_SIGNAL_LANG_CHG,
LV_SIGNAL_GET_TYPE,
_LV_SIGNAL_FEEDBACK_SECTION_START,
/*Input device related*/
LV_SIGNAL_PRESSED,
LV_SIGNAL_PRESSING,
LV_SIGNAL_PRESS_LOST,
LV_SIGNAL_RELEASED,
LV_SIGNAL_LONG_PRESS,
LV_SIGNAL_LONG_PRESS_REP,
LV_SIGNAL_DRAG_BEGIN,
LV_SIGNAL_DRAG_END,
/*Group related*/
LV_SIGNAL_FOCUS,
LV_SIGNAL_DEFOCUS,
LV_SIGNAL_CONTROLL,
_LV_SIGNAL_FEEDBACK_SECTION_END,
LV_SIGNAL_GET_EDITABLE,
};
typedef uint8_t lv_signal_t;
typedef lv_res_t (* lv_signal_func_t) (struct _lv_obj_t * obj, lv_signal_t sign, void * param);
enum
{
LV_ALIGN_CENTER = 0,
LV_ALIGN_IN_TOP_LEFT,
LV_ALIGN_IN_TOP_MID,
LV_ALIGN_IN_TOP_RIGHT,
LV_ALIGN_IN_BOTTOM_LEFT,
LV_ALIGN_IN_BOTTOM_MID,
LV_ALIGN_IN_BOTTOM_RIGHT,
LV_ALIGN_IN_LEFT_MID,
LV_ALIGN_IN_RIGHT_MID,
LV_ALIGN_OUT_TOP_LEFT,
LV_ALIGN_OUT_TOP_MID,
LV_ALIGN_OUT_TOP_RIGHT,
LV_ALIGN_OUT_BOTTOM_LEFT,
LV_ALIGN_OUT_BOTTOM_MID,
LV_ALIGN_OUT_BOTTOM_RIGHT,
LV_ALIGN_OUT_LEFT_TOP,
LV_ALIGN_OUT_LEFT_MID,
LV_ALIGN_OUT_LEFT_BOTTOM,
LV_ALIGN_OUT_RIGHT_TOP,
LV_ALIGN_OUT_RIGHT_MID,
LV_ALIGN_OUT_RIGHT_BOTTOM,
};
typedef uint8_t lv_align_t;
#if LV_OBJ_REALIGN
typedef struct {
const struct _lv_obj_t * base;
lv_coord_t xofs;
lv_coord_t yofs;
lv_align_t align;
uint8_t auto_realign :1;
uint8_t origo_align :1; /*1: the oigo (center of the object) was aligned with `lv_obj_align_origo`*/
}lv_reailgn_t;
#endif
typedef struct _lv_obj_t
{
struct _lv_obj_t * par; /*Pointer to the parent object*/
lv_ll_t child_ll; /*Linked list to store the children objects*/
lv_area_t coords; /*Coordinates of the object (x1, y1, x2, y2)*/
lv_signal_func_t signal_func; /*Object type specific signal function*/
lv_design_func_t design_func; /*Object type specific design function*/
void * ext_attr; /*Object type specific extended data*/
lv_style_t * style_p; /*Pointer to the object's style*/
#if LV_OBJ_FREE_PTR != 0
void * free_ptr; /*Application specific pointer (set it freely)*/
#endif
#if USE_LV_GROUP != 0
void * group_p; /*Pointer to the group of the object*/
#endif
/*Attributes and states*/
uint8_t click :1; /*1: Can be pressed by an input device*/
uint8_t drag :1; /*1: Enable the dragging*/
uint8_t drag_throw :1; /*1: Enable throwing with drag*/
uint8_t drag_parent :1; /*1: Parent will be dragged instead*/
uint8_t hidden :1; /*1: Object is hidden*/
uint8_t top :1; /*1: If the object or its children is clicked it goes to the foreground*/
uint8_t opa_scale_en :1; /*1: opa_scale is set*/
uint8_t protect; /*Automatically happening actions can be prevented. 'OR'ed values from `lv_protect_t`*/
lv_opa_t opa_scale; /*Scale down the opacity by this factor. Effects all children as well*/
lv_coord_t ext_size; /*EXTtend the size of the object in every direction. E.g. for shadow drawing*/
#if LV_OBJ_REALIGN
lv_reailgn_t realign;
#endif
#ifdef LV_OBJ_FREE_NUM_TYPE
LV_OBJ_FREE_NUM_TYPE free_num; /*Application specific identifier (set it freely)*/
#endif
} lv_obj_t;
typedef lv_res_t (*lv_action_t) (struct _lv_obj_t * obj);
/*Protect some attributes (max. 8 bit)*/
enum
{
LV_PROTECT_NONE = 0x00,
LV_PROTECT_CHILD_CHG = 0x01, /*Disable the child change signal. Used by the library*/
LV_PROTECT_PARENT = 0x02, /*Prevent automatic parent change (e.g. in lv_page)*/
LV_PROTECT_POS = 0x04, /*Prevent automatic positioning (e.g. in lv_cont layout)*/
LV_PROTECT_FOLLOW = 0x08, /*Prevent the object be followed in automatic ordering (e.g. in lv_cont PRETTY layout)*/
LV_PROTECT_PRESS_LOST= 0x10, /*If the `indev` was pressing this object but swiped out while pressing do not search other object.*/
LV_PROTECT_CLICK_FOCUS= 0x20,/*Prevent focusing the object by clicking on it*/
};
typedef uint8_t lv_protect_t;
/*Used by `lv_obj_get_type()`. The object's and its ancestor types are stored here*/
typedef struct {
const char * type[LV_MAX_ANCESTOR_NUM]; /*[0]: the actual type, [1]: ancestor, [2] #1's ancestor ... [x]: "lv_obj" */
} lv_obj_type_t;
enum
{
LV_ANIM_NONE = 0,
LV_ANIM_FLOAT_TOP, /*Float from/to the top*/
LV_ANIM_FLOAT_LEFT, /*Float from/to the left*/
LV_ANIM_FLOAT_BOTTOM, /*Float from/to the bottom*/
LV_ANIM_FLOAT_RIGHT, /*Float from/to the right*/
LV_ANIM_GROW_H, /*Grow/shrink horizontally*/
LV_ANIM_GROW_V, /*Grow/shrink vertically*/
};
typedef uint8_t lv_anim_builtin_t;
/**********************
* GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
**********************/
/**
* Init. the 'lv' library.
*/
void lv_init(void);
/*--------------------
* Create and delete
*-------------------*/
/**
* Create a basic object
* @param parent pointer to a parent object.
* If NULL then a screen will be created
* @param copy pointer to a base object, if not NULL then the new object will be copied from it
* @return pointer to the new object
*/
lv_obj_t * lv_obj_create(lv_obj_t * parent,const lv_obj_t * copy);
/**
* Delete 'obj' and all of its children
* @param obj pointer to an object to delete
* @return LV_RES_INV because the object is deleted
*/
lv_res_t lv_obj_del(lv_obj_t * obj);
/**
* Delete all children of an object
* @param obj pointer to an object
*/
void lv_obj_clean(lv_obj_t *obj);
/**
* Mark the object as invalid therefore its current position will be redrawn by 'lv_refr_task'
* @param obj pointer to an object
*/
void lv_obj_invalidate(const lv_obj_t * obj);
/*=====================
* Setter functions
*====================*/
/*--------------
* Screen set
*--------------*/
/**
* Load a new screen
* @param scr pointer to a screen
*/
void lv_scr_load(lv_obj_t * scr);
/*--------------------
* Parent/children set
*--------------------*/
/**
* Set a new parent for an object. Its relative position will be the same.
* @param obj pointer to an object. Can't be a screen.
* @param parent pointer to the new parent object. (Can't be NULL)
*/
void lv_obj_set_parent(lv_obj_t * obj, lv_obj_t * parent);
/*--------------------
* Coordinate set
* ------------------*/
/**
* Set relative the position of an object (relative to the parent)
* @param obj pointer to an object
* @param x new distance from the left side of the parent
* @param y new distance from the top of the parent
*/
void lv_obj_set_pos(lv_obj_t * obj, lv_coord_t x, lv_coord_t y);
/**
* Set the x coordinate of a object
* @param obj pointer to an object
* @param x new distance from the left side from the parent
*/
void lv_obj_set_x(lv_obj_t * obj, lv_coord_t x);
/**
* Set the y coordinate of a object
* @param obj pointer to an object
* @param y new distance from the top of the parent
*/
void lv_obj_set_y(lv_obj_t * obj, lv_coord_t y);
/**
* Set the size of an object
* @param obj pointer to an object
* @param w new width
* @param h new height
*/
void lv_obj_set_size(lv_obj_t * obj, lv_coord_t w, lv_coord_t h);
/**
* Set the width of an object
* @param obj pointer to an object
* @param w new width
*/
void lv_obj_set_width(lv_obj_t * obj, lv_coord_t w);
/**
* Set the height of an object
* @param obj pointer to an object
* @param h new height
*/
void lv_obj_set_height(lv_obj_t * obj, lv_coord_t h);
/**
* Align an object to an other object.
* @param obj pointer to an object to align
* @param base pointer to an object (if NULL the parent is used). 'obj' will be aligned to it.
* @param align type of alignment (see 'lv_align_t' enum)
* @param x_mod x coordinate shift after alignment
* @param y_mod y coordinate shift after alignment
*/
void lv_obj_align(lv_obj_t * obj,const lv_obj_t * base, lv_align_t align, lv_coord_t x_mod, lv_coord_t y_mod);
/**
* Align an object to an other object.
* @param obj pointer to an object to align
* @param base pointer to an object (if NULL the parent is used). 'obj' will be aligned to it.
* @param align type of alignment (see 'lv_align_t' enum)
* @param x_mod x coordinate shift after alignment
* @param y_mod y coordinate shift after alignment
*/
void lv_obj_align_origo(lv_obj_t * obj, const lv_obj_t * base, lv_align_t align, lv_coord_t x_mod, lv_coord_t y_mod);
/**
* Realign the object based on the last `lv_obj_align` parameters.
* @param obj pointer to an object
*/
void lv_obj_realign(lv_obj_t * obj);
/**
* Enable the automatic realign of the object when its size has changed based on the last `lv_obj_align` parameters.
* @param obj pointer to an object
* @param en true: enable auto realign; false: disable auto realign
*/
void lv_obj_set_auto_realign(lv_obj_t * obj, bool en);
/*---------------------
* Appearance set
*--------------------*/
/**
* Set a new style for an object
* @param obj pointer to an object
* @param style_p pointer to the new style
*/
void lv_obj_set_style(lv_obj_t * obj, lv_style_t * style);
/**
* Notify an object about its style is modified
* @param obj pointer to an object
*/
void lv_obj_refresh_style(lv_obj_t * obj);
/**
* Notify all object if a style is modified
* @param style pointer to a style. Only the objects with this style will be notified
* (NULL to notify all objects)
*/
void lv_obj_report_style_mod(lv_style_t * style);
/*-----------------
* Attribute set
*----------------*/
/**
* Hide an object. It won't be visible and clickable.
* @param obj pointer to an object
* @param en true: hide the object
*/
void lv_obj_set_hidden(lv_obj_t * obj, bool en);
/**
* Enable or disable the clicking of an object
* @param obj pointer to an object
* @param en true: make the object clickable
*/
void lv_obj_set_click(lv_obj_t * obj, bool en);
/**
* Enable to bring this object to the foreground if it
* or any of its children is clicked
* @param obj pointer to an object
* @param en true: enable the auto top feature
*/
void lv_obj_set_top(lv_obj_t * obj, bool en);
/**
* Enable the dragging of an object
* @param obj pointer to an object
* @param en true: make the object dragable
*/
void lv_obj_set_drag(lv_obj_t * obj, bool en);
/**
* Enable the throwing of an object after is is dragged
* @param obj pointer to an object
* @param en true: enable the drag throw
*/
void lv_obj_set_drag_throw(lv_obj_t * obj, bool en);
/**
* Enable to use parent for drag related operations.
* If trying to drag the object the parent will be moved instead
* @param obj pointer to an object
* @param en true: enable the 'drag parent' for the object
*/
void lv_obj_set_drag_parent(lv_obj_t * obj, bool en);
/**
* Set editable parameter Used by groups and keyboard/encoder control.
* Editable object has something inside to choose (the elements of a list)
* @param obj pointer to an object
* @param en true: enable editing
*/
//void lv_obj_set_editable(lv_obj_t * obj, bool en);
/**
* Set the opa scale enable parameter (required to set opa_scale with `lv_obj_set_opa_scale()`)
* @param obj pointer to an object
* @param en true: opa scaling is enabled for this object and all children; false: no opa scaling
*/
void lv_obj_set_opa_scale_enable(lv_obj_t * obj, bool en);
/**
* Set the opa scale of an object
* @param obj pointer to an object
* @param opa_scale a factor to scale down opacity [0..255]
*/
void lv_obj_set_opa_scale(lv_obj_t * obj, lv_opa_t opa_scale);
/**
* Set a bit or bits in the protect filed
* @param obj pointer to an object
* @param prot 'OR'-ed values from `lv_protect_t`
*/
void lv_obj_set_protect(lv_obj_t * obj, uint8_t prot);
/**
* Clear a bit or bits in the protect filed
* @param obj pointer to an object
* @param prot 'OR'-ed values from `lv_protect_t`
*/
void lv_obj_clear_protect(lv_obj_t * obj, uint8_t prot);
/**
* Set the signal function of an object.
* Always call the previous signal function in the new.
* @param obj pointer to an object
* @param fp the new signal function
*/
void lv_obj_set_signal_func(lv_obj_t * obj, lv_signal_func_t fp);
/**
* Set a new design function for an object
* @param obj pointer to an object
* @param fp the new design function
*/
void lv_obj_set_design_func(lv_obj_t * obj, lv_design_func_t fp);
/*----------------
* Other set
*--------------*/
/**
* Allocate a new ext. data for an object
* @param obj pointer to an object
* @param ext_size the size of the new ext. data
* @return pointer to the allocated ext
*/
void * lv_obj_allocate_ext_attr(lv_obj_t * obj, uint16_t ext_size);
/**
* Send a 'LV_SIGNAL_REFR_EXT_SIZE' signal to the object
* @param obj pointer to an object
*/
void lv_obj_refresh_ext_size(lv_obj_t * obj);
#ifdef LV_OBJ_FREE_NUM_TYPE
/**
* Set an application specific number for an object.
* It can help to identify objects in the application.
* @param obj pointer to an object
* @param free_num the new free number
*/
void lv_obj_set_free_num(lv_obj_t * obj, LV_OBJ_FREE_NUM_TYPE free_num);
#endif
#if LV_OBJ_FREE_PTR != 0
/**
* Set an application specific pointer for an object.
* It can help to identify objects in the application.
* @param obj pointer to an object
* @param free_p the new free pinter
*/
void lv_obj_set_free_ptr(lv_obj_t * obj, void * free_p);
#endif
#if USE_LV_ANIMATION
/**
* Animate an object
* @param obj pointer to an object to animate
* @param type type of animation from 'lv_anim_builtin_t'. 'OR' it with ANIM_IN or ANIM_OUT
* @param time time of animation in milliseconds
* @param delay delay before the animation in milliseconds
* @param cb a function to call when the animation is ready
*/
void lv_obj_animate(lv_obj_t * obj, lv_anim_builtin_t type, uint16_t time, uint16_t delay, void (*cb) (lv_obj_t *));
#endif
/*=======================
* Getter functions
*======================*/
/*------------------
* Screen get
*-----------------*/
/**
* Return with a pointer to the active screen
* @return pointer to the active screen object (loaded by 'lv_scr_load()')
*/
lv_obj_t * lv_scr_act(void);
/**
* Return with the top layer. (Same on every screen and it is above the normal screen layer)
* @return pointer to the top layer object (transparent screen sized lv_obj)
*/
lv_obj_t * lv_layer_top(void);
/**
* Return with the system layer. (Same on every screen and it is above the all other layers)
* It is used for example by the cursor
* @return pointer to the system layer object (transparent screen sized lv_obj)
*/
lv_obj_t * lv_layer_sys(void);
/**
* Return with the screen of an object
* @param obj pointer to an object
* @return pointer to a screen
*/
lv_obj_t * lv_obj_get_screen(const lv_obj_t * obj);
/*---------------------
* Parent/children get
*--------------------*/
/**
* Returns with the parent of an object
* @param obj pointer to an object
* @return pointer to the parent of 'obj'
*/
lv_obj_t * lv_obj_get_parent(const lv_obj_t * obj);
/**
* Iterate through the children of an object (start from the "youngest, lastly created")
* @param obj pointer to an object
* @param child NULL at first call to get the next children
* and the previous return value later
* @return the child after 'act_child' or NULL if no more child
*/
lv_obj_t * lv_obj_get_child(const lv_obj_t * obj, const lv_obj_t * child);
/**
* Iterate through the children of an object (start from the "oldest", firstly created)
* @param obj pointer to an object
* @param child NULL at first call to get the next children
* and the previous return value later
* @return the child after 'act_child' or NULL if no more child
*/
lv_obj_t * lv_obj_get_child_back(const lv_obj_t * obj, const lv_obj_t * child);
/**
* Count the children of an object (only children directly on 'obj')
* @param obj pointer to an object
* @return children number of 'obj'
*/
uint16_t lv_obj_count_children(const lv_obj_t * obj);
/*---------------------
* Coordinate get
*--------------------*/
/**
* Copy the coordinates of an object to an area
* @param obj pointer to an object
* @param cords_p pointer to an area to store the coordinates
*/
void lv_obj_get_coords(const lv_obj_t * obj, lv_area_t * cords_p);
/**
* Get the x coordinate of object
* @param obj pointer to an object
* @return distance of 'obj' from the left side of its parent
*/
lv_coord_t lv_obj_get_x(const lv_obj_t * obj);
/**
* Get the y coordinate of object
* @param obj pointer to an object
* @return distance of 'obj' from the top of its parent
*/
lv_coord_t lv_obj_get_y(const lv_obj_t * obj);
/**
* Get the width of an object
* @param obj pointer to an object
* @return the width
*/
lv_coord_t lv_obj_get_width(const lv_obj_t * obj);
/**
* Get the height of an object
* @param obj pointer to an object
* @return the height
*/
lv_coord_t lv_obj_get_height(const lv_obj_t * obj);
/**
* Get the extended size attribute of an object
* @param obj pointer to an object
* @return the extended size attribute
*/
lv_coord_t lv_obj_get_ext_size(const lv_obj_t * obj);
/**
* Get the automatic realign property of the object.
* @param obj pointer to an object
* @return true: auto realign is enabled; false: auto realign is disabled
*/
bool lv_obj_get_auto_realign(lv_obj_t * obj);
/*-----------------
* Appearance get
*---------------*/
/**
* Get the style pointer of an object (if NULL get style of the parent)
* @param obj pointer to an object
* @return pointer to a style
*/
lv_style_t * lv_obj_get_style(const lv_obj_t * obj);
/*-----------------
* Attribute get
*----------------*/
/**
* Get the hidden attribute of an object
* @param obj pointer to an object
* @return true: the object is hidden
*/
bool lv_obj_get_hidden(const lv_obj_t * obj);
/**
* Get the click enable attribute of an object
* @param obj pointer to an object
* @return true: the object is clickable
*/
bool lv_obj_get_click(const lv_obj_t * obj);
/**
* Get the top enable attribute of an object
* @param obj pointer to an object
* @return true: the auto top feature is enabled
*/
bool lv_obj_get_top(const lv_obj_t * obj);
/**
* Get the drag enable attribute of an object
* @param obj pointer to an object
* @return true: the object is dragable
*/
bool lv_obj_get_drag(const lv_obj_t * obj);
/**
* Get the drag throw enable attribute of an object
* @param obj pointer to an object
* @return true: drag throw is enabled
*/
bool lv_obj_get_drag_throw(const lv_obj_t * obj);
/**
* Get the drag parent attribute of an object
* @param obj pointer to an object
* @return true: drag parent is enabled
*/
bool lv_obj_get_drag_parent(const lv_obj_t * obj);
/**
* Get the opa scale enable parameter
* @param obj pointer to an object
* @return true: opa scaling is enabled for this object and all children; false: no opa scaling
*/
lv_opa_t lv_obj_get_opa_scale_enable(const lv_obj_t * obj);
/**
* Get the opa scale parameter of an object
* @param obj pointer to an object
* @return opa scale [0..255]
*/
lv_opa_t lv_obj_get_opa_scale(const lv_obj_t * obj);
/**
* Get the protect field of an object
* @param obj pointer to an object
* @return protect field ('OR'ed values of `lv_protect_t`)
*/
uint8_t lv_obj_get_protect(const lv_obj_t * obj);
/**
* Check at least one bit of a given protect bitfield is set
* @param obj pointer to an object
* @param prot protect bits to test ('OR'ed values of `lv_protect_t`)
* @return false: none of the given bits are set, true: at least one bit is set
*/
bool lv_obj_is_protected(const lv_obj_t * obj, uint8_t prot);
/**
* Get the signal function of an object
* @param obj pointer to an object
* @return the signal function
*/
lv_signal_func_t lv_obj_get_signal_func(const lv_obj_t * obj);
/**
* Get the design function of an object
* @param obj pointer to an object
* @return the design function
*/
lv_design_func_t lv_obj_get_design_func(const lv_obj_t * obj);
/*------------------
* Other get
*-----------------*/
/**
* Get the ext pointer
* @param obj pointer to an object
* @return the ext pointer but not the dynamic version
* Use it as ext->data1, and NOT da(ext)->data1
*/
void * lv_obj_get_ext_attr(const lv_obj_t * obj);
/**
* Get object's and its ancestors type. Put their name in `type_buf` starting with the current type.
* E.g. buf.type[0]="lv_btn", buf.type[1]="lv_cont", buf.type[2]="lv_obj"
* @param obj pointer to an object which type should be get
* @param buf pointer to an `lv_obj_type_t` buffer to store the types
*/
void lv_obj_get_type(lv_obj_t * obj, lv_obj_type_t * buf);
#ifdef LV_OBJ_FREE_NUM_TYPE
/**
* Get the free number
* @param obj pointer to an object
* @return the free number
*/
LV_OBJ_FREE_NUM_TYPE lv_obj_get_free_num(const lv_obj_t * obj);
#endif
#if LV_OBJ_FREE_PTR != 0
/**
* Get the free pointer
* @param obj pointer to an object
* @return the free pointer
*/
void * lv_obj_get_free_ptr(const lv_obj_t * obj);
#endif
#if USE_LV_GROUP
/**
* Get the group of the object
* @param obj pointer to an object
* @return the pointer to group of the object
*/
void * lv_obj_get_group(const lv_obj_t * obj);
/**
* Tell whether the object is the focused object of a group or not.
* @param obj pointer to an object
* @return true: the object is focused, false: the object is not focused or not in a group
*/
bool lv_obj_is_focused(const lv_obj_t * obj);
#endif
/**********************
* MACROS
**********************/
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
#endif /*LV_OBJ_H*/

95
include/display/lv_core/lv_refr.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
/**
* @file lv_refr.h
*
*/
#ifndef LV_REFR_H
#define LV_REFR_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*********************
* INCLUDES
*********************/
#include "lv_obj.h"
#include <stdbool.h>
/*********************
* DEFINES
*********************/
/**********************
* TYPEDEFS
**********************/
/**********************
* STATIC PROTOTYPES
**********************/
/**********************
* STATIC VARIABLES
**********************/
/**********************
* MACROS
**********************/
/**********************
* GLOBAL FUNCTIONS
**********************/
/**
* Initialize the screen refresh subsystem
*/
void lv_refr_init(void);
/**
* Redraw the invalidated areas now.
* Normally the redrawing is periodically executed in `lv_task_handler` but a long blocking process can
* prevent the call of `lv_task_handler`. In this case if the the GUI is updated in the process (e.g. progress bar)
* this function can be called when the screen should be updated.
*/
void lv_refr_now(void);
/**
* Invalidate an area
* @param area_p pointer to area which should be invalidated
*/
void lv_inv_area(const lv_area_t * area_p);
/**
* Set a function to call after every refresh to announce the refresh time and the number of refreshed pixels
* @param cb pointer to a callback function (void my_refr_cb(uint32_t time_ms, uint32_t px_num))
*/
void lv_refr_set_monitor_cb(void (*cb)(uint32_t, uint32_t));
/**
* Called when an area is invalidated to modify the coordinates of the area.
* Special display controllers may require special coordinate rounding
* @param cb pointer to the a function which will modify the area
*/
void lv_refr_set_round_cb(void(*cb)(lv_area_t*));
/**
* Get the number of areas in the buffer
* @return number of invalid areas
*/
uint16_t lv_refr_get_buf_size(void);
/**
* Pop (delete) the last 'num' invalidated areas from the buffer
* @param num number of areas to delete
*/
void lv_refr_pop_from_buf(uint16_t num);
/**********************
* STATIC FUNCTIONS
**********************/
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
#endif /*LV_REFR_H*/

199
include/display/lv_core/lv_style.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,199 @@
/**
* @file lv_style.h
*
*/
#ifndef LV_STYLE_H
#define LV_STYLE_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*********************
* INCLUDES
*********************/
#include <stdbool.h>
#include "display/lv_misc/lv_color.h"
#include "display/lv_misc/lv_area.h"
#include "display/lv_misc/lv_font.h"
#include "display/lv_misc/lv_anim.h"
/*********************
* DEFINES
*********************/
#define LV_RADIUS_CIRCLE (LV_COORD_MAX) /*A very big radius to always draw as circle*/
/**********************
* TYPEDEFS
**********************/
/*Border types (Use 'OR'ed values)*/
enum
{
LV_BORDER_NONE = 0x00,
LV_BORDER_BOTTOM = 0x01,
LV_BORDER_TOP = 0x02,
LV_BORDER_LEFT = 0x04,
LV_BORDER_RIGHT = 0x08,
LV_BORDER_FULL = 0x0F,
LV_BORDER_INTERNAL = 0x10, /*FOR matrix-like objects (e.g. Button matrix)*/
};
typedef uint8_t lv_border_part_t;
/*Shadow types*/
enum
{
LV_SHADOW_BOTTOM = 0,
LV_SHADOW_FULL,
};
typedef uint8_t lv_shadow_type_t;
typedef struct
{
uint8_t glass :1; /*1: Do not inherit this style*/
struct {
lv_color_t main_color;
lv_color_t grad_color; /*`grad_color` will be removed in v6.0, use `aux_color` instead*/
lv_coord_t radius;
lv_opa_t opa;
struct {
lv_color_t color;
lv_coord_t width;
lv_border_part_t part;
lv_opa_t opa;
} border;
struct {
lv_color_t color;
lv_coord_t width;
lv_shadow_type_t type;
} shadow;
struct {
lv_coord_t ver;
lv_coord_t hor;
lv_coord_t inner;
} padding;
uint8_t empty :1; /*Transparent background (border still drawn)*/
} body;
struct {
lv_color_t color;
const lv_font_t * font;
lv_coord_t letter_space;
lv_coord_t line_space;
lv_opa_t opa;
} text;
struct {
lv_color_t color;
lv_opa_t intense;
lv_opa_t opa;
} image;
struct {
lv_color_t color;
lv_coord_t width;
lv_opa_t opa;
uint8_t rounded :1; /*1: rounded line endings*/
} line;
} lv_style_t;
#if USE_LV_ANIMATION
typedef struct {
const lv_style_t * style_start; /*Pointer to the starting style*/
const lv_style_t * style_end; /*Pointer to the destination style*/
lv_style_t * style_anim; /*Pointer to a style to animate*/
lv_anim_cb_t end_cb; /*Call it when the animation is ready (NULL if unused)*/
int16_t time; /*Animation time in ms*/
int16_t act_time; /*Current time in animation. Set to negative to make delay.*/
uint16_t playback_pause; /*Wait before play back*/
uint16_t repeat_pause; /*Wait before repeat*/
uint8_t playback :1; /*When the animation is ready play it back*/
uint8_t repeat :1; /*Repeat the animation infinitely*/
} lv_style_anim_t;
/* Example initialization
lv_style_anim_t a;
a.style_anim = &style_to_anim;
a.style_start = &style_1;
a.style_end = &style_2;
a.act_time = 0;
a.time = 1000;
a.playback = 0;
a.playback_pause = 0;
a.repeat = 0;
a.repeat_pause = 0;
a.end_cb = NULL;
lv_style_anim_create(&a);
*/
#endif
/**********************
* GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
**********************/
/**
* Init the basic styles
*/
void lv_style_init (void);
/**
* Copy a style to an other
* @param dest pointer to the destination style
* @param src pointer to the source style
*/
void lv_style_copy(lv_style_t * dest, const lv_style_t * src);
/**
* Mix two styles according to a given ratio
* @param start start style
* @param end end style
* @param res store the result style here
* @param ratio the ratio of mix [0..256]; 0: `start` style; 256: `end` style
*/
void lv_style_mix(const lv_style_t * start, const lv_style_t * end, lv_style_t * res, uint16_t ratio);
#if USE_LV_ANIMATION
/**
* Create an animation from a pre-configured 'lv_style_anim_t' variable
* @param anim pointer to a pre-configured 'lv_style_anim_t' variable (will be copied)
* @return pointer to a descriptor. Really this variable will be animated. (Can be used in `lv_anim_del(dsc, NULL)`)
*/
void * lv_style_anim_create(lv_style_anim_t * anim);
#endif
/*************************
* GLOBAL VARIABLES
*************************/
extern lv_style_t lv_style_scr;
extern lv_style_t lv_style_transp;
extern lv_style_t lv_style_transp_fit;
extern lv_style_t lv_style_transp_tight;
extern lv_style_t lv_style_plain;
extern lv_style_t lv_style_plain_color;
extern lv_style_t lv_style_pretty;
extern lv_style_t lv_style_pretty_color;
extern lv_style_t lv_style_btn_rel;
extern lv_style_t lv_style_btn_pr;
extern lv_style_t lv_style_btn_tgl_rel;
extern lv_style_t lv_style_btn_tgl_pr;
extern lv_style_t lv_style_btn_ina;
/**********************
* MACROS
**********************/
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
#endif /*LV_STYLE_H*/

119
include/display/lv_core/lv_vdb.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
/**
* @file lv_vdb.h
*
*/
#ifndef LV_VDB_H
#define LV_VDB_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*********************
* INCLUDES
*********************/
#ifdef LV_CONF_INCLUDE_SIMPLE
#include "lv_conf.h"
#else
#include "display/lv_conf.h"
#endif
#if LV_VDB_SIZE != 0
#include "display/lv_misc/lv_color.h"
#include "display/lv_misc/lv_area.h"
/*********************
* DEFINES
*********************/
/*Can be used in `lv_conf.h` the set an invalid address for the VDB. It should be replaced later by a valid address using `lv_vdb_set_adr()`*/
#define LV_VDB_ADR_INV 8 /*8 is still too small to be valid but it's aligned on 64 bit machines as well*/
#ifndef LV_VDB_PX_BPP
#define LV_VDB_PX_BPP LV_COLOR_SIZE /* Default is LV_COLOR_SIZE */
#endif
#if LV_VDB_TRUE_DOUBLE_BUFFERED && (LV_VDB_SIZE != LV_HOR_RES * LV_VER_RES || LV_VDB_DOUBLE == 0)
#error "With LV_VDB_TRUE_DOUBLE_BUFFERED: (LV_VDB_SIZE = LV_HOR_RES * LV_VER_RES and LV_VDB_DOUBLE = 1 is required"
#endif
/* The size of VDB in bytes.
* (LV_VDB_SIZE * LV_VDB_PX_BPP) >> 3): just divide by 8 to convert bits to bytes
* (((LV_VDB_SIZE * LV_VDB_PX_BPP) & 0x7) ? 1 : 0): add an extra byte to round up.
* E.g. if LV_VDB_SIZE = 10 and LV_VDB_PX_BPP = 1 -> 10 bits -> 2 bytes*/
#define LV_VDB_SIZE_IN_BYTES ((LV_VDB_SIZE * LV_VDB_PX_BPP) >> 3) + (((LV_VDB_SIZE * LV_VDB_PX_BPP) & 0x7) ? 1 : 0)
/**********************
* TYPEDEFS
**********************/
typedef struct
{
lv_area_t area;
lv_color_t *buf;
} lv_vdb_t;
/**********************
* GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
**********************/
/**
* Get the 'vdb' variable or allocate one in LV_VDB_DOUBLE mode
* @return pointer to a 'vdb' variable
*/
lv_vdb_t * lv_vdb_get(void);
/**
* Flush the content of the vdb
*/
void lv_vdb_flush(void);
/**
* Set the address of VDB buffer(s) manually. To use this set `LV_VDB_ADR` (and `LV_VDB2_ADR`) to `LV_VDB_ADR_INV` in `lv_conf.h`.
* It should be called before `lv_init()`. The size of the buffer should be: `LV_VDB_SIZE_IN_BYTES`
* @param buf1 address of the VDB.
* @param buf2 address of the second buffer. `NULL` if `LV_VDB_DOUBLE 0`
*/
void lv_vdb_set_adr(void * buf1, void * buf2);
/**
* Call in the display driver's 'disp_flush' function when the flushing is finished
*/
void lv_flush_ready(void);
/**
* Get currently active VDB, where the drawing happens. Used with `LV_VDB_DOUBLE 1`
* @return pointer to the active VDB. If `LV_VDB_DOUBLE 0` give the single VDB
*/
lv_vdb_t * lv_vdb_get_active(void);
/**
* Get currently inactive VDB, which is being displayed or being flushed. Used with `LV_VDB_DOUBLE 1`
* @return pointer to the inactive VDB. If `LV_VDB_DOUBLE 0` give the single VDB
*/
lv_vdb_t * lv_vdb_get_inactive(void);
/**
* Whether the flushing is in progress or not
* @return true: flushing is in progress; false: flushing ready
*/
bool lv_vdb_is_flushing(void);
/**********************
* MACROS
**********************/
#else /*LV_VDB_SIZE != 0*/
/*Just for compatibility*/
void lv_flush_ready(void);
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
#endif /*LV_VDB_H*/

115
include/display/lv_draw/lv_draw.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
/**
* @file lv_draw.h
*
*/
#ifndef LV_DRAW_H
#define LV_DRAW_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*********************
* INCLUDES
*********************/
#ifdef LV_CONF_INCLUDE_SIMPLE
#include "lv_conf.h"
#else
#include "display/lv_conf.h"
#endif
#include "display/lv_core/lv_style.h"
#include "display/lv_misc/lv_txt.h"
/*********************
* DEFINES
*********************/
/*If image pixels contains alpha we need to know how much byte is a pixel*/
#if LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 1 || LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 8
# define LV_IMG_PX_SIZE_ALPHA_BYTE 2
#elif LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 16
# define LV_IMG_PX_SIZE_ALPHA_BYTE 3
#elif LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 32
# define LV_IMG_PX_SIZE_ALPHA_BYTE 4
#endif
/**********************
* TYPEDEFS
**********************/
enum {
LV_IMG_SRC_VARIABLE,
LV_IMG_SRC_FILE,
LV_IMG_SRC_SYMBOL,
LV_IMG_SRC_UNKNOWN,
};
typedef uint8_t lv_img_src_t;
/**********************
* GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
**********************/
#if LV_ANTIALIAS != 0
/**
* Get the opacity of a pixel based it's position in a line segment
* @param seg segment length
* @param px_id position of of a pixel which opacity should be get [0..seg-1]
* @param base_opa the base opacity
* @return the opacity of the given pixel
*/
lv_opa_t lv_draw_aa_get_opa(lv_coord_t seg, lv_coord_t px_id, lv_opa_t base_opa);
/**
* Add a vertical anti-aliasing segment (pixels with decreasing opacity)
* @param x start point x coordinate
* @param y start point y coordinate
* @param length length of segment (negative value to start from 0 opacity)
* @param mask draw only in this area
* @param color color of pixels
* @param opa maximum opacity
*/
void lv_draw_aa_ver_seg(lv_coord_t x, lv_coord_t y, lv_coord_t length, const lv_area_t * mask, lv_color_t color, lv_opa_t opa);
/**
* Add a horizontal anti-aliasing segment (pixels with decreasing opacity)
* @param x start point x coordinate
* @param y start point y coordinate
* @param length length of segment (negative value to start from 0 opacity)
* @param mask draw only in this area
* @param color color of pixels
* @param opa maximum opacity
*/
void lv_draw_aa_hor_seg(lv_coord_t x, lv_coord_t y, lv_coord_t length, const lv_area_t * mask, lv_color_t color, lv_opa_t opa);
#endif
/**********************
* GLOBAL VARIABLES
**********************/
extern void (*const px_fp)(lv_coord_t x, lv_coord_t y, const lv_area_t * mask, lv_color_t color, lv_opa_t opa);
extern void (*const fill_fp)(const lv_area_t * coords, const lv_area_t * mask, lv_color_t color, lv_opa_t opa);
extern void (*const letter_fp)(const lv_point_t * pos_p, const lv_area_t * mask, const lv_font_t * font_p, uint32_t letter, lv_color_t color, lv_opa_t opa);
extern void (*const map_fp)(const lv_area_t * cords_p, const lv_area_t * mask_p,
const uint8_t * map_p, lv_opa_t opa, bool chroma_key, bool alpha_byte,
lv_color_t recolor, lv_opa_t recolor_opa);
/**********************
* MACROS
**********************/
/**********************
* POST INCLUDES
*********************/
#include "lv_draw_rect.h"
#include "lv_draw_label.h"
#include "lv_draw_img.h"
#include "lv_draw_line.h"
#include "lv_draw_triangle.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
#endif /*LV_DRAW_H*/

14
include/display/lv_draw/lv_draw.mk Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
CSRCS += lv_draw_vbasic.c
CSRCS += lv_draw_rbasic.c
CSRCS += lv_draw.c
CSRCS += lv_draw_rect.c
CSRCS += lv_draw_label.c
CSRCS += lv_draw_line.c
CSRCS += lv_draw_img.c
CSRCS += lv_draw_arc.c
CSRCS += lv_draw_triangle.c
DEPPATH += --dep-path $(LVGL_DIR)/lvgl/lv_draw
VPATH += :$(LVGL_DIR)/lvgl/lv_draw
CFLAGS += "-I$(LVGL_DIR)/lvgl/lv_draw"

53
include/display/lv_draw/lv_draw_arc.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
/**
* @file lv_draw_arc.h
*
*/
#ifndef LV_DRAW_ARC_H
#define LV_DRAW_ARC_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*********************
* INCLUDES
*********************/
#include "lv_draw.h"
/*********************
* DEFINES
*********************/
/**********************
* TYPEDEFS
**********************/
/**********************
* GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
**********************/
/**
* Draw an arc. (Can draw pie too with great thickness.)
* @param center_x the x coordinate of the center of the arc
* @param center_y the y coordinate of the center of the arc
* @param radius the radius of the arc
* @param mask the arc will be drawn only in this mask
* @param start_angle the start angle of the arc (0 deg on the bottom, 90 deg on the right)
* @param end_angle the end angle of the arc
* @param style style of the arc (`body.thickness`, `body.main_color`, `body.opa` is used)
* @param opa_scale scale down all opacities by the factor
*/
void lv_draw_arc(lv_coord_t center_x, lv_coord_t center_y, uint16_t radius, const lv_area_t * mask,
uint16_t start_angle, uint16_t end_angle, const lv_style_t * style, lv_opa_t opa_scale);
/**********************
* MACROS
**********************/
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
#endif /*LV_DRAW_ARC*/

167
include/display/lv_draw/lv_draw_img.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,167 @@
/**
* @file lv_draw_img.h
*
*/
#ifndef LV_DRAW_IMG_H
#define LV_DRAW_IMG_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*********************
* INCLUDES
*********************/
#include "lv_draw.h"
#include "display/lv_core/lv_obj.h"
/*********************
* DEFINES
*********************/
#define LV_IMG_DECODER_OPEN_FAIL ((void*)(-1))
/**********************
* TYPEDEFS
**********************/
struct _lv_img_t;
typedef struct {
/* The first 8 bit is very important to distinguish the different source types.
* For more info see `lv_img_get_src_type()` in lv_img.c */
uint32_t cf :5; /* Color format: See `lv_img_color_format_t`*/
uint32_t always_zero :3; /*It the upper bits of the first byte. Always zero to look like a non-printable character*/
uint32_t reserved :2; /*Reserved to be used later*/
uint32_t w:11; /*Width of the image map*/
uint32_t h:11; /*Height of the image map*/
} lv_img_header_t;
/*Image color format*/
enum {
LV_IMG_CF_UNKOWN = 0,
LV_IMG_CF_RAW, /*Contains the file as it is. Needs custom decoder function*/
LV_IMG_CF_RAW_ALPHA, /*Contains the file as it is. The image has alpha. Needs custom decoder function*/
LV_IMG_CF_RAW_CHROMA_KEYED, /*Contains the file as it is. The image is chroma keyed. Needs custom decoder function*/
LV_IMG_CF_TRUE_COLOR, /*Color format and depth should match with LV_COLOR settings*/
LV_IMG_CF_TRUE_COLOR_ALPHA, /*Same as `LV_IMG_CF_TRUE_COLOR` but every pixel has an alpha byte*/
LV_IMG_CF_TRUE_COLOR_CHROMA_KEYED, /*Same as `LV_IMG_CF_TRUE_COLOR` but LV_COLOR_TRANSP pixels will be transparent*/
LV_IMG_CF_INDEXED_1BIT, /*Can have 2 different colors in a palette (always chroma keyed)*/
LV_IMG_CF_INDEXED_2BIT, /*Can have 4 different colors in a palette (always chroma keyed)*/
LV_IMG_CF_INDEXED_4BIT, /*Can have 16 different colors in a palette (always chroma keyed)*/
LV_IMG_CF_INDEXED_8BIT, /*Can have 256 different colors in a palette (always chroma keyed)*/
LV_IMG_CF_ALPHA_1BIT, /*Can have one color and it can be drawn or not*/
LV_IMG_CF_ALPHA_2BIT, /*Can have one color but 4 different alpha value*/
LV_IMG_CF_ALPHA_4BIT, /*Can have one color but 16 different alpha value*/
LV_IMG_CF_ALPHA_8BIT, /*Can have one color but 256 different alpha value*/
};
typedef uint8_t lv_img_cf_t;
/* Image header it is compatible with
* the result image converter utility*/
typedef struct
{
lv_img_header_t header;
uint32_t data_size;
const uint8_t * data;
} lv_img_dsc_t;
/* Decoder function definitions */
/**
* Get info from an image and store in the `header`
* @param src the image source. Can be a pointer to a C array or a file name (Use `lv_img_src_get_type` to determine the type)
* @param header store the info here
* @return LV_RES_OK: info written correctly; LV_RES_INV: failed
*/
typedef lv_res_t (*lv_img_decoder_info_f_t)(const void * src, lv_img_header_t * header);
/**
* Open an image for decoding. Prepare it as it is required to read it later
* @param src the image source. Can be a pointer to a C array or a file name (Use `lv_img_src_get_type` to determine the type)
* @param style the style of image (maybe it will be required to determine a color or something)
* @return there are 3 possible return values:
* 1) buffer with the decoded image
* 2) if can decode the whole image NULL. decoder_read_line will be called to read the image line-by-line
* 3) LV_IMG_DECODER_OPEN_FAIL if the image format is unknown to the decoder or an error occurred
*/
typedef const uint8_t * (*lv_img_decoder_open_f_t)(const void * src, const lv_style_t * style);
/**
* Decode `len` pixels starting from the given `x`, `y` coordinates and store them in `buf`.
* Required only if the "open" function can't return with the whole decoded pixel array.
* @param x start x coordinate
* @param y startt y coordinate
* @param len number of pixels to decode
* @param buf a buffer to store the decoded pixels
* @return LV_RES_OK: ok; LV_RES_INV: failed
*/
typedef lv_res_t (*lv_img_decoder_read_line_f_t)(lv_coord_t x, lv_coord_t y, lv_coord_t len, uint8_t * buf);
/**
* Close the pending decoding. Free resources etc.
*/
typedef void (*lv_img_decoder_close_f_t)(void);
/**********************
* GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
**********************/
/**
* Draw an image
* @param coords the coordinates of the image
* @param mask the image will be drawn only in this area
* @param src pointer to a lv_color_t array which contains the pixels of the image
* @param style style of the image
* @param opa_scale scale down all opacities by the factor
*/
void lv_draw_img(const lv_area_t * coords, const lv_area_t * mask,
const void * src, const lv_style_t * style, lv_opa_t opa_scale);
/**
* Get the type of an image source
* @param src pointer to an image source:
* - pointer to an 'lv_img_t' variable (image stored internally and compiled into the code)
* - a path to a file (e.g. "S:/folder/image.bin")
* - or a symbol (e.g. SYMBOL_CLOSE)
* @return type of the image source LV_IMG_SRC_VARIABLE/FILE/SYMBOL/UNKOWN
*/
lv_img_src_t lv_img_src_get_type(const void * src);
/**
* Set custom decoder functions. See the typdefs of the function typed above for more info about them
* @param info_fp info get function
* @param open_fp open function
* @param read_fp read line function
* @param close_fp clode function
*/
void lv_img_decoder_set_custom(lv_img_decoder_info_f_t info_fp, lv_img_decoder_open_f_t open_fp,
lv_img_decoder_read_line_f_t read_fp, lv_img_decoder_close_f_t close_fp);
lv_res_t lv_img_dsc_get_info(const char * src, lv_img_header_t * header);
uint8_t lv_img_color_format_get_px_size(lv_img_cf_t cf);
bool lv_img_color_format_is_chroma_keyed(lv_img_cf_t cf);
bool lv_img_color_format_has_alpha(lv_img_cf_t cf);
/**********************
* MACROS
**********************/
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
#endif /*LV_TEMPL_H*/

53
include/display/lv_draw/lv_draw_label.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
/**
* @file lv_draw_label.h
*
*/
#ifndef LV_DRAW_LABEL_H
#define LV_DRAW_LABEL_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*********************
* INCLUDES
*********************/
#include "lv_draw.h"
/*********************
* DEFINES
*********************/
/**********************
* TYPEDEFS
**********************/
/**********************
* GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
**********************/
/**
* Write a text
* @param coords coordinates of the label
* @param mask the label will be drawn only in this area
* @param style pointer to a style
* @param opa_scale scale down all opacities by the factor
* @param txt 0 terminated text to write
* @param flag settings for the text from 'txt_flag_t' enum
* @param offset text offset in x and y direction (NULL if unused)
*
*/
void lv_draw_label(const lv_area_t * coords,const lv_area_t * mask, const lv_style_t * style, lv_opa_t opa_scale,
const char * txt, lv_txt_flag_t flag, lv_point_t * offset);
/**********************
* MACROS
**********************/
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
#endif /*LV_DRAW_LABEL_H*/

49
include/display/lv_draw/lv_draw_line.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
/**
* @file lv_draw_line.h
*
*/
#ifndef LV_DRAW_LINE_H
#define LV_DRAW_LINE_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*********************
* INCLUDES
*********************/
/*********************
* DEFINES
*********************/
/**********************
* TYPEDEFS
**********************/
/**********************
* GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
**********************/
/**
* Draw a line
* @param point1 first point of the line
* @param point2 second point of the line
* @param mask the line will be drawn only on this area
* @param style pointer to a line's style
* @param opa_scale scale down all opacities by the factor
*/
void lv_draw_line(const lv_point_t * point1, const lv_point_t * point2, const lv_area_t * mask,
const lv_style_t * style, lv_opa_t opa_scale);
/**********************
* MACROS
**********************/
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
#endif /*LV_DRAW_LINE_H*/

96
include/display/lv_draw/lv_draw_rbasic.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
/**
* @file lv_draw_rbasic..h
*
*/
#ifndef LV_DRAW_RBASIC_H
#define LV_DRAW_RBASIC_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*********************
* INCLUDES
*********************/
#ifdef LV_CONF_INCLUDE_SIMPLE
#include "lv_conf.h"
#else
#include "display/lv_conf.h"
#endif
#if USE_LV_REAL_DRAW != 0
#include "display/lv_misc/lv_color.h"
#include "display/lv_misc/lv_area.h"
#include "display/lv_misc/lv_font.h"
/*********************
* DEFINES
*********************/
/**********************
* TYPEDEFS
**********************/
/**********************
* GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
**********************/
void lv_rpx(lv_coord_t x, lv_coord_t y, const lv_area_t * mask_p, lv_color_t color, lv_opa_t opa);
/**
* Fill an area on the display
* @param cords_p coordinates of the area to fill
* @param mask_p fill only o this mask
* @param color fill color
* @param opa opacity (ignored, only for compatibility with lv_vfill)
*/
void lv_rfill(const lv_area_t * cords_p, const lv_area_t * mask_p,
lv_color_t color, lv_opa_t opa);
/**
* Draw a letter to the display
* @param pos_p left-top coordinate of the latter
* @param mask_p the letter will be drawn only on this area
* @param font_p pointer to font
* @param letter a letter to draw
* @param color color of letter
* @param opa opacity of letter (ignored, only for compatibility with lv_vletter)
*/
void lv_rletter(const lv_point_t * pos_p, const lv_area_t * mask_p,
const lv_font_t * font_p, uint32_t letter,
lv_color_t color, lv_opa_t opa);
/**
* When the letter is ant-aliased it needs to know the background color
* @param bg_color the background color of the currently drawn letter
*/
void lv_rletter_set_background(lv_color_t color);
/**
* Draw a color map to the display (image)
* @param cords_p coordinates the color map
* @param mask_p the map will drawn only on this area
* @param map_p pointer to a lv_color_t array
* @param opa opacity of the map (ignored, only for compatibility with 'lv_vmap')
* @param chroma_keyed true: enable transparency of LV_IMG_LV_COLOR_TRANSP color pixels
* @param alpha_byte true: extra alpha byte is inserted for every pixel (not supported, only l'v_vmap' can draw it)
* @param recolor mix the pixels with this color
* @param recolor_opa the intense of recoloring
*/
void lv_rmap(const lv_area_t * cords_p, const lv_area_t * mask_p,
const uint8_t * map_p, lv_opa_t opa, bool chroma_key, bool alpha_byte,
lv_color_t recolor, lv_opa_t recolor_opa);
/**********************
* MACROS
**********************/
#endif /*USE_LV_REAL_DRAW*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
#endif /*LV_DRAW_RBASIC_H*/

48
include/display/lv_draw/lv_draw_rect.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
/**
* @file lv_draw_rect.h
*
*/
#ifndef LV_DRAW_RECT_H
#define LV_DRAW_RECT_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*********************
* INCLUDES
*********************/
#include "lv_draw.h"
/*********************
* DEFINES
*********************/
/**********************
* TYPEDEFS
**********************/
/**********************
* GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
**********************/
/**
* Draw a rectangle
* @param coords the coordinates of the rectangle
* @param mask the rectangle will be drawn only in this mask
* @param style pointer to a style
* @param opa_scale scale down all opacities by the factor
*/
void lv_draw_rect(const lv_area_t * coords, const lv_area_t * mask, const lv_style_t * style, lv_opa_t opa_scale);
/**********************
* MACROS
**********************/
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
#endif /*LV_DRAW_RECT_H*/

51
include/display/lv_draw/lv_draw_triangle.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
/**
* @file lv_draw_triangle.h
*
*/
#ifndef LV_DRAW_TRIANGLE_H
#define LV_DRAW_TRIANGLE_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*********************
* INCLUDES
*********************/
#include "lv_draw.h"
/*********************
* DEFINES
*********************/
/**********************
* TYPEDEFS
**********************/
/**********************
* GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
**********************/
/*Experimental use for 3D modeling*/
#define USE_LV_TRIANGLE 1
#if USE_LV_TRIANGLE != 0
/**
*
* @param points pointer to an array with 3 points
* @param mask the triangle will be drawn only in this mask
* @param color color of the triangle
*/
void lv_draw_triangle(const lv_point_t * points, const lv_area_t * mask, lv_color_t color);
#endif
/**********************
* MACROS
**********************/
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
#endif /*LV_DRAW_TRIANGLE_H*/

89
include/display/lv_draw/lv_draw_vbasic.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
/**
* @file lv_draw_vbasic.h
*
*/
#ifndef LV_DRAW_VBASIC_H
#define LV_DRAW_VBASIC_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*********************
* INCLUDES
*********************/
#ifdef LV_CONF_INCLUDE_SIMPLE
#include "lv_conf.h"
#else
#include "display/lv_conf.h"
#endif
#if LV_VDB_SIZE != 0
#include "display/lv_misc/lv_color.h"
#include "display/lv_misc/lv_area.h"
#include "display/lv_misc/lv_font.h"
/*********************
* DEFINES
*********************/
/**********************
* TYPEDEFS
**********************/
/**********************
* GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
**********************/
void lv_vpx(lv_coord_t x, lv_coord_t y, const lv_area_t * mask_p, lv_color_t color, lv_opa_t opa);
/**
* Fill an area in the Virtual Display Buffer
* @param cords_p coordinates of the area to fill
* @param mask_p fill only o this mask
* @param color fill color
* @param opa opacity of the area (0..255)
*/
void lv_vfill(const lv_area_t * cords_p, const lv_area_t * mask_p,
lv_color_t color, lv_opa_t opa);
/**
* Draw a letter in the Virtual Display Buffer
* @param pos_p left-top coordinate of the latter
* @param mask_p the letter will be drawn only on this area
* @param font_p pointer to font
* @param letter a letter to draw
* @param color color of letter
* @param opa opacity of letter (0..255)
*/
void lv_vletter(const lv_point_t * pos_p, const lv_area_t * mask_p,
const lv_font_t * font_p, uint32_t letter,
lv_color_t color, lv_opa_t opa);
/**
* Draw a color map to the display (image)
* @param cords_p coordinates the color map
* @param mask_p the map will drawn only on this area (truncated to VDB area)
* @param map_p pointer to a lv_color_t array
* @param opa opacity of the map
* @param chroma_keyed true: enable transparency of LV_IMG_LV_COLOR_TRANSP color pixels
* @param alpha_byte true: extra alpha byte is inserted for every pixel
* @param recolor mix the pixels with this color
* @param recolor_opa the intense of recoloring
*/
void lv_vmap(const lv_area_t * cords_p, const lv_area_t * mask_p,
const uint8_t * map_p, lv_opa_t opa, bool chroma_key, bool alpha_byte,
lv_color_t recolor, lv_opa_t recolor_opa);
/**********************
* MACROS
**********************/
#endif /*LV_VDB_SIZE != 0*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
#endif /*LV_DRAW_RBASIC_H*/

150
include/display/lv_fonts/lv_font_builtin.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
/**
* @file lv_font_builtin.h
*
*/
#ifndef LV_FONT_BUILTIN_H
#define LV_FONT_BUILTIN_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*********************
* INCLUDES
*********************/
#ifdef LV_CONF_INCLUDE_SIMPLE
#include "lv_conf.h"
#else
#include "display/lv_conf.h"
#endif
#include "display/lv_misc/lv_font.h"
/*********************
* DEFINES
*********************/
/**********************
* TYPEDEFS
**********************/
/**********************
* GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
**********************/
/**
* Initialize the built-in fonts
*/
void lv_font_builtin_init(void);
/**********************
* MACROS
**********************/
/**********************
* FONT DECLARATIONS
**********************/
/*10 px */
#if USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_10
LV_FONT_DECLARE(lv_font_dejavu_10);
#endif
#if USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_10_LATIN_SUP
LV_FONT_DECLARE(lv_font_dejavu_10_latin_sup);
#endif
#if USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_10_CYRILLIC
LV_FONT_DECLARE(lv_font_dejavu_10_cyrillic);
#endif
#if USE_LV_FONT_SYMBOL_10
LV_FONT_DECLARE(lv_font_symbol_10);
#endif
/*20 px */
#if USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_20
LV_FONT_DECLARE(lv_font_dejavu_20);
#endif
#if USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_20_LATIN_SUP
LV_FONT_DECLARE(lv_font_dejavu_20_latin_sup);
#endif
#if USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_20_CYRILLIC
LV_FONT_DECLARE(lv_font_dejavu_20_cyrillic);
#endif
#if USE_LV_FONT_SYMBOL_20
LV_FONT_DECLARE(lv_font_symbol_20);
#endif
/*30 px */
#if USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_30
LV_FONT_DECLARE(lv_font_dejavu_30);
#endif
#if USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_30_LATIN_SUP
LV_FONT_DECLARE(lv_font_dejavu_30_latin_sup);
#endif
#if USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_30_CYRILLIC
LV_FONT_DECLARE(lv_font_dejavu_30_cyrillic);
#endif
#if USE_LV_FONT_SYMBOL_30
LV_FONT_DECLARE(lv_font_symbol_30);
#endif
/*40 px */
#if USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_40
LV_FONT_DECLARE(lv_font_dejavu_40);
#endif
#if USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_40_LATIN_SUP
LV_FONT_DECLARE(lv_font_dejavu_40_latin_sup);
#endif
#if USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_40_CYRILLIC
LV_FONT_DECLARE(lv_font_dejavu_40_cyrillic);
#endif
#if USE_LV_FONT_SYMBOL_40
LV_FONT_DECLARE(lv_font_symbol_40);
#endif
#if USE_LV_FONT_MONOSPACE_8
LV_FONT_DECLARE(lv_font_monospace_8);
#endif
#if USE_PROS_FONT_DEJAVU_MONO_10
LV_FONT_DECLARE(pros_font_dejavu_mono_10);
#endif
#if USE_PROS_FONT_DEJAVU_MONO_10_LATIN_SUP
LV_FONT_DECLARE(pros_font_dejavu_mono_10_latin_sup);
#endif
#if USE_PROS_FONT_DEJAVU_MONO_20
LV_FONT_DECLARE(pros_font_dejavu_mono_20);
#endif
#if USE_PROS_FONT_DEJAVU_MONO_20_LATIN_SUP
LV_FONT_DECLARE(pros_font_dejavu_mono_20_latin_sup);
#endif
#if USE_PROS_FONT_DEJAVU_MONO_30
LV_FONT_DECLARE(pros_font_dejavu_mono_30);
#endif
#if USE_PROS_FONT_DEJAVU_MONO_30_LATIN_SUP
LV_FONT_DECLARE(pros_font_dejavu_mono_30_latin_sup);
#endif
#if USE_PROS_FONT_DEJAVU_MONO_40
LV_FONT_DECLARE(pros_font_dejavu_mono_40);
#endif
#if USE_PROS_FONT_DEJAVU_MONO_40_LATIN_SUP
LV_FONT_DECLARE(pros_font_dejavu_mono_40_latin_sup);
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
#endif /*LV_FONT_BUILTIN_H*/

23
include/display/lv_fonts/lv_fonts.mk Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
CSRCS += lv_font_builtin.c
CSRCS += lv_font_dejavu_10.c
CSRCS += lv_font_dejavu_20.c
CSRCS += lv_font_dejavu_30.c
CSRCS += lv_font_dejavu_40.c
CSRCS += lv_font_dejavu_10_cyrillic.c
CSRCS += lv_font_dejavu_20_cyrillic.c
CSRCS += lv_font_dejavu_30_cyrillic.c
CSRCS += lv_font_dejavu_40_cyrillic.c
CSRCS += lv_font_dejavu_10_latin_sup.c
CSRCS += lv_font_dejavu_20_latin_sup.c
CSRCS += lv_font_dejavu_30_latin_sup.c
CSRCS += lv_font_dejavu_40_latin_sup.c
CSRCS += lv_font_symbol_10.c
CSRCS += lv_font_symbol_20.c
CSRCS += lv_font_symbol_30.c
CSRCS += lv_font_symbol_40.c
CSRCS += lv_font_monospace_8.c
DEPPATH += --dep-path $(LVGL_DIR)/lvgl/lv_fonts
VPATH += :$(LVGL_DIR)/lvgl/lv_fonts
CFLAGS += "-I$(LVGL_DIR)/lvgl/lv_fonts"

40
include/display/lv_hal/lv_hal.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
/**
* @file hal.h
*
*/
#ifndef HAL_H
#define HAL_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*********************
* INCLUDES
*********************/
#include "lv_hal_disp.h"
#include "lv_hal_indev.h"
#include "lv_hal_tick.h"
/*********************
* DEFINES
*********************/
/**********************
* TYPEDEFS
**********************/
/**********************
* GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
**********************/
/**********************
* MACROS
**********************/
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
#endif

8
include/display/lv_hal/lv_hal.mk Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
CSRCS += lv_hal_disp.c
CSRCS += lv_hal_indev.c
CSRCS += lv_hal_tick.c
DEPPATH += --dep-path $(LVGL_DIR)/lvgl/lv_hal
VPATH += :$(LVGL_DIR)/lvgl/lv_hal
CFLAGS += "-I$(LVGL_DIR)/lvgl/lv_hal"

174
include/display/lv_hal/lv_hal_disp.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,174 @@
/**
* @file hal_disp.h
*
* @description Display Driver HAL interface header file
*
*/
#ifndef HAL_DISP_H
#define HAL_DISP_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*********************
* INCLUDES
*********************/
#include <stdint.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include "lv_hal.h"
#include "display/lv_misc/lv_color.h"
#include "display/lv_misc/lv_area.h"
/*********************
* DEFINES
*********************/
/**********************
* TYPEDEFS
**********************/
/**
* Display Driver structure to be registered by HAL
*/
typedef struct _disp_drv_t {
/*Write the internal buffer (VDB) to the display. 'lv_flush_ready()' has to be called when finished*/
void (*disp_flush)(int32_t x1, int32_t y1, int32_t x2, int32_t y2, const lv_color_t * color_p);
/*Fill an area with a color on the display*/
void (*disp_fill)(int32_t x1, int32_t y1, int32_t x2, int32_t y2, lv_color_t color);
/*Write pixel map (e.g. image) to the display*/
void (*disp_map)(int32_t x1, int32_t y1, int32_t x2, int32_t y2, const lv_color_t * color_p);
/*Optional interface functions to use GPU*/
#if USE_LV_GPU
/*Blend two memories using opacity (GPU only)*/
void (*mem_blend)(lv_color_t * dest, const lv_color_t * src, uint32_t length, lv_opa_t opa);
/*Fill a memory with a color (GPU only)*/
void (*mem_fill)(lv_color_t * dest, uint32_t length, lv_color_t color);
#endif
#if LV_VDB_SIZE
/*Optional: Set a pixel in a buffer according to the requirements of the display*/
void (*vdb_wr)(uint8_t * buf, lv_coord_t buf_w, lv_coord_t x, lv_coord_t y, lv_color_t color, lv_opa_t opa);
#endif
} lv_disp_drv_t;
typedef struct _disp_t {
lv_disp_drv_t driver;
struct _disp_t *next;
} lv_disp_t;
/**********************
* GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
**********************/
/**
* Initialize a display driver with default values.
* It is used to surly have known values in the fields ant not memory junk.
* After it you can set the fields.
* @param driver pointer to driver variable to initialize
*/
void lv_disp_drv_init(lv_disp_drv_t *driver);
/**
* Register an initialized display driver.
* Automatically set the first display as active.
* @param driver pointer to an initialized 'lv_disp_drv_t' variable (can be local variable)
* @return pointer to the new display or NULL on error
*/
lv_disp_t * lv_disp_drv_register(lv_disp_drv_t *driver);
/**
* Set the active display
* @param disp pointer to a display (return value of 'lv_disp_register')
*/
void lv_disp_set_active(lv_disp_t * disp);
/**
* Get a pointer to the active display
* @return pointer to the active display
*/
lv_disp_t * lv_disp_get_active(void);
/**
* Get the next display.
* @param disp pointer to the current display. NULL to initialize.
* @return the next display or NULL if no more. Give the first display when the parameter is NULL
*/
lv_disp_t * lv_disp_next(lv_disp_t * disp);
/**
* Fill a rectangular area with a color on the active display
* @param x1 left coordinate of the rectangle
* @param x2 right coordinate of the rectangle
* @param y1 top coordinate of the rectangle
* @param y2 bottom coordinate of the rectangle
* @param color_p pointer to an array of colors
*/
void lv_disp_flush(int32_t x1, int32_t y1, int32_t x2, int32_t y2, lv_color_t *color_p);
/**
* Fill a rectangular area with a color on the active display
* @param x1 left coordinate of the rectangle
* @param x2 right coordinate of the rectangle
* @param y1 top coordinate of the rectangle
* @param y2 bottom coordinate of the rectangle
* @param color fill color
*/
void lv_disp_fill(int32_t x1, int32_t y1, int32_t x2, int32_t y2, lv_color_t color);
/**
* Put a color map to a rectangular area on the active display
* @param x1 left coordinate of the rectangle
* @param x2 right coordinate of the rectangle
* @param y1 top coordinate of the rectangle
* @param y2 bottom coordinate of the rectangle
* @param color_map pointer to an array of colors
*/
void lv_disp_map(int32_t x1, int32_t y1, int32_t x2, int32_t y2, const lv_color_t * color_map);
#if USE_LV_GPU
/**
* Blend pixels to a destination memory from a source memory
* In 'lv_disp_drv_t' 'mem_blend' is optional. (NULL if not available)
* @param dest a memory address. Blend 'src' here.
* @param src pointer to pixel map. Blend it to 'dest'.
* @param length number of pixels in 'src'
* @param opa opacity (0, LV_OPA_TRANSP: transparent ... 255, LV_OPA_COVER, fully cover)
*/
void lv_disp_mem_blend(lv_color_t * dest, const lv_color_t * src, uint32_t length, lv_opa_t opa);
/**
* Fill a memory with a color (GPUs may support it)
* In 'lv_disp_drv_t' 'mem_fill' is optional. (NULL if not available)
* @param dest a memory address. Copy 'src' here.
* @param src pointer to pixel map. Copy it to 'dest'.
* @param length number of pixels in 'src'
* @param opa opacity (0, LV_OPA_TRANSP: transparent ... 255, LV_OPA_COVER, fully cover)
*/
void lv_disp_mem_fill(lv_color_t * dest, uint32_t length, lv_color_t color);
/**
* Shows if memory blending (by GPU) is supported or not
* @return false: 'mem_blend' is not supported in the driver; true: 'mem_blend' is supported in the driver
*/
bool lv_disp_is_mem_blend_supported(void);
/**
* Shows if memory fill (by GPU) is supported or not
* @return false: 'mem_fill' is not supported in the drover; true: 'mem_fill' is supported in the driver
*/
bool lv_disp_is_mem_fill_supported(void);
#endif
/**********************
* MACROS
**********************/
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
#endif

166
include/display/lv_hal/lv_hal_indev.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
/**
* @file hal_indev.h
*
* @description Input Device HAL interface layer header file
*
*/
#ifndef HAL_INDEV_H
#define HAL_INDEV_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*********************
* INCLUDES
*********************/
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <stdint.h>
#include "lv_hal.h"
#include "display/lv_misc/lv_area.h"
#include "display/lv_core/lv_obj.h"
/*********************
* DEFINES
*********************/
/**********************
* TYPEDEFS
**********************/
/*Possible input device types*/
enum {
LV_INDEV_TYPE_NONE, /*Show uninitialized state*/
LV_INDEV_TYPE_POINTER, /*Touch pad, mouse, external button*/
LV_INDEV_TYPE_KEYPAD, /*Keypad or keyboard*/
LV_INDEV_TYPE_BUTTON, /*External (hardware button) which is assinged to a specific point of the screen*/
LV_INDEV_TYPE_ENCODER, /*Encoder with only Left, Right turn and a Button*/
};
typedef uint8_t lv_hal_indev_type_t;
/*States for input devices*/
enum {
LV_INDEV_STATE_REL = 0,
LV_INDEV_STATE_PR
};
typedef uint8_t lv_indev_state_t;
/*Data type when an input device is read */
typedef struct {
union {
lv_point_t point; /*For LV_INDEV_TYPE_POINTER the currently pressed point*/
uint32_t key; /*For LV_INDEV_TYPE_KEYPAD the currently pressed key*/
uint32_t btn; /*For LV_INDEV_TYPE_BUTTON the currently pressed button*/
int16_t enc_diff; /*For LV_INDEV_TYPE_ENCODER number of steps since the previous read*/
};
void *user_data; /*'lv_indev_drv_t.priv' for this driver*/
lv_indev_state_t state; /*LV_INDEV_STATE_REL or LV_INDEV_STATE_PR*/
} lv_indev_data_t;
/*Initialized by the user and registered by 'lv_indev_add()'*/
typedef struct {
lv_hal_indev_type_t type; /*Input device type*/
bool (*read)(lv_indev_data_t *data); /*Function pointer to read data. Return 'true' if there is still data to be read (buffered)*/
void *user_data; /*Pointer to user defined data, passed in 'lv_indev_data_t' on read*/
} lv_indev_drv_t;
struct _lv_obj_t;
/*Run time data of input devices*/
typedef struct _lv_indev_proc_t {
lv_indev_state_t state;
union {
struct { /*Pointer and button data*/
lv_point_t act_point;
lv_point_t last_point;
lv_point_t vect;
lv_point_t drag_sum; /*Count the dragged pixels to check LV_INDEV_DRAG_LIMIT*/
struct _lv_obj_t * act_obj;
struct _lv_obj_t * last_obj;
/*Flags*/
uint8_t drag_range_out :1;
uint8_t drag_in_prog :1;
uint8_t wait_unil_release :1;
};
struct { /*Keypad data*/
lv_indev_state_t last_state;
uint32_t last_key;
};
};
uint32_t pr_timestamp; /*Pressed time stamp*/
uint32_t longpr_rep_timestamp; /*Long press repeat time stamp*/
/*Flags*/
uint8_t long_pr_sent :1;
uint8_t reset_query :1;
uint8_t disabled :1;
} lv_indev_proc_t;
struct _lv_indev_t;
typedef void (*lv_indev_feedback_t)(struct _lv_indev_t *, lv_signal_t);
struct _lv_obj_t;
struct _lv_group_t;
/*The main input device descriptor with driver, runtime data ('proc') and some additional information*/
typedef struct _lv_indev_t {
lv_indev_drv_t driver;
lv_indev_proc_t proc;
lv_indev_feedback_t feedback;
uint32_t last_activity_time;
union {
struct _lv_obj_t *cursor; /*Cursor for LV_INPUT_TYPE_POINTER*/
struct _lv_group_t *group; /*Keypad destination group*/
const lv_point_t * btn_points; /*Array points assigned to the button ()screen will be pressed here by the buttons*/
};
struct _lv_indev_t *next;
} lv_indev_t;
/**********************
* GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
**********************/
/**
* Initialize an input device driver with default values.
* It is used to surly have known values in the fields ant not memory junk.
* After it you can set the fields.
* @param driver pointer to driver variable to initialize
*/
void lv_indev_drv_init(lv_indev_drv_t *driver);
/**
* Register an initialized input device driver.
* @param driver pointer to an initialized 'lv_indev_drv_t' variable (can be local variable)
* @return pointer to the new input device or NULL on error
*/
lv_indev_t * lv_indev_drv_register(lv_indev_drv_t *driver);
/**
* Get the next input device.
* @param indev pointer to the current input device. NULL to initialize.
* @return the next input devise or NULL if no more. Gives the first input device when the parameter is NULL
*/
lv_indev_t * lv_indev_next(lv_indev_t * indev);
/**
* Read data from an input device.
* @param indev pointer to an input device
* @param data input device will write its data here
* @return false: no more data; true: there more data to read (buffered)
*/
bool lv_indev_read(lv_indev_t * indev, lv_indev_data_t *data);
/**********************
* MACROS
**********************/
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
#endif

66
include/display/lv_hal/lv_hal_tick.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
/**
* @file lv_hal_tick.h
* Provide access to the system tick with 1 millisecond resolution
*/
#ifndef LV_HAL_TICK_H
#define LV_HAL_TICK_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*********************
* INCLUDES
*********************/
#ifdef LV_CONF_INCLUDE_SIMPLE
#include "lv_conf.h"
#else
#include "display/lv_conf.h"
#endif
#include <stdint.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
/*********************
* DEFINES
*********************/
#ifndef LV_ATTRIBUTE_TICK_INC
#define LV_ATTRIBUTE_TICK_INC
#endif
/**********************
* TYPEDEFS
**********************/
/**********************
* GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
**********************/
/**
* You have to call this function periodically
* @param tick_period the call period of this function in milliseconds
*/
LV_ATTRIBUTE_TICK_INC void lv_tick_inc(uint32_t tick_period);
/**
* Get the elapsed milliseconds since start up
* @return the elapsed milliseconds
*/
uint32_t lv_tick_get(void);
/**
* Get the elapsed milliseconds since a previous time stamp
* @param prev_tick a previous time stamp (return value of systick_get() )
* @return the elapsed milliseconds since 'prev_tick'
*/
uint32_t lv_tick_elaps(uint32_t prev_tick);
/**********************
* MACROS
**********************/
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
#endif /*LV_HAL_TICK_H*/

177
include/display/lv_misc/lv_anim.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,177 @@
/**
* @file anim.h
*
*/
#ifndef ANIM_H
#define ANIM_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*********************
* INCLUDES
*********************/
#ifdef LV_CONF_INCLUDE_SIMPLE
#include "lv_conf.h"
#else
#include "display/lv_conf.h"
#endif
#if USE_LV_ANIMATION
#include <stdint.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
/*********************
* DEFINES
*********************/
/**********************
* TYPEDEFS
**********************/
struct _lv_anim_t;
typedef int32_t(*lv_anim_path_t)(const struct _lv_anim_t*);
typedef void (*lv_anim_fp_t)(void *, int32_t);
typedef void (*lv_anim_cb_t)(void *);
typedef struct _lv_anim_t
{
void * var; /*Variable to animate*/
lv_anim_fp_t fp; /*Animator function*/
lv_anim_cb_t end_cb; /*Call it when the animation is ready*/
lv_anim_path_t path; /*An array with the steps of animations*/
int32_t start; /*Start value*/
int32_t end; /*End value*/
uint16_t time; /*Animation time in ms*/
int16_t act_time; /*Current time in animation. Set to negative to make delay.*/
uint16_t playback_pause; /*Wait before play back*/
uint16_t repeat_pause; /*Wait before repeat*/
uint8_t playback :1; /*When the animation is ready play it back*/
uint8_t repeat :1; /*Repeat the animation infinitely*/
/*Animation system use these - user shouldn't set*/
uint8_t playback_now :1; /*Play back is in progress*/
uint32_t has_run :1; /*Indicates the animation has run it this round*/
} lv_anim_t;
/*Example initialization
lv_anim_t a;
a.var = obj;
a.start = lv_obj_get_height(obj);
a.end = new_height;
a.fp = (lv_anim_fp_t)lv_obj_set_height;
a.path = lv_anim_path_linear;
a.end_cb = NULL;
a.act_time = 0;
a.time = 200;
a.playback = 0;
a.playback_pause = 0;
a.repeat = 0;
a.repeat_pause = 0;
lv_anim_create(&a);
*/
/**********************
* GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
**********************/
/**
* Init. the animation module
*/
void lv_anim_init(void);
/**
* Create an animation
* @param anim_p an initialized 'anim_t' variable. Not required after call.
*/
void lv_anim_create(lv_anim_t * anim_p);
/**
* Delete an animation for a variable with a given animatior function
* @param var pointer to variable
* @param fp a function pointer which is animating 'var',
* or NULL to ignore it and delete all animation with 'var
* @return true: at least 1 animation is deleted, false: no animation is deleted
*/
bool lv_anim_del(void * var, lv_anim_fp_t fp);
/**
* Get the number of currently running animations
* @return the number of running animations
*/
uint16_t lv_anim_count_running(void);
/**
* Calculate the time of an animation with a given speed and the start and end values
* @param speed speed of animation in unit/sec
* @param start start value of the animation
* @param end end value of the animation
* @return the required time [ms] for the animation with the given parameters
*/
uint16_t lv_anim_speed_to_time(uint16_t speed, int32_t start, int32_t end);
/**
* Calculate the current value of an animation applying linear characteristic
* @param a pointer to an animation
* @return the current value to set
*/
int32_t lv_anim_path_linear(const lv_anim_t *a);
/**
* Calculate the current value of an animation slowing down the start phase
* @param a pointer to an animation
* @return the current value to set
*/
int32_t lv_anim_path_ease_in(const lv_anim_t * a);
/**
* Calculate the current value of an animation slowing down the end phase
* @param a pointer to an animation
* @return the current value to set
*/
int32_t lv_anim_path_ease_out(const lv_anim_t * a);
/**
* Calculate the current value of an animation applying an "S" characteristic (cosine)
* @param a pointer to an animation
* @return the current value to set
*/
int32_t lv_anim_path_ease_in_out(const lv_anim_t *a);
/**
* Calculate the current value of an animation with overshoot at the end
* @param a pointer to an animation
* @return the current value to set
*/
int32_t lv_anim_path_overshoot(const lv_anim_t * a);
/**
* Calculate the current value of an animation with 3 bounces
* @param a pointer to an animation
* @return the current value to set
*/
int32_t lv_anim_path_bounce(const lv_anim_t * a);
/**
* Calculate the current value of an animation applying step characteristic.
* (Set end value on the end of the animation)
* @param a pointer to an animation
* @return the current value to set
*/
int32_t lv_anim_path_step(const lv_anim_t *a);
/**********************
* MACROS
**********************/
#endif /*USE_LV_ANIMATION == 0*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
#endif /*LV_ANIM_H*/

169
include/display/lv_misc/lv_area.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
/**
* @file lv_area.h
*
*/
#ifndef LV_AREA_H
#define LV_AREA_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*********************
* INCLUDES
*********************/
#include <string.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <stdint.h>
/*********************
* DEFINES
*********************/
#define LV_COORD_MAX (16383) /*To avoid overflow don't let the max [-32,32k] range */
#define LV_COORD_MIN (-16384)
/**********************
* TYPEDEFS
**********************/
typedef int16_t lv_coord_t;
typedef struct
{
lv_coord_t x;
lv_coord_t y;
} lv_point_t;
typedef struct
{
lv_coord_t x1;
lv_coord_t y1;
lv_coord_t x2;
lv_coord_t y2;
} lv_area_t;
/**********************
* GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
**********************/
/**
* Initialize an area
* @param area_p pointer to an area
* @param x1 left coordinate of the area
* @param y1 top coordinate of the area
* @param x2 right coordinate of the area
* @param y2 bottom coordinate of the area
*/
void lv_area_set(lv_area_t * area_p, lv_coord_t x1, lv_coord_t y1, lv_coord_t x2, lv_coord_t y2);
/**
* Copy an area
* @param dest pointer to the destination area
* @param src pointer to the source area
*/
inline static void lv_area_copy(lv_area_t * dest, const lv_area_t * src)
{
memcpy(dest, src, sizeof(lv_area_t));
}
/**
* Get the width of an area
* @param area_p pointer to an area
* @return the width of the area (if x1 == x2 -> width = 1)
*/
static inline lv_coord_t lv_area_get_width(const lv_area_t * area_p)
{
return area_p->x2 - area_p->x1 + 1;
}
/**
* Get the height of an area
* @param area_p pointer to an area
* @return the height of the area (if y1 == y2 -> height = 1)
*/
static inline lv_coord_t lv_area_get_height(const lv_area_t * area_p)
{
return area_p->y2 - area_p->y1 + 1;
}
/**
* Set the width of an area
* @param area_p pointer to an area
* @param w the new width of the area (w == 1 makes x1 == x2)
*/
void lv_area_set_width(lv_area_t * area_p, lv_coord_t w);
/**
* Set the height of an area
* @param area_p pointer to an area
* @param h the new height of the area (h == 1 makes y1 == y2)
*/
void lv_area_set_height(lv_area_t * area_p, lv_coord_t h);
/**
* Set the position of an area (width and height will be kept)
* @param area_p pointer to an area
* @param x the new x coordinate of the area
* @param y the new y coordinate of the area
*/
void lv_area_set_pos(lv_area_t * area_p, lv_coord_t x, lv_coord_t y);
/**
* Return with area of an area (x * y)
* @param area_p pointer to an area
* @return size of area
*/
uint32_t lv_area_get_size(const lv_area_t * area_p);
/**
* Get the common parts of two areas
* @param res_p pointer to an area, the result will be stored her
* @param a1_p pointer to the first area
* @param a2_p pointer to the second area
* @return false: the two area has NO common parts, res_p is invalid
*/
bool lv_area_intersect(lv_area_t * res_p, const lv_area_t * a1_p, const lv_area_t * a2_p);
/**
* Join two areas into a third which involves the other two
* @param res_p pointer to an area, the result will be stored here
* @param a1_p pointer to the first area
* @param a2_p pointer to the second area
*/
void lv_area_join(lv_area_t * a_res_p, const lv_area_t * a1_p, const lv_area_t * a2_p);
/**
* Check if a point is on an area
* @param a_p pointer to an area
* @param p_p pointer to a point
* @return false:the point is out of the area
*/
bool lv_area_is_point_on(const lv_area_t * a_p, const lv_point_t * p_p);
/**
* Check if two area has common parts
* @param a1_p pointer to an area.
* @param a2_p pointer to an other area
* @return false: a1_p and a2_p has no common parts
*/
bool lv_area_is_on(const lv_area_t * a1_p, const lv_area_t * a2_p);
/**
* Check if an area is fully on an other
* @param ain_p pointer to an area which could be on aholder_p
* @param aholder pointer to an area which could involve ain_p
* @return
*/
bool lv_area_is_in(const lv_area_t * ain_p, const lv_area_t * aholder_p);
/**********************
* MACROS
**********************/
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
#endif

79
include/display/lv_misc/lv_circ.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
/**
* @file lv_circ.h
*
*/
#ifndef LV_CIRC_H
#define LV_CIRC_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*********************
* INCLUDES
*********************/
#include <stddef.h>
#include "lv_area.h"
/*********************
* DEFINES
*********************/
#define LV_CIRC_OCT1_X(p) (p.x)
#define LV_CIRC_OCT1_Y(p) (p.y)
#define LV_CIRC_OCT2_X(p) (p.y)
#define LV_CIRC_OCT2_Y(p) (p.x)
#define LV_CIRC_OCT3_X(p) (-p.y)
#define LV_CIRC_OCT3_Y(p) (p.x)
#define LV_CIRC_OCT4_X(p) (-p.x)
#define LV_CIRC_OCT4_Y(p) (p.y)
#define LV_CIRC_OCT5_X(p) (-p.x)
#define LV_CIRC_OCT5_Y(p) (-p.y)
#define LV_CIRC_OCT6_X(p) (-p.y)
#define LV_CIRC_OCT6_Y(p) (-p.x)
#define LV_CIRC_OCT7_X(p) (p.y)
#define LV_CIRC_OCT7_Y(p) (-p.x)
#define LV_CIRC_OCT8_X(p) (p.x)
#define LV_CIRC_OCT8_Y(p) (-p.y)
/**********************
* TYPEDEFS
**********************/
/**********************
* GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
**********************/
/**
* Initialize the circle drawing
* @param c pointer to a point. The coordinates will be calculated here
* @param tmp point to a variable. It will store temporary data
* @param radius radius of the circle
*/
void lv_circ_init(lv_point_t * c, lv_coord_t * tmp, lv_coord_t radius);
/**
* Test the circle drawing is ready or not
* @param c same as in circ_init
* @return true if the circle is not ready yet
*/
bool lv_circ_cont(lv_point_t * c);
/**
* Get the next point from the circle
* @param c same as in circ_init. The next point stored here.
* @param tmp same as in circ_init.
*/
void lv_circ_next(lv_point_t * c, lv_coord_t * tmp);
/**********************
* MACROS
**********************/
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
#endif

445
include/display/lv_misc/lv_color.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,445 @@
/**
* @file lv_color.h
*
*/
#ifndef LV_COLOR_H
#define LV_COLOR_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*********************
* INCLUDES
*********************/
#ifdef LV_CONF_INCLUDE_SIMPLE
#include "lv_conf.h"
#else
#include "display/lv_conf.h"
#endif
/*Error checking*/
#if LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 24
#error "LV_COLOR_DEPTH 24 is deprecated. Use LV_COLOR_DEPTH 32 instead (lv_conf.h)"
#endif
#if LV_COLOR_DEPTH != 32 && LV_COLOR_SCREEN_TRANSP != 0
#error "LV_COLOR_SCREEN_TRANSP requires LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 32. Set it in lv_conf.h"
#endif
#if LV_COLOR_DEPTH != 16 && LV_COLOR_16_SWAP != 0
#error "LV_COLOR_16_SWAP requires LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 16. Set it in lv_conf.h"
#endif
#include <stdint.h>
/*********************
* DEFINES
*********************/
#define LV_COLOR_WHITE LV_COLOR_MAKE(0xFF,0xFF,0xFF)
#define LV_COLOR_SILVER LV_COLOR_MAKE(0xC0,0xC0,0xC0)
#define LV_COLOR_GRAY LV_COLOR_MAKE(0x80,0x80,0x80)
#define LV_COLOR_BLACK LV_COLOR_MAKE(0x00,0x00,0x00)
#define LV_COLOR_RED LV_COLOR_MAKE(0xFF,0x00,0x00)
#define LV_COLOR_MAROON LV_COLOR_MAKE(0x80,0x00,0x00)
#define LV_COLOR_YELLOW LV_COLOR_MAKE(0xFF,0xFF,0x00)
#define LV_COLOR_OLIVE LV_COLOR_MAKE(0x80,0x80,0x00)
#define LV_COLOR_LIME LV_COLOR_MAKE(0x00,0xFF,0x00)
#define LV_COLOR_GREEN LV_COLOR_MAKE(0x00,0x80,0x00)
#define LV_COLOR_CYAN LV_COLOR_MAKE(0x00,0xFF,0xFF)
#define LV_COLOR_AQUA LV_COLOR_CYAN
#define LV_COLOR_TEAL LV_COLOR_MAKE(0x00,0x80,0x80)
#define LV_COLOR_BLUE LV_COLOR_MAKE(0x00,0x00,0xFF)
#define LV_COLOR_NAVY LV_COLOR_MAKE(0x00,0x00,0x80)
#define LV_COLOR_MAGENTA LV_COLOR_MAKE(0xFF,0x00,0xFF)
#define LV_COLOR_PURPLE LV_COLOR_MAKE(0x80,0x00,0x80)
#define LV_COLOR_ORANGE LV_COLOR_MAKE(0xFF,0xA5,0x00)
enum {
LV_OPA_TRANSP = 0,
LV_OPA_0 = 0,
LV_OPA_10 = 25,
LV_OPA_20 = 51,
LV_OPA_30 = 76,
LV_OPA_40 = 102,
LV_OPA_50 = 127,
LV_OPA_60 = 153,
LV_OPA_70 = 178,
LV_OPA_80 = 204,
LV_OPA_90 = 229,
LV_OPA_100 = 255,
LV_OPA_COVER = 255,
};
#define LV_OPA_MIN 16 /*Opacities below this will be transparent*/
#define LV_OPA_MAX 251 /*Opacities above this will fully cover*/
#if LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 1
#define LV_COLOR_SIZE 8
#elif LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 8
#define LV_COLOR_SIZE 8
#elif LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 16
#define LV_COLOR_SIZE 16
#elif LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 32
#define LV_COLOR_SIZE 32
#else
#error "Invalid LV_COLOR_DEPTH in lv_conf.h! Set it to 1, 8, 16 or 32!"
#endif
/**********************
* TYPEDEFS
**********************/
typedef union
{
uint8_t blue :1;
uint8_t green :1;
uint8_t red :1;
uint8_t full :1;
} lv_color1_t;
typedef union
{
struct
{
uint8_t blue :2;
uint8_t green :3;
uint8_t red :3;
};
uint8_t full;
} lv_color8_t;
typedef union
{
struct
{
#if LV_COLOR_16_SWAP == 0
uint16_t blue :5;
uint16_t green :6;
uint16_t red :5;
#else
uint16_t green_h :3;
uint16_t red :5;
uint16_t blue :5;
uint16_t green_l :3;
#endif
};
uint16_t full;
} lv_color16_t;
typedef union
{
struct
{
uint8_t blue;
uint8_t green;
uint8_t red;
uint8_t alpha;
};
uint32_t full;
} lv_color32_t;
#if LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 1
typedef uint8_t lv_color_int_t;
typedef lv_color1_t lv_color_t;
#elif LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 8
typedef uint8_t lv_color_int_t;
typedef lv_color8_t lv_color_t;
#elif LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 16
typedef uint16_t lv_color_int_t;
typedef lv_color16_t lv_color_t;
#elif LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 32
typedef uint32_t lv_color_int_t;
typedef lv_color32_t lv_color_t;
#else
#error "Invalid LV_COLOR_DEPTH in lv_conf.h! Set it to 1, 8, 16 or 32!"
#endif
typedef uint8_t lv_opa_t;
typedef struct
{
uint16_t h;
uint8_t s;
uint8_t v;
} lv_color_hsv_t;
/**********************
* GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
**********************/
/*In color conversations:
* - When converting to bigger color type the LSB weight of 1 LSB is calculated
* E.g. 16 bit Red has 5 bits
* 8 bit Red has 2 bits
* ----------------------
* 8 bit red LSB = (2^5 - 1) / (2^2 - 1) = 31 / 3 = 10
*
* - When calculating to smaller color type simply shift out the LSBs
* E.g. 8 bit Red has 2 bits
* 16 bit Red has 5 bits
* ----------------------
* Shift right with 5 - 3 = 2
*/
static inline uint8_t lv_color_to1(lv_color_t color)
{
#if LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 1
return color.full;
#elif LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 8
if((color.red & 0x4) ||
(color.green & 0x4) ||
(color.blue & 0x2)) {
return 1;
} else {
return 0;
}
#elif LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 16
# if LV_COLOR_16_SWAP == 0
if((color.red & 0x10) ||
(color.green & 0x20) ||
(color.blue & 0x10)) {
return 1;
# else
if((color.red & 0x10) ||
(color.green_h & 0x20) ||
(color.blue & 0x10)) {
return 1;
# endif
} else {
return 0;
}
#elif LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 32
if((color.red & 0x80) ||
(color.green & 0x80) ||
(color.blue & 0x80)) {
return 1;
} else {
return 0;
}
#endif
}
static inline uint8_t lv_color_to8(lv_color_t color)
{
#if LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 1
if(color.full == 0) return 0;
else return 0xFF;
#elif LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 8
return color.full;
#elif LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 16
# if LV_COLOR_16_SWAP == 0
lv_color8_t ret;
ret.red = color.red >> 2; /* 5 - 3 = 2*/
ret.green = color.green >> 3; /* 6 - 3 = 3*/
ret.blue = color.blue >> 3; /* 5 - 2 = 3*/
return ret.full;
# else
lv_color8_t ret;
ret.red = color.red >> 2; /* 5 - 3 = 2*/
ret.green = color.green_h; /* 6 - 3 = 3*/
ret.blue = color.blue >> 3; /* 5 - 2 = 3*/
return ret.full;
# endif
#elif LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 32
lv_color8_t ret;
ret.red = color.red >> 5; /* 8 - 3 = 5*/
ret.green = color.green >> 5; /* 8 - 3 = 5*/
ret.blue = color.blue >> 6; /* 8 - 2 = 6*/
return ret.full;
#endif
}
static inline uint16_t lv_color_to16(lv_color_t color)
{
#if LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 1
if(color.full == 0) return 0;
else return 0xFFFF;
#elif LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 8
lv_color16_t ret;
# if LV_COLOR_16_SWAP == 0
ret.red = color.red * 4; /*(2^5 - 1)/(2^3 - 1) = 31/7 = 4*/
ret.green = color.green * 9; /*(2^6 - 1)/(2^3 - 1) = 63/7 = 9*/
ret.blue = color.blue * 10; /*(2^5 - 1)/(2^2 - 1) = 31/3 = 10*/
# else
ret.red = color.red * 4;
uint8_t g_tmp = color.green * 9;
ret.green_h = (g_tmp & 0x1F) >> 3;
ret.green_l = g_tmp & 0x07;
ret.blue = color.blue * 10;
# endif
return ret.full;
#elif LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 16
return color.full;
#elif LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 32
lv_color16_t ret;
# if LV_COLOR_16_SWAP == 0
ret.red = color.red >> 3; /* 8 - 5 = 3*/
ret.green = color.green >> 2; /* 8 - 6 = 2*/
ret.blue = color.blue >> 3; /* 8 - 5 = 3*/
# else
ret.red = color.red >> 3;
ret.green_h = (color.green & 0xE0) >> 5;
ret.green_l = (color.green & 0x1C) >> 2;
ret.blue = color.blue >> 3;
# endif
return ret.full;
#endif
}
static inline uint32_t lv_color_to32(lv_color_t color)
{
#if LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 1
if(color.full == 0) return 0;
else return 0xFFFFFFFF;
#elif LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 8
lv_color32_t ret;
ret.red = color.red * 36; /*(2^8 - 1)/(2^3 - 1) = 255/7 = 36*/
ret.green = color.green * 36; /*(2^8 - 1)/(2^3 - 1) = 255/7 = 36*/
ret.blue = color.blue * 85; /*(2^8 - 1)/(2^2 - 1) = 255/3 = 85*/
ret.alpha = 0xFF;
return ret.full;
#elif LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 16
# if LV_COLOR_16_SWAP == 0
lv_color32_t ret;
ret.red = color.red * 8; /*(2^8 - 1)/(2^5 - 1) = 255/31 = 8*/
ret.green = color.green * 4; /*(2^8 - 1)/(2^6 - 1) = 255/63 = 4*/
ret.blue = color.blue * 8; /*(2^8 - 1)/(2^5 - 1) = 255/31 = 8*/
ret.alpha = 0xFF;
return ret.full;
# else
lv_color32_t ret;
ret.red = color.red * 8; /*(2^8 - 1)/(2^5 - 1) = 255/31 = 8*/
ret.green = ((color.green_h << 3) + color.green_l) * 4; /*(2^8 - 1)/(2^6 - 1) = 255/63 = 4*/
ret.blue = color.blue * 8; /*(2^8 - 1)/(2^5 - 1) = 255/31 = 8*/
ret.alpha = 0xFF;
return ret.full;
# endif
#elif LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 32
return color.full;
#endif
}
static inline lv_color_t lv_color_mix(lv_color_t c1, lv_color_t c2, uint8_t mix)
{
lv_color_t ret;
#if LV_COLOR_DEPTH != 1
/*LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 8, 16 or 32*/
ret.red = (uint16_t)((uint16_t) c1.red * mix + (c2.red * (255 - mix))) >> 8;
# if LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 16 && LV_COLOR_16_SWAP
/*If swapped Green is in 2 parts*/
uint16_t g_1 = (c1.green_h << 3) + c1.green_l;
uint16_t g_2 = (c2.green_h << 3) + c2.green_l;
uint16_t g_out = (uint16_t)((uint16_t) g_1 * mix + (g_2 * (255 - mix))) >> 8;
ret.green_h = g_out >> 3;
ret.green_l = g_out & 0x7;
# else
ret.green = (uint16_t)((uint16_t) c1.green * mix + (c2.green * (255 - mix))) >> 8;
# endif
ret.blue = (uint16_t)((uint16_t) c1.blue * mix + (c2.blue * (255 - mix))) >> 8;
# if LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 32
ret.alpha = 0xFF;
# endif
#else
/*LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 1*/
ret.full = mix > LV_OPA_50 ? c1.full : c2.full;
#endif
return ret;
}
/**
* Get the brightness of a color
* @param color a color
* @return the brightness [0..255]
*/
static inline uint8_t lv_color_brightness(lv_color_t color)
{
lv_color32_t c32;
c32.full = lv_color_to32(color);
uint16_t bright = 3 * c32.red + c32.blue + 4 * c32.green;
return (uint16_t) bright >> 3;
}
/* The most simple macro to create a color from R,G and B values
* The order of bit field is different on Big-endian and Little-endian machines*/
#if __BYTE_ORDER__ == __ORDER_LITTLE_ENDIAN__
#if LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 1
#define LV_COLOR_MAKE(r8, g8, b8) ((lv_color_t){(b8 >> 7 | g8 >> 7 | r8 >> 7)})
#elif LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 8
#define LV_COLOR_MAKE(r8, g8, b8) ((lv_color_t){{b8 >> 6, g8 >> 5, r8 >> 5}})
#elif LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 16
# if LV_COLOR_16_SWAP == 0
# define LV_COLOR_MAKE(r8, g8, b8) ((lv_color_t){{b8 >> 3, g8 >> 2, r8 >> 3}})
# else
# define LV_COLOR_MAKE(r8, g8, b8) ((lv_color_t){{g8 >> 5, r8 >> 3, b8 >> 3, (g8 >> 2) & 0x7}})
# endif
#elif LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 32
#ifdef __cplusplus
# define LV_COLOR_MAKE(r8, g8, b8) lv_color_t{b8, g8, r8, 0xff}
#else
# define LV_COLOR_MAKE(r8, g8, b8) ((lv_color_t){{b8, g8, r8, 0xff}}) /*Fix 0xff alpha*/
#endif
#endif
#else
#if LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 1
#define LV_COLOR_MAKE(r8, g8, b8) ((lv_color_t){(r8 >> 7 | g8 >> 7 | b8 >> 7)})
#elif LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 8
#define LV_COLOR_MAKE(r8, g8, b8) ((lv_color_t){{r8 >> 6, g8 >> 5, b8 >> 5}})
#elif LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 16
#define LV_COLOR_MAKE(r8, g8, b8) ((lv_color_t){{r8 >> 3, g8 >> 2, b8 >> 3}})
#elif LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 32
#define LV_COLOR_MAKE(r8, g8, b8) ((lv_color_t){{0xff, r8, g8, b8}}) /*Fix 0xff alpha*/
#endif
#endif
#define LV_COLOR_HEX(c) LV_COLOR_MAKE((uint8_t) ((uint32_t)((uint32_t)c >> 16) & 0xFF), \
(uint8_t) ((uint32_t)((uint32_t)c >> 8) & 0xFF), \
(uint8_t) ((uint32_t) c & 0xFF))
/*Usage LV_COLOR_HEX3(0x16C) which means LV_COLOR_HEX(0x1166CC)*/
#define LV_COLOR_HEX3(c) LV_COLOR_MAKE((uint8_t) (((c >> 4) & 0xF0) | ((c >> 8) & 0xF)), \
(uint8_t) ((uint32_t)(c & 0xF0) | ((c & 0xF0) >> 4)), \
(uint8_t) ((uint32_t)(c & 0xF) | ((c & 0xF) << 4)))
static inline lv_color_t lv_color_hex(uint32_t c){
return LV_COLOR_HEX(c);
}
static inline lv_color_t lv_color_hex3(uint32_t c){
return LV_COLOR_HEX3(c);
}
/**
* Convert a HSV color to RGB
* @param h hue [0..359]
* @param s saturation [0..100]
* @param v value [0..100]
* @return the given RGB color in RGB (with LV_COLOR_DEPTH depth)
*/
lv_color_t lv_color_hsv_to_rgb(uint16_t h, uint8_t s, uint8_t v);
/**
* Convert an RGB color to HSV
* @param r red
* @param g green
* @param b blue
* @return the given RGB color n HSV
*/
lv_color_hsv_t lv_color_rgb_to_hsv(uint8_t r, uint8_t g, uint8_t b);
/**********************
* MACROS
**********************/
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
#endif /*USE_COLOR*/

192
include/display/lv_misc/lv_font.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,192 @@
/**
* @file lv_font.h
*
*/
#ifndef LV_FONT_H
#define LV_FONT_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*********************
* INCLUDES
*********************/
#ifdef LV_CONF_INCLUDE_SIMPLE
#include "lv_conf.h"
#else
#include "display/lv_conf.h"
#endif
#include <stdint.h>
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include "lv_symbol_def.h"
/*********************
* DEFINES
*********************/
/**********************
* TYPEDEFS
**********************/
typedef struct
{
uint32_t w_px :8;
uint32_t glyph_index :24;
} lv_font_glyph_dsc_t;
typedef struct
{
uint32_t unicode :21;
uint32_t glyph_dsc_index :11;
} lv_font_unicode_map_t;
typedef struct _lv_font_struct
{
uint32_t unicode_first;
uint32_t unicode_last;
const uint8_t * glyph_bitmap;
const lv_font_glyph_dsc_t * glyph_dsc;
const uint32_t * unicode_list;
const uint8_t * (*get_bitmap)(const struct _lv_font_struct *,uint32_t); /*Get a glyph's bitmap from a font*/
int16_t (*get_width)(const struct _lv_font_struct *,uint32_t); /*Get a glyph's with with a given font*/
struct _lv_font_struct * next_page; /*Pointer to a font extension*/
uint32_t h_px :8;
uint32_t bpp :4; /*Bit per pixel: 1, 2 or 4*/
uint32_t monospace :8; /*Fix width (0: normal width)*/
uint16_t glyph_cnt; /*Number of glyphs (letters) in the font*/
} lv_font_t;
/**********************
* GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
**********************/
/**
* Initialize the fonts
*/
void lv_font_init(void);
/**
* Add a font to an other to extend the character set.
* @param child the font to add
* @param parent this font will be extended. Using it later will contain the characters from `child`
*/
void lv_font_add(lv_font_t *child, lv_font_t *parent);
/**
* Remove a font from a character set.
* @param child the font to remove
* @param parent remove `child` from here
*/
void lv_font_remove(lv_font_t * child, lv_font_t * parent);
/**
* Tells if font which contains `letter` is monospace or not
* @param font_p point to font
* @param letter an UNICODE character code
* @return true: the letter is monospace; false not monospace
*/
bool lv_font_is_monospace(const lv_font_t * font_p, uint32_t letter);
/**
* Return with the bitmap of a font.
* @param font_p pointer to a font
* @param letter an UNICODE character code
* @return pointer to the bitmap of the letter
*/
const uint8_t * lv_font_get_bitmap(const lv_font_t * font_p, uint32_t letter);
/**
* Get the width of a letter in a font. If `monospace` is set then return with it.
* @param font_p pointer to a font
* @param letter an UNICODE character code
* @return the width of a letter
*/
uint8_t lv_font_get_width(const lv_font_t * font_p, uint32_t letter);
/**
* Get the width of the letter without overwriting it with the `monospace` attribute
* @param font_p pointer to a font
* @param letter an UNICODE character code
* @return the width of a letter
*/
uint8_t lv_font_get_real_width(const lv_font_t * font_p, uint32_t letter);
/**
* Get the height of a font
* @param font_p pointer to a font
* @return the height of a font
*/
static inline uint8_t lv_font_get_height(const lv_font_t * font_p)
{
return font_p->h_px;
}
/**
* Get the bit-per-pixel of font
* @param font pointer to font
* @param letter a letter from font (font extensions can have different bpp)
* @return bpp of the font (or font extension)
*/
uint8_t lv_font_get_bpp(const lv_font_t * font, uint32_t letter);
/**
* Generic bitmap get function used in 'font->get_bitmap' when the font contains all characters in the range
* @param font pointer to font
* @param unicode_letter an unicode letter which bitmap should be get
* @return pointer to the bitmap or NULL if not found
*/
const uint8_t * lv_font_get_bitmap_continuous(const lv_font_t * font, uint32_t unicode_letter);
/**
* Generic bitmap get function used in 'font->get_bitmap' when the font NOT contains all characters in the range (sparse)
* @param font pointer to font
* @param unicode_letter an unicode letter which bitmap should be get
* @return pointer to the bitmap or NULL if not found
*/
const uint8_t * lv_font_get_bitmap_sparse(const lv_font_t * font, uint32_t unicode_letter);
/**
* Generic glyph width get function used in 'font->get_width' when the font contains all characters in the range
* @param font pointer to font
* @param unicode_letter an unicode letter which width should be get
* @return width of the gylph or -1 if not found
*/
int16_t lv_font_get_width_continuous(const lv_font_t * font, uint32_t unicode_letter);
/**
* Generic glyph width get function used in 'font->get_bitmap' when the font NOT contains all characters in the range (sparse)
* @param font pointer to font
* @param unicode_letter an unicode letter which width should be get
* @return width of the glyph or -1 if not found
*/
int16_t lv_font_get_width_sparse(const lv_font_t * font, uint32_t unicode_letter);
/**********************
* MACROS
**********************/
#define LV_FONT_DECLARE(font_name) extern lv_font_t font_name
/**********************
* ADD BUILT IN FONTS
**********************/
#include "display/lv_fonts/lv_font_builtin.h"
/*Declare the custom (user defined) fonts*/
#ifdef LV_FONT_CUSTOM_DECLARE
LV_FONT_CUSTOM_DECLARE
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
#endif /*USE_FONT*/

277
include/display/lv_misc/lv_fs.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,277 @@
/**
* @file lv_fs.h
*
*/
#ifndef LV_FS_H
#define LV_FS_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*********************
* INCLUDES
*********************/
#ifdef LV_CONF_INCLUDE_SIMPLE
#include "lv_conf.h"
#else
#include "display/lv_conf.h"
#endif
#if USE_LV_FILESYSTEM
#include <stdint.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include "lv_mem.h"
/*********************
* DEFINES
*********************/
#define LV_FS_MAX_FN_LENGTH 64
/**********************
* TYPEDEFS
**********************/
enum
{
LV_FS_RES_OK = 0,
LV_FS_RES_HW_ERR, /*Low level hardware error*/
LV_FS_RES_FS_ERR, /*Error in the file system structure */
LV_FS_RES_NOT_EX, /*Driver, file or directory is not exists*/
LV_FS_RES_FULL, /*Disk full*/
LV_FS_RES_LOCKED, /*The file is already opened*/
LV_FS_RES_DENIED, /*Access denied. Check 'fs_open' modes and write protect*/
LV_FS_RES_BUSY, /*The file system now can't handle it, try later*/
LV_FS_RES_TOUT, /*Process time outed*/
LV_FS_RES_NOT_IMP, /*Requested function is not implemented*/
LV_FS_RES_OUT_OF_MEM, /*Not enough memory for an internal operation*/
LV_FS_RES_INV_PARAM, /*Invalid parameter among arguments*/
LV_FS_RES_UNKNOWN, /*Other unknown error*/
};
typedef uint8_t lv_fs_res_t;
struct __lv_fs_drv_t;
typedef struct
{
void * file_d;
struct __lv_fs_drv_t* drv;
} lv_fs_file_t;
typedef struct
{
void * dir_d;
struct __lv_fs_drv_t * drv;
} lv_fs_dir_t;
enum
{
LV_FS_MODE_WR = 0x01,
LV_FS_MODE_RD = 0x02,
};
typedef uint8_t lv_fs_mode_t;
typedef struct __lv_fs_drv_t
{
char letter;
uint16_t file_size;
uint16_t rddir_size;
bool (*ready) (void);
lv_fs_res_t (*open) (void * file_p, const char * path, lv_fs_mode_t mode);
lv_fs_res_t (*close) (void * file_p);
lv_fs_res_t (*remove) (const char * fn);
lv_fs_res_t (*read) (void * file_p, void * buf, uint32_t btr, uint32_t * br);
lv_fs_res_t (*write) (void * file_p, const void * buf, uint32_t btw, uint32_t * bw);
lv_fs_res_t (*seek) (void * file_p, uint32_t pos);
lv_fs_res_t (*tell) (void * file_p, uint32_t * pos_p);
lv_fs_res_t (*trunc) (void * file_p);
lv_fs_res_t (*size) (void * file_p, uint32_t * size_p);
lv_fs_res_t (*rename) (const char * oldname, const char * newname);
lv_fs_res_t (*free) (uint32_t * total_p, uint32_t * free_p);
lv_fs_res_t (*dir_open) (void * rddir_p, const char * path);
lv_fs_res_t (*dir_read) (void * rddir_p, char * fn);
lv_fs_res_t (*dir_close) (void * rddir_p);
} lv_fs_drv_t;
/**********************
* GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
**********************/
/**
* Initialize the File system interface
*/
void lv_fs_init(void);
/**
* Add a new drive
* @param drv_p pointer to an lv_fs_drv_t structure which is inited with the
* corresponding function pointers. The data will be copied so the variable can be local.
*/
void lv_fs_add_drv(lv_fs_drv_t * drv_p);
/**
* Test if a drive is rady or not. If the `ready` function was not initialized `true` will be returned.
* @param letter letter of the drive
* @return true: drive is ready; false: drive is not ready
*/
bool lv_fs_is_ready(char letter);
/**
* Open a file
* @param file_p pointer to a lv_fs_file_t variable
* @param path path to the file beginning with the driver letter (e.g. S:/folder/file.txt)
* @param mode read: FS_MODE_RD, write: FS_MODE_WR, both: FS_MODE_RD | FS_MODE_WR
* @return LV_FS_RES_OK or any error from lv_fs_res_t enum
*/
lv_fs_res_t lv_fs_open (lv_fs_file_t * file_p, const char * path, lv_fs_mode_t mode);
/**
* Close an already opened file
* @param file_p pointer to a lv_fs_file_t variable
* @return LV_FS_RES_OK or any error from lv_fs_res_t enum
*/
lv_fs_res_t lv_fs_close (lv_fs_file_t * file_p);
/**
* Delete a file
* @param path path of the file to delete
* @return LV_FS_RES_OK or any error from lv_fs_res_t enum
*/
lv_fs_res_t lv_fs_remove (const char * path);
/**
* Read from a file
* @param file_p pointer to a lv_fs_file_t variable
* @param buf pointer to a buffer where the read bytes are stored
* @param btr Bytes To Read
* @param br the number of real read bytes (Bytes Read). NULL if unused.
* @return LV_FS_RES_OK or any error from lv_fs_res_t enum
*/
lv_fs_res_t lv_fs_read (lv_fs_file_t * file_p, void * buf, uint32_t btr, uint32_t * br);
/**
* Write into a file
* @param file_p pointer to a lv_fs_file_t variable
* @param buf pointer to a buffer with the bytes to write
* @param btr Bytes To Write
* @param br the number of real written bytes (Bytes Written). NULL if unused.
* @return LV_FS_RES_OK or any error from lv_fs_res_t enum
*/
lv_fs_res_t lv_fs_write (lv_fs_file_t * file_p, const void * buf, uint32_t btw, uint32_t * bw);
/**
* Set the position of the 'cursor' (read write pointer) in a file
* @param file_p pointer to a lv_fs_file_t variable
* @param pos the new position expressed in bytes index (0: start of file)
* @return LV_FS_RES_OK or any error from lv_fs_res_t enum
*/
lv_fs_res_t lv_fs_seek (lv_fs_file_t * file_p, uint32_t pos);
/**
* Give the position of the read write pointer
* @param file_p pointer to a lv_fs_file_t variable
* @param pos_p pointer to store the position of the read write pointer
* @return LV_FS_RES_OK or any error from 'fs_res_t'
*/
lv_fs_res_t lv_fs_tell (lv_fs_file_t * file_p, uint32_t * pos);
/**
* Truncate the file size to the current position of the read write pointer
* @param file_p pointer to an 'ufs_file_t' variable. (opened with lv_fs_open )
* @return LV_FS_RES_OK: no error, the file is read
* any error from lv_fs_res_t enum
*/
lv_fs_res_t lv_fs_trunc (lv_fs_file_t * file_p);
/**
* Give the size of a file bytes
* @param file_p pointer to a lv_fs_file_t variable
* @param size pointer to a variable to store the size
* @return LV_FS_RES_OK or any error from lv_fs_res_t enum
*/
lv_fs_res_t lv_fs_size (lv_fs_file_t * file_p, uint32_t * size);
/**
* Rename a file
* @param oldname path to the file
* @param newname path with the new name
* @return LV_FS_RES_OK or any error from 'fs_res_t'
*/
lv_fs_res_t lv_fs_rename (const char * oldname, const char * newname);
/**
* Initialize a 'fs_dir_t' variable for directory reading
* @param rddir_p pointer to a 'fs_read_dir_t' variable
* @param path path to a directory
* @return LV_FS_RES_OK or any error from lv_fs_res_t enum
*/
lv_fs_res_t lv_fs_dir_open(lv_fs_dir_t * rddir_p, const char * path);
/**
* Read the next filename form a directory.
* The name of the directories will begin with '/'
* @param rddir_p pointer to an initialized 'fs_rdir_t' variable
* @param fn pointer to a buffer to store the filename
* @return LV_FS_RES_OK or any error from lv_fs_res_t enum
*/
lv_fs_res_t lv_fs_dir_read (lv_fs_dir_t * rddir_p, char * fn);
/**
* Close the directory reading
* @param rddir_p pointer to an initialized 'fs_dir_t' variable
* @return LV_FS_RES_OK or any error from lv_fs_res_t enum
*/
lv_fs_res_t lv_fs_dir_close (lv_fs_dir_t * rddir_p);
/**
* Get the free and total size of a driver in kB
* @param letter the driver letter
* @param total_p pointer to store the total size [kB]
* @param free_p pointer to store the free size [kB]
* @return LV_FS_RES_OK or any error from lv_fs_res_t enum
*/
lv_fs_res_t lv_fs_free (char letter, uint32_t * total_p, uint32_t * free_p);
/**
* Fill a buffer with the letters of existing drivers
* @param buf buffer to store the letters ('\0' added after the last letter)
* @return the buffer
*/
char * lv_fs_get_letters(char * buf);
/**
* Return with the extension of the filename
* @param fn string with a filename
* @return pointer to the beginning extension or empty string if no extension
*/
const char * lv_fs_get_ext(const char * fn);
/**
* Step up one level
* @param path pointer to a file name
* @return the truncated file name
*/
char * lv_fs_up(char * path);
/**
* Get the last element of a path (e.g. U:/folder/file -> file)
* @param buf buffer to store the letters ('\0' added after the last letter)
* @return pointer to the beginning of the last element in the path
*/
const char * lv_fs_get_last(const char * path);
/**********************
* MACROS
**********************/
#endif /*USE_LV_FILESYSTEM*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
#endif /*LV_FS_H*/

77
include/display/lv_misc/lv_gc.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
/**
* @file lv_gc.h
*
*/
#ifndef LV_GC_H
#define LV_GC_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*********************
* INCLUDES
*********************/
#ifdef LV_CONF_INCLUDE_SIMPLE
#include "lv_conf.h"
#else
#include "display/lv_conf.h"
#endif
#include <stdint.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include "lv_mem.h"
#include "lv_ll.h"
/*********************
* DEFINES
*********************/
#define LV_GC_ROOTS(prefix) \
prefix lv_ll_t _lv_task_ll; /*Linked list to store the lv_tasks*/ \
prefix lv_ll_t _lv_scr_ll; /*Linked list of screens*/ \
prefix lv_ll_t _lv_drv_ll;\
prefix lv_ll_t _lv_file_ll;\
prefix lv_ll_t _lv_anim_ll;\
prefix void * _lv_def_scr;\
prefix void * _lv_act_scr;\
prefix void * _lv_top_layer;\
prefix void * _lv_sys_layer;\
prefix void * _lv_task_act;\
prefix void * _lv_indev_list;\
prefix void * _lv_disp_list;\
#define LV_NO_PREFIX
#define LV_ROOTS LV_GC_ROOTS(LV_NO_PREFIX)
#if LV_ENABLE_GC == 1
# if LV_MEM_CUSTOM != 1
# error "GC requires CUSTOM_MEM"
# endif /* LV_MEM_CUSTOM */
#else /* LV_ENABLE_GC */
# define LV_GC_ROOT(x) x
LV_GC_ROOTS(extern)
#endif /* LV_ENABLE_GC */
/**********************
* TYPEDEFS
**********************/
/**********************
* GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
**********************/
/**********************
* MACROS
**********************/
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
#endif /*LV_GC_H*/

145
include/display/lv_misc/lv_ll.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
/**
* @file lv_ll.c
* Handle linked lists. The nodes are dynamically allocated by the 'lv_mem' module.
*/
#ifndef LV_LL_H
#define LV_LL_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*********************
* INCLUDES
*********************/
#include "lv_mem.h"
#include <stdint.h>
#include <stddef.h>
/*********************
* DEFINES
*********************/
/**********************
* TYPEDEFS
**********************/
/*Dummy type to make handling easier*/
typedef uint8_t lv_ll_node_t;
/*Description of a linked list*/
typedef struct
{
uint32_t n_size;
lv_ll_node_t* head;
lv_ll_node_t* tail;
} lv_ll_t;
/**********************
* GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
**********************/
/**
* Initialize linked list
* @param ll_dsc pointer to ll_dsc variable
* @param node_size the size of 1 node in bytes
*/
void lv_ll_init(lv_ll_t * ll_p, uint32_t node_size);
/**
* Add a new head to a linked list
* @param ll_p pointer to linked list
* @return pointer to the new head
*/
void * lv_ll_ins_head(lv_ll_t * ll_p);
/**
* Insert a new node in front of the n_act node
* @param ll_p pointer to linked list
* @param n_act pointer a node
* @return pointer to the new head
*/
void * lv_ll_ins_prev(lv_ll_t * ll_p, void * n_act);
/**
* Add a new tail to a linked list
* @param ll_p pointer to linked list
* @return pointer to the new tail
*/
void * lv_ll_ins_tail(lv_ll_t * ll_p);
/**
* Remove the node 'node_p' from 'll_p' linked list.
* It does not free the the memory of node.
* @param ll_p pointer to the linked list of 'node_p'
* @param node_p pointer to node in 'll_p' linked list
*/
void lv_ll_rem(lv_ll_t * ll_p, void * node_p);
/**
* Remove and free all elements from a linked list. The list remain valid but become empty.
* @param ll_p pointer to linked list
*/
void lv_ll_clear(lv_ll_t * ll_p);
/**
* Move a node to a new linked list
* @param ll_ori_p pointer to the original (old) linked list
* @param ll_new_p pointer to the new linked list
* @param node pointer to a node
*/
void lv_ll_chg_list(lv_ll_t * ll_ori_p, lv_ll_t * ll_new_p, void * node);
/**
* Return with head node of the linked list
* @param ll_p pointer to linked list
* @return pointer to the head of 'll_p'
*/
void * lv_ll_get_head(const lv_ll_t * ll_p);
/**
* Return with tail node of the linked list
* @param ll_p pointer to linked list
* @return pointer to the head of 'll_p'
*/
void * lv_ll_get_tail(const lv_ll_t * ll_p);
/**
* Return with the pointer of the next node after 'n_act'
* @param ll_p pointer to linked list
* @param n_act pointer a node
* @return pointer to the next node
*/
void * lv_ll_get_next(const lv_ll_t * ll_p, const void * n_act);
/**
* Return with the pointer of the previous node after 'n_act'
* @param ll_p pointer to linked list
* @param n_act pointer a node
* @return pointer to the previous node
*/
void * lv_ll_get_prev(const lv_ll_t * ll_p, const void * n_act);
/**
* Move a nodw before an other node in the same linked list
* @param ll_p pointer to a linked list
* @param n_act pointer to node to move
* @param n_after pointer to a node which should be after `n_act`
*/
void lv_ll_move_before(lv_ll_t * ll_p, void * n_act, void * n_after);
/**********************
* MACROS
**********************/
#define LL_READ(list, i) for(i = lv_ll_get_head(&list); i != NULL; i = lv_ll_get_next(&list, i))
#define LL_READ_BACK(list, i) for(i = lv_ll_get_tail(&list); i != NULL; i = lv_ll_get_prev(&list, i))
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
#endif

86
include/display/lv_misc/lv_log.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
/**
* @file lv_log.h
*
*/
#ifndef LV_LOG_H
#define LV_LOG_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*********************
* INCLUDES
*********************/
#ifdef LV_CONF_INCLUDE_SIMPLE
#include "lv_conf.h"
#else
#include "display/lv_conf.h"
#endif
#include <stdint.h>
/*********************
* DEFINES
*********************/
/*Possible log level. For compatibility declare it independently from `USE_LV_LOG`*/
#define LV_LOG_LEVEL_TRACE 0 /*A lot of logs to give detailed information*/
#define LV_LOG_LEVEL_INFO 1 /*Log important events*/
#define LV_LOG_LEVEL_WARN 2 /*Log if something unwanted happened but didn't caused problem*/
#define LV_LOG_LEVEL_ERROR 3 /*Only critical issue, when the system may fail*/
#define _LV_LOG_LEVEL_NUM 4
typedef int8_t lv_log_level_t;
#if USE_LV_LOG
/**********************
* TYPEDEFS
**********************/
/**********************
* GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
**********************/
/**
* Register custom print (or anything else) function to call when log is added
* @param f a function pointer:
* `void my_print (lv_log_level_t level, const char * file, uint32_t line, const char * dsc)`
*/
void lv_log_register_print(void f(lv_log_level_t, const char *, uint32_t, const char *));
/**
* Add a log
* @param level the level of log. (From `lv_log_level_t` enum)
* @param file name of the file when the log added
* @param line line number in the source code where the log added
* @param dsc description of the log
*/
void lv_log_add(lv_log_level_t level, const char * file, int line, const char * dsc);
/**********************
* MACROS
**********************/
#define LV_LOG_TRACE(dsc) lv_log_add(LV_LOG_LEVEL_TRACE, __FILE__, __LINE__, dsc);
#define LV_LOG_INFO(dsc) lv_log_add(LV_LOG_LEVEL_INFO, __FILE__, __LINE__, dsc);
#define LV_LOG_WARN(dsc) lv_log_add(LV_LOG_LEVEL_WARN, __FILE__, __LINE__, dsc);
#define LV_LOG_ERROR(dsc) lv_log_add(LV_LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, __FILE__, __LINE__, dsc);
#else /*USE_LV_LOG*/
/*Do nothing if `USE_LV_LOG 0`*/
#define lv_log_add(level, file, line, dsc) {;}
#define LV_LOG_TRACE(dsc) {;}
#define LV_LOG_INFO(dsc) {;}
#define LV_LOG_WARN(dsc) {;}
#define LV_LOG_ERROR(dsc) {;}
#endif /*USE_LV_LOG*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
#endif /*LV_LOG_H*/

73
include/display/lv_misc/lv_math.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
/**
* @file math_base.h
*
*/
#ifndef LV_MATH_H
#define LV_MATH_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*********************
* INCLUDES
*********************/
#include <stdint.h>
/*********************
* DEFINES
*********************/
#define LV_MATH_MIN(a,b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b))
#define LV_MATH_MAX(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
#define LV_MATH_ABS(x) ((x) > 0 ? (x) : (-(x)))
#define LV_TRIGO_SIN_MAX 32767
#define LV_TRIGO_SHIFT 15 /* >> LV_TRIGO_SHIFT to normalize*/
#define LV_BEZIER_VAL_MAX 1024 /*Max time in Bezier functions (not [0..1] to use integers) */
#define LV_BEZIER_VAL_SHIFT 10 /*log2(LV_BEZIER_VAL_MAX): used to normalize up scaled values*/
/**********************
* TYPEDEFS
**********************/
/**********************
* GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
**********************/
/**
* Convert a number to string
* @param num a number
* @param buf pointer to a `char` buffer. The result will be stored here (max 10 elements)
* @return same as `buf` (just for convenience)
*/
char * lv_math_num_to_str(int32_t num, char * buf);
/**
* Return with sinus of an angle
* @param angle
* @return sinus of 'angle'. sin(-90) = -32767, sin(90) = 32767
*/
int16_t lv_trigo_sin(int16_t angle);
/**
* Calculate a value of a Cubic Bezier function.
* @param t time in range of [0..LV_BEZIER_VAL_MAX]
* @param u0 start values in range of [0..LV_BEZIER_VAL_MAX]
* @param u1 control value 1 values in range of [0..LV_BEZIER_VAL_MAX]
* @param u2 control value 2 in range of [0..LV_BEZIER_VAL_MAX]
* @param u3 end values in range of [0..LV_BEZIER_VAL_MAX]
* @return the value calculated from the given parameters in range of [0..LV_BEZIER_VAL_MAX]
*/
int32_t lv_bezier3(uint32_t t, int32_t u0, int32_t u1, int32_t u2, int32_t u3);
/**********************
* MACROS
**********************/
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
#endif

127
include/display/lv_misc/lv_mem.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
/**
* @file lv_mem.h
*
*/
#ifndef LV_MEM_H
#define LV_MEM_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*********************
* INCLUDES
*********************/
#ifdef LV_CONF_INCLUDE_SIMPLE
#include "lv_conf.h"
#else
#include "display/lv_conf.h"
#endif
#include <stdint.h>
#include <stddef.h>
#include "lv_log.h"
/*********************
* DEFINES
*********************/
// Check windows
#ifdef __WIN64
# define LV_MEM_ENV64
#endif
// Check GCC
#ifdef __GNUC__
# if defined(__x86_64__) || defined(__ppc64__)
# define LV_MEM_ENV64
# endif
#endif
/**********************
* TYPEDEFS
**********************/
typedef struct
{
uint32_t total_size;
uint32_t free_cnt;
uint32_t free_size;
uint32_t free_biggest_size;
uint32_t used_cnt;
uint8_t used_pct;
uint8_t frag_pct;
} lv_mem_monitor_t;
/**********************
* GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
**********************/
/**
* Initiaize the dyn_mem module (work memory and other variables)
*/
void lv_mem_init(void);
/**
* Allocate a memory dynamically
* @param size size of the memory to allocate in bytes
* @return pointer to the allocated memory
*/
void * lv_mem_alloc(uint32_t size);
/**
* Free an allocated data
* @param data pointer to an allocated memory
*/
void lv_mem_free(const void * data);
/**
* Reallocate a memory with a new size. The old content will be kept.
* @param data pointer to an allocated memory.
* Its content will be copied to the new memory block and freed
* @param new_size the desired new size in byte
* @return pointer to the new memory
*/
void * lv_mem_realloc(void * data_p, uint32_t new_size);
/**
* Join the adjacent free memory blocks
*/
void lv_mem_defrag(void);
/**
* Give information about the work memory of dynamic allocation
* @param mon_p pointer to a dm_mon_p variable,
* the result of the analysis will be stored here
*/
void lv_mem_monitor(lv_mem_monitor_t * mon_p);
/**
* Give the size of an allocated memory
* @param data pointer to an allocated memory
* @return the size of data memory in bytes
*/
uint32_t lv_mem_get_size(const void * data);
/**********************
* MACROS
**********************/
/**
* Halt on NULL pointer
* p pointer to a memory
*/
#if USE_LV_LOG == 0
# define lv_mem_assert(p) {if(p == NULL) while(1); }
#else
# define lv_mem_assert(p) {if(p == NULL) {LV_LOG_ERROR("Out of memory!"); while(1); }}
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
#endif /*LV_MEM_H*/

19
include/display/lv_misc/lv_misc.mk Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
CSRCS += lv_font.c
CSRCS += lv_circ.c
CSRCS += lv_area.c
CSRCS += lv_task.c
CSRCS += lv_fs.c
CSRCS += lv_anim.c
CSRCS += lv_mem.c
CSRCS += lv_ll.c
CSRCS += lv_color.c
CSRCS += lv_txt.c
CSRCS += lv_ufs.c
CSRCS += lv_math.c
CSRCS += lv_log.c
CSRCS += lv_gc.c
DEPPATH += --dep-path $(LVGL_DIR)/lvgl/lv_misc
VPATH += :$(LVGL_DIR)/lvgl/lv_misc
CFLAGS += "-I$(LVGL_DIR)/lvgl/lv_misc"

207
include/display/lv_misc/lv_symbol_def.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,207 @@
#ifndef LV_SYMBOL_DEF_H
#define LV_SYMBOL_DEF_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#ifdef LV_CONF_INCLUDE_SIMPLE
#include "lv_conf.h"
#else
#include "display/lv_conf.h"
#endif
/*
* With no UTF-8 support (192- 255) (192..241 is used)
*
* With UTF-8 support (in Supplemental Private Use Area-A): 0xF800 .. 0xF831
* - Basic symbols: 0xE000..0xE01F
* - File symbols: 0xE020..0xE03F
* - Feedback symbols: 0xE040..0xE05F
* - Reserved: 0xE060..0xE07F
*/
#if LV_TXT_UTF8 == 0
#define LV_SYMBOL_GLYPH_FIRST 0xC0
#define SYMBOL_AUDIO _SYMBOL_VALUE1(C0)
#define SYMBOL_VIDEO _SYMBOL_VALUE1(C1)
#define SYMBOL_LIST _SYMBOL_VALUE1(C2)
#define SYMBOL_OK _SYMBOL_VALUE1(C3)
#define SYMBOL_CLOSE _SYMBOL_VALUE1(C4)
#define SYMBOL_POWER _SYMBOL_VALUE1(C5)
#define SYMBOL_SETTINGS _SYMBOL_VALUE1(C6)
#define SYMBOL_TRASH _SYMBOL_VALUE1(C7)
#define SYMBOL_HOME _SYMBOL_VALUE1(C8)
#define SYMBOL_DOWNLOAD _SYMBOL_VALUE1(C9)
#define SYMBOL_DRIVE _SYMBOL_VALUE1(CA)
#define SYMBOL_REFRESH _SYMBOL_VALUE1(CB)
#define SYMBOL_MUTE _SYMBOL_VALUE1(CC)
#define SYMBOL_VOLUME_MID _SYMBOL_VALUE1(CD)
#define SYMBOL_VOLUME_MAX _SYMBOL_VALUE1(CE)
#define SYMBOL_IMAGE _SYMBOL_VALUE1(CF)
#define SYMBOL_EDIT _SYMBOL_VALUE1(D0)
#define SYMBOL_PREV _SYMBOL_VALUE1(D1)
#define SYMBOL_PLAY _SYMBOL_VALUE1(D2)
#define SYMBOL_PAUSE _SYMBOL_VALUE1(D3)
#define SYMBOL_STOP _SYMBOL_VALUE1(D4)
#define SYMBOL_NEXT _SYMBOL_VALUE1(D5)
#define SYMBOL_EJECT _SYMBOL_VALUE1(D6)
#define SYMBOL_LEFT _SYMBOL_VALUE1(D7)
#define SYMBOL_RIGHT _SYMBOL_VALUE1(D8)
#define SYMBOL_PLUS _SYMBOL_VALUE1(D9)
#define SYMBOL_MINUS _SYMBOL_VALUE1(DA)
#define SYMBOL_WARNING _SYMBOL_VALUE1(DB)
#define SYMBOL_SHUFFLE _SYMBOL_VALUE1(DC)
#define SYMBOL_UP _SYMBOL_VALUE1(DD)
#define SYMBOL_DOWN _SYMBOL_VALUE1(DE)
#define SYMBOL_LOOP _SYMBOL_VALUE1(DF)
#define SYMBOL_DIRECTORY _SYMBOL_VALUE1(E0)
#define SYMBOL_UPLOAD _SYMBOL_VALUE1(E1)
#define SYMBOL_CALL _SYMBOL_VALUE1(E2)
#define SYMBOL_CUT _SYMBOL_VALUE1(E3)
#define SYMBOL_COPY _SYMBOL_VALUE1(E4)
#define SYMBOL_SAVE _SYMBOL_VALUE1(E5)
#define SYMBOL_CHARGE _SYMBOL_VALUE1(E6)
#define SYMBOL_BELL _SYMBOL_VALUE1(E7)
#define SYMBOL_KEYBOARD _SYMBOL_VALUE1(E8)
#define SYMBOL_GPS _SYMBOL_VALUE1(E9)
#define SYMBOL_FILE _SYMBOL_VALUE1(EA)
#define SYMBOL_WIFI _SYMBOL_VALUE1(EB)
#define SYMBOL_BATTERY_FULL _SYMBOL_VALUE1(EC)
#define SYMBOL_BATTERY_3 _SYMBOL_VALUE1(ED)
#define SYMBOL_BATTERY_2 _SYMBOL_VALUE1(EE)
#define SYMBOL_BATTERY_1 _SYMBOL_VALUE1(EF)
#define SYMBOL_BATTERY_EMPTY _SYMBOL_VALUE1(F0)
#define SYMBOL_BLUETOOTH _SYMBOL_VALUE1(F1)
#define LV_SYMBOL_GLYPH_LAST 0xF1
#define SYMBOL_DUMMY _SYMBOL_VALUE1(FF) /*Invalid symbol. If written before a string then `lv_img` will show it as a label*/
#else
#define LV_SYMBOL_GLYPH_FIRST 0xF800
#define SYMBOL_AUDIO _SYMBOL_VALUE3(EF,A0,80)
#define SYMBOL_VIDEO _SYMBOL_VALUE3(EF,A0,81)
#define SYMBOL_LIST _SYMBOL_VALUE3(EF,A0,82)
#define SYMBOL_OK _SYMBOL_VALUE3(EF,A0,83)
#define SYMBOL_CLOSE _SYMBOL_VALUE3(EF,A0,84)
#define SYMBOL_POWER _SYMBOL_VALUE3(EF,A0,85)
#define SYMBOL_SETTINGS _SYMBOL_VALUE3(EF,A0,86)
#define SYMBOL_TRASH _SYMBOL_VALUE3(EF,A0,87)
#define SYMBOL_HOME _SYMBOL_VALUE3(EF,A0,88)
#define SYMBOL_DOWNLOAD _SYMBOL_VALUE3(EF,A0,89)
#define SYMBOL_DRIVE _SYMBOL_VALUE3(EF,A0,8A)
#define SYMBOL_REFRESH _SYMBOL_VALUE3(EF,A0,8B)
#define SYMBOL_MUTE _SYMBOL_VALUE3(EF,A0,8C)
#define SYMBOL_VOLUME_MID _SYMBOL_VALUE3(EF,A0,8D)
#define SYMBOL_VOLUME_MAX _SYMBOL_VALUE3(EF,A0,8E)
#define SYMBOL_IMAGE _SYMBOL_VALUE3(EF,A0,8F)
#define SYMBOL_EDIT _SYMBOL_VALUE3(EF,A0,90)
#define SYMBOL_PREV _SYMBOL_VALUE3(EF,A0,91)
#define SYMBOL_PLAY _SYMBOL_VALUE3(EF,A0,92)
#define SYMBOL_PAUSE _SYMBOL_VALUE3(EF,A0,93)
#define SYMBOL_STOP _SYMBOL_VALUE3(EF,A0,94)
#define SYMBOL_NEXT _SYMBOL_VALUE3(EF,A0,95)
#define SYMBOL_EJECT _SYMBOL_VALUE3(EF,A0,96)
#define SYMBOL_LEFT _SYMBOL_VALUE3(EF,A0,97)
#define SYMBOL_RIGHT _SYMBOL_VALUE3(EF,A0,98)
#define SYMBOL_PLUS _SYMBOL_VALUE3(EF,A0,99)
#define SYMBOL_MINUS _SYMBOL_VALUE3(EF,A0,9A)
#define SYMBOL_WARNING _SYMBOL_VALUE3(EF,A0,9B)
#define SYMBOL_SHUFFLE _SYMBOL_VALUE3(EF,A0,9C)
#define SYMBOL_UP _SYMBOL_VALUE3(EF,A0,9D)
#define SYMBOL_DOWN _SYMBOL_VALUE3(EF,A0,9E)
#define SYMBOL_LOOP _SYMBOL_VALUE3(EF,A0,9F)
#define SYMBOL_DIRECTORY _SYMBOL_VALUE3(EF,A0,A0)
#define SYMBOL_UPLOAD _SYMBOL_VALUE3(EF,A0,A1)
#define SYMBOL_CALL _SYMBOL_VALUE3(EF,A0,A2)
#define SYMBOL_CUT _SYMBOL_VALUE3(EF,A0,A3)
#define SYMBOL_COPY _SYMBOL_VALUE3(EF,A0,A4)
#define SYMBOL_SAVE _SYMBOL_VALUE3(EF,A0,A5)
#define SYMBOL_CHARGE _SYMBOL_VALUE3(EF,A0,A6)
#define SYMBOL_BELL _SYMBOL_VALUE3(EF,A0,A7)
#define SYMBOL_KEYBOARD _SYMBOL_VALUE3(EF,A0,A8)
#define SYMBOL_GPS _SYMBOL_VALUE3(EF,A0,A9)
#define SYMBOL_FILE _SYMBOL_VALUE3(EF,A0,AA)
#define SYMBOL_WIFI _SYMBOL_VALUE3(EF,A0,AB)
#define SYMBOL_BATTERY_FULL _SYMBOL_VALUE3(EF,A0,AC)
#define SYMBOL_BATTERY_3 _SYMBOL_VALUE3(EF,A0,AD)
#define SYMBOL_BATTERY_2 _SYMBOL_VALUE3(EF,A0,AE)
#define SYMBOL_BATTERY_1 _SYMBOL_VALUE3(EF,A0,AF)
#define SYMBOL_BATTERY_EMPTY _SYMBOL_VALUE3(EF,A0,B0)
#define SYMBOL_BLUETOOTH _SYMBOL_VALUE3(EF,A0,B1)
#define LV_SYMBOL_GLYPH_LAST 0xF831
#define SYMBOL_DUMMY _SYMBOL_VALUE3(EF,A3,BF) /*Invalid symbol at (U+F831). If written before a string then `lv_img` will show it as a label*/
#endif
#define _SYMBOL_VALUE1(x) (0x ## x)
#define _SYMBOL_VALUE3(x, y, z) (0x ## z ## y ## x)
#define _SYMBOL_NUMSTR(sym) LV_ ## sym ## _NUMSTR = sym
enum
{
_SYMBOL_NUMSTR(SYMBOL_AUDIO),
_SYMBOL_NUMSTR(SYMBOL_VIDEO),
_SYMBOL_NUMSTR(SYMBOL_LIST),
_SYMBOL_NUMSTR(SYMBOL_OK),
_SYMBOL_NUMSTR(SYMBOL_CLOSE),
_SYMBOL_NUMSTR(SYMBOL_POWER),
_SYMBOL_NUMSTR(SYMBOL_SETTINGS),
_SYMBOL_NUMSTR(SYMBOL_TRASH),
_SYMBOL_NUMSTR(SYMBOL_HOME),
_SYMBOL_NUMSTR(SYMBOL_DOWNLOAD),
_SYMBOL_NUMSTR(SYMBOL_DRIVE),
_SYMBOL_NUMSTR(SYMBOL_REFRESH),
_SYMBOL_NUMSTR(SYMBOL_MUTE),
_SYMBOL_NUMSTR(SYMBOL_VOLUME_MID),
_SYMBOL_NUMSTR(SYMBOL_VOLUME_MAX),
_SYMBOL_NUMSTR(SYMBOL_IMAGE),
_SYMBOL_NUMSTR(SYMBOL_EDIT),
_SYMBOL_NUMSTR(SYMBOL_PREV),
_SYMBOL_NUMSTR(SYMBOL_PLAY),
_SYMBOL_NUMSTR(SYMBOL_PAUSE),
_SYMBOL_NUMSTR(SYMBOL_STOP),
_SYMBOL_NUMSTR(SYMBOL_NEXT),
_SYMBOL_NUMSTR(SYMBOL_EJECT),
_SYMBOL_NUMSTR(SYMBOL_LEFT),
_SYMBOL_NUMSTR(SYMBOL_RIGHT),
_SYMBOL_NUMSTR(SYMBOL_PLUS),
_SYMBOL_NUMSTR(SYMBOL_MINUS),
_SYMBOL_NUMSTR(SYMBOL_WARNING),
_SYMBOL_NUMSTR(SYMBOL_SHUFFLE),
_SYMBOL_NUMSTR(SYMBOL_UP),
_SYMBOL_NUMSTR(SYMBOL_DOWN),
_SYMBOL_NUMSTR(SYMBOL_LOOP),
_SYMBOL_NUMSTR(SYMBOL_DIRECTORY),
_SYMBOL_NUMSTR(SYMBOL_UPLOAD),
_SYMBOL_NUMSTR(SYMBOL_CALL),
_SYMBOL_NUMSTR(SYMBOL_CUT),
_SYMBOL_NUMSTR(SYMBOL_COPY),
_SYMBOL_NUMSTR(SYMBOL_SAVE),
_SYMBOL_NUMSTR(SYMBOL_CHARGE),
_SYMBOL_NUMSTR(SYMBOL_BELL),
_SYMBOL_NUMSTR(SYMBOL_KEYBOARD),
_SYMBOL_NUMSTR(SYMBOL_GPS),
_SYMBOL_NUMSTR(SYMBOL_FILE),
_SYMBOL_NUMSTR(SYMBOL_WIFI),
_SYMBOL_NUMSTR(SYMBOL_BATTERY_FULL),
_SYMBOL_NUMSTR(SYMBOL_BATTERY_3),
_SYMBOL_NUMSTR(SYMBOL_BATTERY_2),
_SYMBOL_NUMSTR(SYMBOL_BATTERY_1),
_SYMBOL_NUMSTR(SYMBOL_BATTERY_EMPTY),
_SYMBOL_NUMSTR(SYMBOL_BLUETOOTH),
_SYMBOL_NUMSTR(SYMBOL_DUMMY),
};
#undef _SYMBOL_VALUE1
#undef _SYMBOL_VALUE3
#define _SYMBOL_STR_(x) #x
#define _SYMBOL_STR(x) _SYMBOL_STR_(x)
#define _SYMBOL_CHAR(c) \x ## c
#define _SYMBOL_VALUE1(x) _SYMBOL_STR(_SYMBOL_CHAR(x))
#define _SYMBOL_VALUE3(x, y, z) _SYMBOL_STR(_SYMBOL_CHAR(x)_SYMBOL_CHAR(y)_SYMBOL_CHAR(z))
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
#endif /*LV_SYMBOL_DEF_H*/

149
include/display/lv_misc/lv_task.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,149 @@
/**
* @file lv_task.c
* An 'lv_task' is a void (*fp) (void* param) type function which will be called periodically.
* A priority (5 levels + disable) can be assigned to lv_tasks.
*/
#ifndef LV_TASK_H
#define LV_TASK_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*********************
* INCLUDES
*********************/
#ifdef LV_CONF_INCLUDE_SIMPLE
#include "lv_conf.h"
#else
#include "display/lv_conf.h"
#endif
#include <stdint.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include "lv_mem.h"
#include "lv_ll.h"
/*********************
* DEFINES
*********************/
#ifndef LV_ATTRIBUTE_TASK_HANDLER
#define LV_ATTRIBUTE_TASK_HANDLER
#endif
/**********************
* TYPEDEFS
**********************/
/**
* Possible priorities for lv_tasks
*/
enum
{
LV_TASK_PRIO_OFF = 0,
LV_TASK_PRIO_LOWEST,
LV_TASK_PRIO_LOW,
LV_TASK_PRIO_MID,
LV_TASK_PRIO_HIGH,
LV_TASK_PRIO_HIGHEST,
LV_TASK_PRIO_NUM,
};
typedef uint8_t lv_task_prio_t;
/**
* Descriptor of a lv_task
*/
typedef struct
{
uint32_t period;
uint32_t last_run;
void (*task) (void*);
void * param;
uint8_t prio:3;
uint8_t once:1;
} lv_task_t;
/**********************
* GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
**********************/
/**
* Init the lv_task module
*/
void lv_task_init(void);
/**
* Call it periodically to handle lv_tasks.
*/
LV_ATTRIBUTE_TASK_HANDLER void lv_task_handler(void);
/**
* Create a new lv_task
* @param task a function which is the task itself
* @param period call period in ms unit
* @param prio priority of the task (LV_TASK_PRIO_OFF means the task is stopped)
* @param param free parameter
* @return pointer to the new task
*/
lv_task_t* lv_task_create(void (*task) (void *), uint32_t period, lv_task_prio_t prio, void * param);
/**
* Delete a lv_task
* @param lv_task_p pointer to task created by lv_task_p
*/
void lv_task_del(lv_task_t* lv_task_p);
/**
* Set new priority for a lv_task
* @param lv_task_p pointer to a lv_task
* @param prio the new priority
*/
void lv_task_set_prio(lv_task_t* lv_task_p, lv_task_prio_t prio);
/**
* Set new period for a lv_task
* @param lv_task_p pointer to a lv_task
* @param period the new period
*/
void lv_task_set_period(lv_task_t* lv_task_p, uint32_t period);
/**
* Make a lv_task ready. It will not wait its period.
* @param lv_task_p pointer to a lv_task.
*/
void lv_task_ready(lv_task_t* lv_task_p);
/**
* Delete the lv_task after one call
* @param lv_task_p pointer to a lv_task.
*/
void lv_task_once(lv_task_t * lv_task_p);
/**
* Reset a lv_task.
* It will be called the previously set period milliseconds later.
* @param lv_task_p pointer to a lv_task.
*/
void lv_task_reset(lv_task_t* lv_task_p);
/**
* Enable or disable the whole lv_task handling
* @param en: true: lv_task handling is running, false: lv_task handling is suspended
*/
void lv_task_enable(bool en);
/**
* Get idle percentage
* @return the lv_task idle in percentage
*/
uint8_t lv_task_get_idle(void);
/**********************
* MACROS
**********************/
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
#endif

38
include/display/lv_misc/lv_templ.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
/**
* @file lv_templ.h
*
*/
#ifndef LV_TEMPL_H
#define LV_TEMPL_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*********************
* INCLUDES
*********************/
/*********************
* DEFINES
*********************/
/**********************
* TYPEDEFS
**********************/
/**********************
* GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
**********************/
/**********************
* MACROS
**********************/
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
#endif /*LV_TEMPL_H*/

198
include/display/lv_misc/lv_txt.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,198 @@
/**
* @file lv_text.h
*
*/
#ifndef LV_TXT_H
#define LV_TXT_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*********************
* INCLUDES
*********************/
#ifdef LV_CONF_INCLUDE_SIMPLE
#include "lv_conf.h"
#else
#include "display/lv_conf.h"
#endif
#include <stdbool.h>
#include "lv_area.h"
#include "lv_font.h"
#include "lv_area.h"
/*********************
* DEFINES
*********************/
#define LV_TXT_COLOR_CMD "#"
/**********************
* TYPEDEFS
**********************/
enum
{
LV_TXT_FLAG_NONE = 0x00,
LV_TXT_FLAG_RECOLOR = 0x01, /*Enable parsing of recolor command*/
LV_TXT_FLAG_EXPAND = 0x02, /*Ignore width to avoid automatic word wrapping*/
LV_TXT_FLAG_CENTER = 0x04, /*Align the text to the middle*/
LV_TXT_FLAG_RIGHT = 0x08, /*Align the text to the right*/
};
typedef uint8_t lv_txt_flag_t;
enum
{
LV_TXT_CMD_STATE_WAIT, /*Waiting for command*/
LV_TXT_CMD_STATE_PAR, /*Processing the parameter*/
LV_TXT_CMD_STATE_IN, /*Processing the command*/
};
typedef uint8_t lv_txt_cmd_state_t;
/**********************
* GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
**********************/
/**
* Get size of a text
* @param size_res pointer to a 'point_t' variable to store the result
* @param text pointer to a text
* @param font pinter to font of the text
* @param letter_space letter space of the text
* @param line_space line space of the text
* @param flags settings for the text from 'txt_flag_t' enum
* @param max_width max with of the text (break the lines to fit this size) Set CORD_MAX to avoid line breaks
*/
void lv_txt_get_size(lv_point_t * size_res, const char * text, const lv_font_t * font,
lv_coord_t letter_space, lv_coord_t line_space, lv_coord_t max_width, lv_txt_flag_t flag);
/**
* Get the next line of text. Check line length and break chars too.
* @param txt a '\0' terminated string
* @param font pointer to a font
* @param letter_space letter space
* @param max_width max with of the text (break the lines to fit this size) Set CORD_MAX to avoid line breaks
* @param flags settings for the text from 'txt_flag_type' enum
* @return the index of the first char of the new line (in byte index not letter index. With UTF-8 they are different)
*/
uint16_t lv_txt_get_next_line(const char * txt, const lv_font_t * font,
lv_coord_t letter_space, lv_coord_t max_width, lv_txt_flag_t flag);
/**
* Give the length of a text with a given font
* @param txt a '\0' terminate string
* @param length length of 'txt' in byte count and not characters (Á is 1 character but 2 bytes in UTF-8)
* @param font pointer to a font
* @param letter_space letter space
* @param flags settings for the text from 'txt_flag_t' enum
* @return length of a char_num long text
*/
lv_coord_t lv_txt_get_width(const char * txt, uint16_t length,
const lv_font_t * font, lv_coord_t letter_space, lv_txt_flag_t flag);
/**
* Check next character in a string and decide if te character is part of the command or not
* @param state pointer to a txt_cmd_state_t variable which stores the current state of command processing
* @param c the current character
* @return true: the character is part of a command and should not be written,
* false: the character should be written
*/
bool lv_txt_is_cmd(lv_txt_cmd_state_t * state, uint32_t c);
/**
* Insert a string into an other
* @param txt_buf the original text (must be big enough for the result text)
* @param pos position to insert (0: before the original text, 1: after the first char etc.)
* @param ins_txt text to insert
*/
void lv_txt_ins(char * txt_buf, uint32_t pos, const char * ins_txt);
/**
* Delete a part of a string
* @param txt string to modify
* @param pos position where to start the deleting (0: before the first char, 1: after the first char etc.)
* @param len number of characters to delete
*/
void lv_txt_cut(char * txt, uint32_t pos, uint32_t len);
/***************************************************************
* GLOBAL FUNCTION POINTERS FOR CAHRACTER ENCODING INTERFACE
***************************************************************/
/**
* Give the size of an encoded character
* @param str pointer to a character in a string
* @return length of the encoded character (1,2,3 ...). O in invalid
*/
extern uint8_t (*lv_txt_encoded_size)(const char *);
/**
* Convert an Unicode letter to encoded
* @param letter_uni an Unicode letter
* @return Encoded character in Little Endian to be compatible with C chars (e.g. 'Á', 'Ü')
*/
extern uint32_t (*lv_txt_unicode_to_encoded)(uint32_t );
/**
* Convert a wide character, e.g. 'Á' little endian to be compatible with the encoded format.
* @param c a wide character
* @return `c` in the encoded format
*/
extern uint32_t (*lv_txt_encoded_conv_wc) (uint32_t c);
/**
* Decode the next encoded character from a string.
* @param txt pointer to '\0' terminated string
* @param i start index in 'txt' where to start.
* After the call it will point to the next encoded char in 'txt'.
* NULL to use txt[0] as index
* @return the decoded Unicode character or 0 on invalid data code
*/
extern uint32_t (*lv_txt_encoded_next)(const char *, uint32_t * );
/**
* Get the previous encoded character form a string.
* @param txt pointer to '\0' terminated string
* @param i_start index in 'txt' where to start. After the call it will point to the previous encoded char in 'txt'.
* @return the decoded Unicode character or 0 on invalid data
*/
extern uint32_t (*lv_txt_encoded_prev)(const char *, uint32_t *);
/**
* Convert a letter index (in an the encoded text) to byte index.
* E.g. in UTF-8 "AÁRT" index of 'R' is 2 but start at byte 3 because 'Á' is 2 bytes long
* @param txt a '\0' terminated UTF-8 string
* @param enc_id letter index
* @return byte index of the 'enc_id'th letter
*/
extern uint32_t (*lv_txt_encoded_get_byte_id)(const char *, uint32_t);
/**
* Convert a byte index (in an encoded text) to character index.
* E.g. in UTF-8 "AÁRT" index of 'R' is 2 but start at byte 3 because 'Á' is 2 bytes long
* @param txt a '\0' terminated UTF-8 string
* @param byte_id byte index
* @return character index of the letter at 'byte_id'th position
*/
extern uint32_t (*lv_encoded_get_char_id)(const char *, uint32_t);
/**
* Get the number of characters (and NOT bytes) in a string.
* E.g. in UTF-8 "ÁBC" is 3 characters (but 4 bytes)
* @param txt a '\0' terminated char string
* @return number of characters
*/
extern uint32_t (*lv_txt_get_encoded_length)(const char *);
/**********************
* MACROS
**********************/
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
#endif /*USE_TXT*/

214
include/display/lv_misc/lv_ufs.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,214 @@
/**
* @file lv_ufs.h
* Implementation of RAM file system which do NOT support directories.
* The API is compatible with the lv_fs_int module.
*/
#ifndef LV_UFS_H
#define LV_UFS_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*********************
* INCLUDES
*********************/
#ifdef LV_CONF_INCLUDE_SIMPLE
#include "lv_conf.h"
#else
#include "display/lv_conf.h"
#endif
#if USE_LV_FILESYSTEM
#include <stdbool.h>
#include "lv_fs.h"
#include "lv_mem.h"
/*********************
* DEFINES
*********************/
#define UFS_LETTER 'U'
/**********************
* TYPEDEFS
**********************/
/*Description of a file entry */
typedef struct
{
char * fn_d;
void * data_d;
uint32_t size; /*Data length in bytes*/
uint16_t oc; /*Open Count*/
uint8_t const_data :1;
} lv_ufs_ent_t;
/*File descriptor, used to handle opening an entry more times simultaneously
Contains unique informations about the specific opening*/
typedef struct
{
lv_ufs_ent_t* ent; /*Pointer to the entry*/
uint32_t rwp; /*Read Write Pointer*/
uint8_t ar :1; /*1: Access for read is enabled */
uint8_t aw :1; /*1: Access for write is enabled */
} lv_ufs_file_t;
/* Read directory descriptor.
* It is used to to iterate through the entries in a directory*/
typedef struct
{
lv_ufs_ent_t * last_ent;
} lv_ufs_dir_t;
/**********************
* GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
**********************/
/**
* Create a driver for ufs and initialize it.
*/
void lv_ufs_init(void);
/**
* Give the state of the ufs
* @return true if ufs is initialized and can be used else false
*/
bool lv_ufs_ready(void);
/**
* Open a file in ufs
* @param file_p pointer to a lv_ufs_file_t variable
* @param fn name of the file. There are no directories so e.g. "myfile.txt"
* @param mode element of 'fs_mode_t' enum or its 'OR' connection (e.g. FS_MODE_WR | FS_MODE_RD)
* @return LV_FS_RES_OK: no error, the file is opened
* any error from lv_fs_res_t enum
*/
lv_fs_res_t lv_ufs_open (void * file_p, const char * fn, lv_fs_mode_t mode);
/**
* Create a file with a constant data
* @param fn name of the file (directories are not supported)
* @param const_p pointer to a constant data
* @param len length of the data pointed by 'const_p' in bytes
* @return LV_FS_RES_OK: no error, the file is read
* any error from lv_fs_res_t enum
*/
lv_fs_res_t lv_ufs_create_const(const char * fn, const void * const_p, uint32_t len);
/**
* Close an opened file
* @param file_p pointer to an 'ufs_file_t' variable. (opened with lv_ufs_open)
* @return LV_FS_RES_OK: no error, the file is read
* any error from lv_fs_res_t enum
*/
lv_fs_res_t lv_ufs_close (void * file_p);
/**
* Remove a file. The file can not be opened.
* @param fn '\0' terminated string
* @return LV_FS_RES_OK: no error, the file is removed
* LV_FS_RES_DENIED: the file was opened, remove failed
*/
lv_fs_res_t lv_ufs_remove(const char * fn);
/**
* Read data from an opened file
* @param file_p pointer to an 'ufs_file_t' variable. (opened with lv_ufs_open )
* @param buf pointer to a memory block where to store the read data
* @param btr number of Bytes To Read
* @param br the real number of read bytes (Byte Read)
* @return LV_FS_RES_OK: no error, the file is read
* any error from lv_fs_res_t enum
*/
lv_fs_res_t lv_ufs_read (void * file_p, void * buf, uint32_t btr, uint32_t * br);
/**
* Write data to an opened file
* @param file_p pointer to an 'ufs_file_t' variable. (opened with lv_ufs_open)
* @param buf pointer to a memory block which content will be written
* @param btw the number Bytes To Write
* @param bw The real number of written bytes (Byte Written)
* @return LV_FS_RES_OK: no error, the file is read
* any error from lv_fs_res_t enum
*/
lv_fs_res_t lv_ufs_write (void * file_p, const void * buf, uint32_t btw, uint32_t * bw);
/**
* Set the read write pointer. Also expand the file size if necessary.
* @param file_p pointer to an 'ufs_file_t' variable. (opened with lv_ufs_open )
* @param pos the new position of read write pointer
* @return LV_FS_RES_OK: no error, the file is read
* any error from lv_fs_res_t enum
*/
lv_fs_res_t lv_ufs_seek (void * file_p, uint32_t pos);
/**
* Give the position of the read write pointer
* @param file_p pointer to an 'ufs_file_t' variable. (opened with lv_ufs_open )
* @param pos_p pointer to to store the result
* @return LV_FS_RES_OK: no error, the file is read
* any error from lv_fs_res_t enum
*/
lv_fs_res_t lv_ufs_tell (void * file_p, uint32_t * pos_p);
/**
* Truncate the file size to the current position of the read write pointer
* @param file_p pointer to an 'ufs_file_t' variable. (opened with lv_ufs_open )
* @return LV_FS_RES_OK: no error, the file is read
* any error from lv_fs_res_t enum
*/
lv_fs_res_t lv_ufs_trunc (void * file_p);
/**
* Give the size of the file in bytes
* @param file_p file_p pointer to an 'ufs_file_t' variable. (opened with lv_ufs_open )
* @param size_p pointer to store the size
* @return LV_FS_RES_OK: no error, the file is read
* any error from lv_fs_res_t enum
*/
lv_fs_res_t lv_ufs_size (void * file_p, uint32_t * size_p);
/**
* Initialize a lv_ufs_read_dir_t variable to directory reading
* @param rddir_p pointer to a 'ufs_read_dir_t' variable
* @param path uFS doesn't support folders so it has to be ""
* @return LV_FS_RES_OK or any error from lv_fs_res_t enum
*/
lv_fs_res_t lv_ufs_dir_open(void * rddir_p, const char * path);
/**
* Read the next file name
* @param dir_p pointer to an initialized 'ufs_read_dir_t' variable
* @param fn pointer to buffer to sore the file name
* @return LV_FS_RES_OK or any error from lv_fs_res_t enum
*/
lv_fs_res_t lv_ufs_dir_read(void * dir_p, char * fn);
/**
* Close the directory reading
* @param rddir_p pointer to an initialized 'ufs_read_dir_t' variable
* @return LV_FS_RES_OK or any error from lv_fs_res_t enum
*/
lv_fs_res_t lv_ufs_dir_close(void * rddir_p);
/**
* Give the size of a drive
* @param total_p pointer to store the total size [kB]
* @param free_p pointer to store the free site [kB]
* @return LV_FS_RES_OK or any error from 'fs_res_t'
*/
lv_fs_res_t lv_ufs_free (uint32_t * total_p, uint32_t * free_p);
/**********************
* MACROS
**********************/
#endif /*USE_LV_FILESYSTEM*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
#endif

127
include/display/lv_objx/lv_arc.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
/**
* @file lv_arc.h
*
*/
#ifndef LV_ARC_H
#define LV_ARC_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*********************
* INCLUDES
*********************/
#ifdef LV_CONF_INCLUDE_SIMPLE
#include "lv_conf.h"
#else
#include "display/lv_conf.h"
#endif
#if USE_LV_ARC != 0
#include "display/lv_core/lv_obj.h"
/*********************
* DEFINES
*********************/
/**********************
* TYPEDEFS
**********************/
/*Data of arc*/
typedef struct {
/*New data for this type */
lv_coord_t angle_start;
lv_coord_t angle_end;
} lv_arc_ext_t;
/*Styles*/
enum {
LV_ARC_STYLE_MAIN,
};
typedef uint8_t lv_arc_style_t;
/**********************
* GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
**********************/
/**
* Create a arc objects
* @param par pointer to an object, it will be the parent of the new arc
* @param copy pointer to a arc object, if not NULL then the new object will be copied from it
* @return pointer to the created arc
*/
lv_obj_t * lv_arc_create(lv_obj_t * par, const lv_obj_t * copy);
/*======================
* Add/remove functions
*=====================*/
/*=====================
* Setter functions
*====================*/
/**
* Set the start and end angles of an arc. 0 deg: bottom, 90 deg: right etc.
* @param arc pointer to an arc object
* @param start the start angle [0..360]
* @param end the end angle [0..360]
*/
void lv_arc_set_angles(lv_obj_t * arc, uint16_t start, uint16_t end);
/**
* Set a style of a arc.
* @param arc pointer to arc object
* @param type which style should be set
* @param style pointer to a style
* */
void lv_arc_set_style(lv_obj_t * arc, lv_arc_style_t type, lv_style_t *style);
/*=====================
* Getter functions
*====================*/
/**
* Get the start angle of an arc.
* @param arc pointer to an arc object
* @return the start angle [0..360]
*/
uint16_t lv_arc_get_angle_start(lv_obj_t * arc);
/**
* Get the end angle of an arc.
* @param arc pointer to an arc object
* @return the end angle [0..360]
*/
uint16_t lv_arc_get_angle_end(lv_obj_t * arc);
/**
* Get style of a arc.
* @param arc pointer to arc object
* @param type which style should be get
* @return style pointer to the style
* */
lv_style_t * lv_arc_get_style(const lv_obj_t * arc, lv_arc_style_t type);
/*=====================
* Other functions
*====================*/
/**********************
* MACROS
**********************/
#endif /*USE_LV_ARC*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
#endif /*LV_ARC_H*/

160
include/display/lv_objx/lv_bar.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
/**
* @file lv_bar.h
*
*/
#ifndef LV_BAR_H
#define LV_BAR_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*********************
* INCLUDES
*********************/
#ifdef LV_CONF_INCLUDE_SIMPLE
#include "lv_conf.h"
#else
#include "display/lv_conf.h"
#endif
#if USE_LV_BAR != 0
#include "display/lv_core/lv_obj.h"
#include "lv_cont.h"
#include "lv_btn.h"
#include "lv_label.h"
/*********************
* DEFINES
*********************/
/**********************
* TYPEDEFS
**********************/
/*Data of bar*/
typedef struct
{
/*No inherited ext*/ /*Ext. of ancestor*/
/*New data for this type */
int16_t cur_value; /*Current value of the bar*/
int16_t min_value; /*Minimum value of the bar*/
int16_t max_value; /*Maximum value of the bar*/
uint8_t sym :1; /*Symmetric: means the center is around zero value*/
lv_style_t *style_indic; /*Style of the indicator*/
} lv_bar_ext_t;
enum {
LV_BAR_STYLE_BG,
LV_BAR_STYLE_INDIC,
};
typedef uint8_t lv_bar_style_t;
/**********************
* GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
**********************/
/**
* Create a bar objects
* @param par pointer to an object, it will be the parent of the new bar
* @param copy pointer to a bar object, if not NULL then the new object will be copied from it
* @return pointer to the created bar
*/
lv_obj_t * lv_bar_create(lv_obj_t * par, const lv_obj_t * copy);
/*=====================
* Setter functions
*====================*/
/**
* Set a new value on the bar
* @param bar pointer to a bar object
* @param value new value
*/
void lv_bar_set_value(lv_obj_t * bar, int16_t value);
/**
* Set a new value with animation on the bar
* @param bar pointer to a bar object
* @param value new value
* @param anim_time animation time in milliseconds
*/
void lv_bar_set_value_anim(lv_obj_t * bar, int16_t value, uint16_t anim_time);
/**
* Set minimum and the maximum values of a bar
* @param bar pointer to the bar object
* @param min minimum value
* @param max maximum value
*/
void lv_bar_set_range(lv_obj_t * bar, int16_t min, int16_t max);
/**
* Make the bar symmetric to zero. The indicator will grow from zero instead of the minimum position.
* @param bar pointer to a bar object
* @param en true: enable disable symmetric behavior; false: disable
*/
void lv_bar_set_sym(lv_obj_t * bar, bool en);
/**
* Set a style of a bar
* @param bar pointer to a bar object
* @param type which style should be set
* @param style pointer to a style
*/
void lv_bar_set_style(lv_obj_t *bar, lv_bar_style_t type, lv_style_t *style);
/*=====================
* Getter functions
*====================*/
/**
* Get the value of a bar
* @param bar pointer to a bar object
* @return the value of the bar
*/
int16_t lv_bar_get_value(const lv_obj_t * bar);
/**
* Get the minimum value of a bar
* @param bar pointer to a bar object
* @return the minimum value of the bar
*/
int16_t lv_bar_get_min_value(const lv_obj_t * bar);
/**
* Get the maximum value of a bar
* @param bar pointer to a bar object
* @return the maximum value of the bar
*/
int16_t lv_bar_get_max_value(const lv_obj_t * bar);
/**
* Get whether the bar is symmetric or not.
* @param bar pointer to a bar object
* @return true: symmetric is enabled; false: disable
*/
bool lv_bar_get_sym(lv_obj_t * bar);
/**
* Get a style of a bar
* @param bar pointer to a bar object
* @param type which style should be get
* @return style pointer to a style
*/
lv_style_t * lv_bar_get_style(const lv_obj_t *bar, lv_bar_style_t type);
/**********************
* MACROS
**********************/
#endif /*USE_LV_BAR*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
#endif /*LV_BAR_H*/

279
include/display/lv_objx/lv_btn.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,279 @@
/**
* @file lv_btn.h
*
*/
#ifndef LV_BTN_H
#define LV_BTN_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*********************
* INCLUDES
*********************/
#ifdef LV_CONF_INCLUDE_SIMPLE
#include "lv_conf.h"
#else
#include "display/lv_conf.h"
#endif
#if USE_LV_BTN != 0
/*Testing of dependencies*/
#if USE_LV_CONT == 0
#error "lv_btn: lv_cont is required. Enable it in lv_conf.h (USE_LV_CONT 1) "
#endif
#include "lv_cont.h"
#include "display/lv_core/lv_indev.h"
/*********************
* DEFINES
*********************/
/**********************
* TYPEDEFS
**********************/
/* Button states
* It can be used not only by buttons but other button-like objects too*/
enum
{
LV_BTN_STATE_REL,
LV_BTN_STATE_PR,
LV_BTN_STATE_TGL_REL,
LV_BTN_STATE_TGL_PR,
LV_BTN_STATE_INA,
LV_BTN_STATE_NUM,
};
typedef uint8_t lv_btn_state_t;
enum
{
LV_BTN_ACTION_CLICK,
LV_BTN_ACTION_PR,
LV_BTN_ACTION_LONG_PR,
LV_BTN_ACTION_LONG_PR_REPEAT,
LV_BTN_ACTION_NUM,
};
typedef uint8_t lv_btn_action_t;
/*Data of button*/
typedef struct
{
lv_cont_ext_t cont; /*Ext. of ancestor*/
/*New data for this type */
lv_action_t actions[LV_BTN_ACTION_NUM];
lv_style_t * styles[LV_BTN_STATE_NUM]; /*Styles in each state*/
lv_btn_state_t state; /*Current state of the button from 'lv_btn_state_t' enum*/
#if LV_BTN_INK_EFFECT
uint16_t ink_in_time; /*[ms] Time of ink fill effect (0: disable ink effect)*/
uint16_t ink_wait_time; /*[ms] Wait before the ink disappears */
uint16_t ink_out_time; /*[ms] Time of ink disappearing*/
#endif
uint8_t toggle :1; /*1: Toggle enabled*/
uint8_t long_pr_action_executed :1; /*1: Long press action executed (Handled by the library)*/
} lv_btn_ext_t;
/*Styles*/
enum {
LV_BTN_STYLE_REL,
LV_BTN_STYLE_PR,
LV_BTN_STYLE_TGL_REL,
LV_BTN_STYLE_TGL_PR,
LV_BTN_STYLE_INA,
};
typedef uint8_t lv_btn_style_t;
/**********************
* GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
**********************/
/**
* Create a button objects
* @param par pointer to an object, it will be the parent of the new button
* @param copy pointer to a button object, if not NULL then the new object will be copied from it
* @return pointer to the created button
*/
lv_obj_t * lv_btn_create(lv_obj_t * par, const lv_obj_t * copy);
/*=====================
* Setter functions
*====================*/
/**
* Enable the toggled states. On release the button will change from/to toggled state.
* @param btn pointer to a button object
* @param tgl true: enable toggled states, false: disable
*/
void lv_btn_set_toggle(lv_obj_t * btn, bool tgl);
/**
* Set the state of the button
* @param btn pointer to a button object
* @param state the new state of the button (from lv_btn_state_t enum)
*/
void lv_btn_set_state(lv_obj_t * btn, lv_btn_state_t state);
/**
* Toggle the state of the button (ON->OFF, OFF->ON)
* @param btn pointer to a button object
*/
void lv_btn_toggle(lv_obj_t * btn);
/**
* Set a function to call when a button event happens
* @param btn pointer to a button object
* @param action type of event form 'lv_action_t' (press, release, long press, long press repeat)
*/
void lv_btn_set_action(lv_obj_t * btn, lv_btn_action_t type, lv_action_t action);
/**
* Set the layout on a button
* @param btn pointer to a button object
* @param layout a layout from 'lv_cont_layout_t'
*/
static inline void lv_btn_set_layout(lv_obj_t * btn, lv_layout_t layout)
{
lv_cont_set_layout(btn, layout);
}
/**
* Enable the horizontal or vertical fit.
* The button size will be set to involve the children horizontally or vertically.
* @param btn pointer to a button object
* @param hor_en true: enable the horizontal fit
* @param ver_en true: enable the vertical fit
*/
static inline void lv_btn_set_fit(lv_obj_t * btn, bool hor_en, bool ver_en)
{
lv_cont_set_fit(btn, hor_en, ver_en);
}
/**
* Set time of the ink effect (draw a circle on click to animate in the new state)
* @param btn pointer to a button object
* @param time the time of the ink animation
*/
void lv_btn_set_ink_in_time(lv_obj_t * btn, uint16_t time);
/**
* Set the wait time before the ink disappears
* @param btn pointer to a button object
* @param time the time of the ink animation
*/
void lv_btn_set_ink_wait_time(lv_obj_t * btn, uint16_t time);
/**
* Set time of the ink out effect (animate to the released state)
* @param btn pointer to a button object
* @param time the time of the ink animation
*/
void lv_btn_set_ink_out_time(lv_obj_t * btn, uint16_t time);
/**
* Set a style of a button.
* @param btn pointer to button object
* @param type which style should be set
* @param style pointer to a style
* */
void lv_btn_set_style(lv_obj_t * btn, lv_btn_style_t type, lv_style_t *style);
/*=====================
* Getter functions
*====================*/
/**
* Get the current state of the button
* @param btn pointer to a button object
* @return the state of the button (from lv_btn_state_t enum)
*/
lv_btn_state_t lv_btn_get_state(const lv_obj_t * btn);
/**
* Get the toggle enable attribute of the button
* @param btn pointer to a button object
* @return ture: toggle enabled, false: disabled
*/
bool lv_btn_get_toggle(const lv_obj_t * btn);
/**
* Get the release action of a button
* @param btn pointer to a button object
* @return pointer to the release action function
*/
lv_action_t lv_btn_get_action(const lv_obj_t * btn, lv_btn_action_t type);
/**
* Get the layout of a button
* @param btn pointer to button object
* @return the layout from 'lv_cont_layout_t'
*/
static inline lv_layout_t lv_btn_get_layout(const lv_obj_t * btn)
{
return lv_cont_get_layout(btn);
}
/**
* Get horizontal fit enable attribute of a button
* @param btn pointer to a button object
* @return true: horizontal fit is enabled; false: disabled
*/
static inline bool lv_btn_get_hor_fit(const lv_obj_t * btn)
{
return lv_cont_get_hor_fit(btn);
}
/**
* Get vertical fit enable attribute of a container
* @param btn pointer to a button object
* @return true: vertical fit is enabled; false: disabled
*/
static inline bool lv_btn_get_ver_fit(const lv_obj_t * btn)
{
return lv_cont_get_ver_fit(btn);
}
/**
* Get time of the ink in effect (draw a circle on click to animate in the new state)
* @param btn pointer to a button object
* @return the time of the ink animation
*/
uint16_t lv_btn_get_ink_in_time(const lv_obj_t * btn);
/**
* Get the wait time before the ink disappears
* @param btn pointer to a button object
* @return the time of the ink animation
*/
uint16_t lv_btn_get_ink_wait_time(const lv_obj_t * btn);
/**
* Get time of the ink out effect (animate to the releases state)
* @param btn pointer to a button object
* @return the time of the ink animation
*/
uint16_t lv_btn_get_ink_out_time(const lv_obj_t * btn);
/**
* Get style of a button.
* @param btn pointer to button object
* @param type which style should be get
* @return style pointer to the style
* */
lv_style_t * lv_btn_get_style(const lv_obj_t * btn, lv_btn_style_t type);
/**********************
* MACROS
**********************/
#endif /*USE_LV_BUTTON*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
#endif /*LV_BTN_H*/

197
include/display/lv_objx/lv_btnm.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,197 @@
/**
* @file lv_btnm.h
*
*/
#ifndef LV_BTNM_H
#define LV_BTNM_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*********************
* INCLUDES
*********************/
#ifdef LV_CONF_INCLUDE_SIMPLE
#include "lv_conf.h"
#else
#include "display/lv_conf.h"
#endif
#if USE_LV_BTNM != 0
#include "display/lv_core/lv_obj.h"
#include "lv_label.h"
#include "lv_btn.h"
/*********************
* DEFINES
*********************/
/*Control byte*/
#define LV_BTNM_CTRL_CODE 0x80 /*The control byte has to begin (if present) with 0b10xxxxxx*/
#define LV_BTNM_CTRL_MASK 0xC0
#define LV_BTNM_WIDTH_MASK 0x07
#define LV_BTNM_HIDE_MASK 0x08
#define LV_BTNM_REPEAT_DISABLE_MASK 0x10
#define LV_BTNM_INACTIVE_MASK 0x20
#define LV_BTNM_PR_NONE 0xFFFF
/**********************
* TYPEDEFS
**********************/
/* Type of callback function which is called when a button is released or long pressed on the button matrix
* Parameters: button matrix, text of the released button
* return LV_ACTION_RES_INV if the button matrix is deleted else LV_ACTION_RES_OK*/
typedef lv_res_t (*lv_btnm_action_t) (lv_obj_t *, const char *txt);
/*Data of button matrix*/
typedef struct
{
/*No inherited ext.*/ /*Ext. of ancestor*/
/*New data for this type */
const char ** map_p; /*Pointer to the current map*/
lv_area_t *button_areas; /*Array of areas of buttons*/
lv_btnm_action_t action; /*A function to call when a button is releases*/
lv_style_t *styles_btn[LV_BTN_STATE_NUM]; /*Styles of buttons in each state*/
uint16_t btn_cnt; /*Number of button in 'map_p'(Handled by the library)*/
uint16_t btn_id_pr; /*Index of the currently pressed button (in `button_areas`) or LV_BTNM_PR_NONE*/
uint16_t btn_id_tgl; /*Index of the currently toggled button (in `button_areas`) or LV_BTNM_PR_NONE */
uint8_t toggle :1; /*Enable toggling*/
uint8_t recolor :1; /*Enable button recoloring*/
} lv_btnm_ext_t;
enum {
LV_BTNM_STYLE_BG,
LV_BTNM_STYLE_BTN_REL,
LV_BTNM_STYLE_BTN_PR,
LV_BTNM_STYLE_BTN_TGL_REL,
LV_BTNM_STYLE_BTN_TGL_PR,
LV_BTNM_STYLE_BTN_INA,
};
typedef uint8_t lv_btnm_style_t;
/**********************
* GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
**********************/
/**
* Create a button matrix objects
* @param par pointer to an object, it will be the parent of the new button matrix
* @param copy pointer to a button matrix object, if not NULL then the new object will be copied from it
* @return pointer to the created button matrix
*/
lv_obj_t * lv_btnm_create(lv_obj_t * par, const lv_obj_t * copy);
/*=====================
* Setter functions
*====================*/
/**
* Set a new map. Buttons will be created/deleted according to the map.
* @param btnm pointer to a button matrix object
* @param map pointer a string array. The last string has to be: "".
* Use "\n" to begin a new line.
* The first byte can be a control data:
* - bit 7: always 1
* - bit 6: always 0
* - bit 5: inactive (disabled)
* - bit 4: no repeat (on long press)
* - bit 3: hidden
* - bit 2..0: button relative width
* Example (practically use octal numbers): "\224abc": "abc" text with 4 width and no long press
*/
void lv_btnm_set_map(lv_obj_t * btnm, const char ** map);
/**
* Set a new callback function for the buttons (It will be called when a button is released)
* @param btnm: pointer to button matrix object
* @param action pointer to a callback function
*/
void lv_btnm_set_action(lv_obj_t * btnm, lv_btnm_action_t action);
/**
* Enable or disable button toggling
* @param btnm pointer to button matrix object
* @param en true: enable toggling; false: disable toggling
* @param id index of the currently toggled button (ignored if 'en' == false)
*/
void lv_btnm_set_toggle(lv_obj_t * btnm, bool en, uint16_t id);
/**
* Set a style of a button matrix
* @param btnm pointer to a button matrix object
* @param type which style should be set
* @param style pointer to a style
*/
void lv_btnm_set_style(lv_obj_t *btnm, lv_btnm_style_t type, lv_style_t *style);
/**
* Set whether recoloring is enabled
* @param btnm pointer to button matrix object
* @param en whether recoloring is enabled
*/
void lv_btnm_set_recolor(const lv_obj_t * btnm, bool en);
/*=====================
* Getter functions
*====================*/
/**
* Get the current map of a button matrix
* @param btnm pointer to a button matrix object
* @return the current map
*/
const char ** lv_btnm_get_map(const lv_obj_t * btnm);
/**
* Get a the callback function of the buttons on a button matrix
* @param btnm: pointer to button matrix object
* @return pointer to the callback function
*/
lv_btnm_action_t lv_btnm_get_action(const lv_obj_t * btnm);
/**
* Get the pressed button
* @param btnm pointer to button matrix object
* @return index of the currently pressed button (LV_BTNM_PR_NONE: if unset)
*/
uint16_t lv_btnm_get_pressed(const lv_obj_t * btnm);
/**
* Get the toggled button
* @param btnm pointer to button matrix object
* @return index of the currently toggled button (LV_BTNM_PR_NONE: if unset)
*/
uint16_t lv_btnm_get_toggled(const lv_obj_t * btnm);
/**
* Get a style of a button matrix
* @param btnm pointer to a button matrix object
* @param type which style should be get
* @return style pointer to a style
*/
lv_style_t * lv_btnm_get_style(const lv_obj_t *btnm, lv_btnm_style_t type);
/**
* Find whether recoloring is enabled
* @param btnm pointer to button matrix object
* @return whether recoloring is enabled
*/
bool lv_btnm_get_recolor(const lv_obj_t * btnm);
/**********************
* MACROS
**********************/
#endif /*USE_LV_BTNM*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
#endif /*LV_BTNM_H*/

246
include/display/lv_objx/lv_calendar.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,246 @@
/**
* @file lv_calendar.h
*
*/
#ifndef LV_CALENDAR_H
#define LV_CALENDAR_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*********************
* INCLUDES
*********************/
#ifdef LV_CONF_INCLUDE_SIMPLE
#include "lv_conf.h"
#else
#include "display/lv_conf.h"
#endif
#if USE_LV_CALENDAR != 0
#include "display/lv_core/lv_obj.h"
/*********************
* DEFINES
*********************/
/**********************
* TYPEDEFS
**********************/
typedef struct {
uint16_t year;
int8_t month;
int8_t day;
} lv_calendar_date_t;
enum
{
LV_CALENDAR_ACTION_CLICK,
LV_CALENDAR_ACTION_PR,
LV_CALENDAR_ACTION_LONG_PR,
LV_CALENDAR_ACTION_LONG_PR_REPEAT,
LV_CALENDAR_ACTION_NUM,
};
typedef uint8_t lv_calendar_action_t;
/*Data of calendar*/
typedef struct {
/*None*/ /*Ext. of ancestor*/
/*New data for this type */
lv_calendar_date_t today; /*Date of today*/
lv_calendar_date_t showed_date; /*Currently visible month (day is ignored)*/
lv_calendar_date_t * highlighted_dates; /*Apply different style on these days (pointer to an array defined by the user)*/
uint8_t highlighted_dates_num; /*Number of elements in `highlighted_days`*/
int8_t btn_pressing; /*-1: prev month pressing, +1 next month pressing on the header*/
lv_calendar_date_t pressed_date;
const char ** day_names; /*Pointer to an array with the name of the days (NULL: use default names)*/
const char ** month_names; /*Pointer to an array with the name of the month (NULL. use default names)*/
lv_action_t actions[LV_CALENDAR_ACTION_NUM];
/*Styles*/
lv_style_t * style_header;
lv_style_t * style_header_pr;
lv_style_t * style_day_names;
lv_style_t * style_highlighted_days;
lv_style_t * style_inactive_days;
lv_style_t * style_week_box;
lv_style_t * style_today_box;
} lv_calendar_ext_t;
/*Styles*/
enum {
LV_CALENDAR_STYLE_BG, /*Also the style of the "normal" date numbers*/
LV_CALENDAR_STYLE_HEADER,
LV_CALENDAR_STYLE_HEADER_PR,
LV_CALENDAR_STYLE_DAY_NAMES,
LV_CALENDAR_STYLE_HIGHLIGHTED_DAYS,
LV_CALENDAR_STYLE_INACTIVE_DAYS,
LV_CALENDAR_STYLE_WEEK_BOX,
LV_CALENDAR_STYLE_TODAY_BOX,
};
typedef uint8_t lv_calendar_style_t;
/**********************
* GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
**********************/
/**
* Create a calendar objects
* @param par pointer to an object, it will be the parent of the new calendar
* @param copy pointer to a calendar object, if not NULL then the new object will be copied from it
* @return pointer to the created calendar
*/
lv_obj_t * lv_calendar_create(lv_obj_t * par, const lv_obj_t * copy);
/*======================
* Add/remove functions
*=====================*/
/*=====================
* Setter functions
*====================*/
/**
* Set a function to call when a calendar event happens
* @param calendar pointer to a calendar object
* @param action type of event form 'lv_action_t' (press, release, long press, long press repeat)
*/
void lv_calendar_set_action(lv_obj_t * calendar, lv_calendar_action_t type, lv_action_t action);
/**
* Set the today's date
* @param calendar pointer to a calendar object
* @param today pointer to an `lv_calendar_date_t` variable containing the date of today. The value will be saved it can be local variable too.
*/
void lv_calendar_set_today_date(lv_obj_t * calendar, lv_calendar_date_t * today);
/**
* Set the currently showed
* @param calendar pointer to a calendar object
* @param showed pointer to an `lv_calendar_date_t` variable containing the date to show. The value will be saved it can be local variable too.
*/
void lv_calendar_set_showed_date(lv_obj_t * calendar, lv_calendar_date_t * showed);
/**
* Set the the highlighted dates
* @param calendar pointer to a calendar object
* @param highlighted pointer to an `lv_calendar_date_t` array containing the dates. ONLY A POINTER WILL BE SAVED! CAN'T BE LOCAL ARRAY.
* @param date_num number of dates in the array
*/
void lv_calendar_set_highlighted_dates(lv_obj_t * calendar, lv_calendar_date_t * highlighted, uint16_t date_num);
/**
* Set the name of the days
* @param calendar pointer to a calendar object
* @param day_names pointer to an array with the names. E.g. `const char * days[7] = {"Sun", "Mon", ...}`
* Only the pointer will be saved so this variable can't be local which will be destroyed later.
*/
void lv_calendar_set_day_names(lv_obj_t * calendar, const char ** day_names);
/**
* Set the name of the month
* @param calendar pointer to a calendar object
* @param day_names pointer to an array with the names. E.g. `const char * days[12] = {"Jan", "Feb", ...}`
* Only the pointer will be saved so this variable can't be local which will be destroyed later.
*/
void lv_calendar_set_month_names(lv_obj_t * calendar, const char ** day_names);
/**
* Set a style of a calendar.
* @param calendar pointer to calendar object
* @param type which style should be set
* @param style pointer to a style
* */
void lv_calendar_set_style(lv_obj_t * calendar, lv_calendar_style_t type, lv_style_t *style);
/*=====================
* Getter functions
*====================*/
/**
* Get the action of a calendar
* @param calendar pointer to a calendar object
* @return pointer to the action function
*/
lv_action_t lv_calendar_get_action(const lv_obj_t * calendar, lv_calendar_action_t type);
/**
* Get the today's date
* @param calendar pointer to a calendar object
* @return return pointer to an `lv_calendar_date_t` variable containing the date of today.
*/
lv_calendar_date_t * lv_calendar_get_today_date(const lv_obj_t * calendar);
/**
* Get the currently showed
* @param calendar pointer to a calendar object
* @return pointer to an `lv_calendar_date_t` variable containing the date is being shown.
*/
lv_calendar_date_t * lv_calendar_get_showed_date(const lv_obj_t * calendar);
/**
* Get the the pressed date.
* @param calendar pointer to a calendar object
* @return pointer to an `lv_calendar_date_t` variable containing the pressed date.
*/
lv_calendar_date_t * lv_calendar_get_pressed_date(const lv_obj_t * calendar);
/**
* Get the the highlighted dates
* @param calendar pointer to a calendar object
* @return pointer to an `lv_calendar_date_t` array containing the dates.
*/
lv_calendar_date_t * lv_calendar_get_highlighted_dates(const lv_obj_t * calendar);
/**
* Get the number of the highlighted dates
* @param calendar pointer to a calendar object
* @return number of highlighted days
*/
uint16_t lv_calendar_get_highlighted_dates_num(const lv_obj_t * calendar);
/**
* Get the name of the days
* @param calendar pointer to a calendar object
* @return pointer to the array of day names
*/
const char ** lv_calendar_get_day_names(const lv_obj_t * calendar);
/**
* Get the name of the month
* @param calendar pointer to a calendar object
* @return pointer to the array of month names
*/
const char ** lv_calendar_get_month_names(const lv_obj_t * calendar);
/**
* Get style of a calendar.
* @param calendar pointer to calendar object
* @param type which style should be get
* @return style pointer to the style
* */
lv_style_t * lv_calendar_get_style(const lv_obj_t * calendar, lv_calendar_style_t type);
/*=====================
* Other functions
*====================*/
/**********************
* MACROS
**********************/
#endif /*USE_LV_CALENDAR*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
#endif /*LV_CALENDAR_H*/

229
include/display/lv_objx/lv_canvas.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,229 @@
/**
* @file lv_canvas.h
*
*/
#ifndef LV_CANVAS_H
#define LV_CANVAS_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*********************
* INCLUDES
*********************/
#ifdef LV_CONF_INCLUDE_SIMPLE
#include "lv_conf.h"
#else
#include "display/lv_conf.h"
#endif
#if USE_LV_CANVAS != 0
#include "display/lv_core/lv_obj.h"
#include "display/lv_objx/lv_img.h"
/*********************
* DEFINES
*********************/
/**********************
* TYPEDEFS
**********************/
/*Data of canvas*/
typedef struct {
lv_img_ext_t img; /*Ext. of ancestor*/
/*New data for this type */
lv_img_dsc_t dsc;
} lv_canvas_ext_t;
/*Styles*/
enum {
LV_CANVAS_STYLE_MAIN,
};
typedef uint8_t lv_canvas_style_t;
/**********************
* GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
**********************/
/**
* Create a canvas object
* @param par pointer to an object, it will be the parent of the new canvas
* @param copy pointer to a canvas object, if not NULL then the new object will be copied from it
* @return pointer to the created canvas
*/
lv_obj_t * lv_canvas_create(lv_obj_t * par, const lv_obj_t * copy);
/*=====================
* Setter functions
*====================*/
/**
* Set a buffer for the canvas.
* @param buf a buffer where the content of the canvas will be.
* The required size is (lv_img_color_format_get_px_size(cf) * w * h) / 8)
* It can be allocated with `lv_mem_alloc()` or
* it can be statically allocated array (e.g. static lv_color_t buf[100*50]) or
* it can be an address in RAM or external SRAM
* @param canvas pointer to a canvas object
* @param w width of the canvas
* @param h height of the canvas
* @param cf color format. The following formats are supported:
* LV_IMG_CF_TRUE_COLOR, LV_IMG_CF_TRUE_COLOR_CHROMA_KEYED, LV_IMG_CF_INDEXES_1/2/4/8BIT
*/
void lv_canvas_set_buffer(lv_obj_t * canvas, void * buf, lv_coord_t w, lv_coord_t h, lv_img_cf_t cf);
/**
* Set the color of a pixel on the canvas
* @param canvas
* @param x x coordinate of the point to set
* @param y x coordinate of the point to set
* @param c color of the point
*/
void lv_canvas_set_px(lv_obj_t * canvas, lv_coord_t x, lv_coord_t y, lv_color_t c);
/**
* Set a style of a canvas.
* @param canvas pointer to canvas object
* @param type which style should be set
* @param style pointer to a style
*/
void lv_canvas_set_style(lv_obj_t * canvas, lv_canvas_style_t type, lv_style_t * style);
/*=====================
* Getter functions
*====================*/
/**
* Get the color of a pixel on the canvas
* @param canvas
* @param x x coordinate of the point to set
* @param y x coordinate of the point to set
* @return color of the point
*/
lv_color_t lv_canvas_get_px(lv_obj_t * canvas, lv_coord_t x, lv_coord_t y);
/**
* Get style of a canvas.
* @param canvas pointer to canvas object
* @param type which style should be get
* @return style pointer to the style
*/
lv_style_t * lv_canvas_get_style(const lv_obj_t * canvas, lv_canvas_style_t type);
/*=====================
* Other functions
*====================*/
/**
* Copy a buffer to the canvas
* @param canvas pointer to a canvas object
* @param to_copy buffer to copy. The color format has to match with the canvas's buffer color format
* @param w width of the buffer to copy
* @param h height of the buffer to copy
* @param x left side of the destination position
* @param y top side of the destination position
*/
void lv_canvas_copy_buf(lv_obj_t * canvas, const void * to_copy, lv_coord_t w, lv_coord_t h, lv_coord_t x, lv_coord_t y);
/**
* Multiply a buffer with the canvas
* @param canvas pointer to a canvas object
* @param to_copy buffer to copy (multiply). LV_IMG_CF_TRUE_COLOR_ALPHA is not supported
* @param w width of the buffer to copy
* @param h height of the buffer to copy
* @param x left side of the destination position
* @param y top side of the destination position
*/
void lv_canvas_mult_buf(lv_obj_t * canvas, void * to_copy, lv_coord_t w, lv_coord_t h, lv_coord_t x, lv_coord_t y);
/**
* Draw circle function of the canvas
* @param canvas pointer to a canvas object
* @param x0 x coordinate of the circle
* @param y0 y coordinate of the circle
* @param radius radius of the circle
* @param color border color of the circle
*/
void lv_canvas_draw_circle(lv_obj_t * canvas, lv_coord_t x0, lv_coord_t y0, lv_coord_t radius, lv_color_t color);
/**
* Draw line function of the canvas
* @param canvas pointer to a canvas object
* @param point1 start point of the line
* @param point2 end point of the line
* @param color color of the line
*
* NOTE: The lv_canvas_draw_line function originates from https://github.com/jb55/bresenham-line.c.
*/
void lv_canvas_draw_line(lv_obj_t * canvas, lv_point_t point1, lv_point_t point2, lv_color_t color);
/**
* Draw triangle function of the canvas
* @param canvas pointer to a canvas object
* @param points edge points of the triangle
* @param color line color of the triangle
*/
void lv_canvas_draw_triangle(lv_obj_t * canvas, lv_point_t * points, lv_color_t color);
/**
* Draw rectangle function of the canvas
* @param canvas pointer to a canvas object
* @param points edge points of the rectangle
* @param color line color of the rectangle
*/
void lv_canvas_draw_rect(lv_obj_t * canvas, lv_point_t * points, lv_color_t color);
/**
* Draw polygon function of the canvas
* @param canvas pointer to a canvas object
* @param points edge points of the polygon
* @param size edge count of the polygon
* @param color line color of the polygon
*/
void lv_canvas_draw_polygon(lv_obj_t * canvas, lv_point_t * points, size_t size, lv_color_t color);
/**
* Fill polygon function of the canvas
* @param canvas pointer to a canvas object
* @param points edge points of the polygon
* @param size edge count of the polygon
* @param boundary_color line color of the polygon
* @param fill_color fill color of the polygon
*/
void lv_canvas_fill_polygon(lv_obj_t * canvas, lv_point_t * points, size_t size, lv_color_t boundary_color, lv_color_t fill_color);
/**
* Boundary fill function of the canvas
* @param canvas pointer to a canvas object
* @param x x coordinate of the start position (seed)
* @param y y coordinate of the start position (seed)
* @param boundary_color edge/boundary color of the area
* @param fill_color fill color of the area
*/
void lv_canvas_boundary_fill4(lv_obj_t * canvas, lv_coord_t x, lv_coord_t y, lv_color_t boundary_color, lv_color_t fill_color);
/**
* Flood fill function of the canvas
* @param canvas pointer to a canvas object
* @param x x coordinate of the start position (seed)
* @param y y coordinate of the start position (seed)
* @param fill_color fill color of the area
* @param bg_color background color of the area
*/
void lv_canvas_flood_fill(lv_obj_t * canvas, lv_coord_t x, lv_coord_t y, lv_color_t fill_color, lv_color_t bg_color);
/**********************
* MACROS
**********************/
#endif /*USE_LV_CANVAS*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
#endif /*LV_CANVAS_H*/

174
include/display/lv_objx/lv_cb.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,174 @@
/**
* @file lv_cb.h
*
*/
#ifndef LV_CB_H
#define LV_CB_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*********************
* INCLUDES
*********************/
#ifdef LV_CONF_INCLUDE_SIMPLE
#include "lv_conf.h"
#else
#include "display/lv_conf.h"
#endif
#if USE_LV_CB != 0
/*Testing of dependencies*/
#if USE_LV_BTN == 0
#error "lv_cb: lv_btn is required. Enable it in lv_conf.h (USE_LV_BTN 1) "
#endif
#if USE_LV_LABEL == 0
#error "lv_cb: lv_label is required. Enable it in lv_conf.h (USE_LV_LABEL 1) "
#endif
#include "display/lv_core/lv_obj.h"
#include "lv_btn.h"
#include "lv_label.h"
/*********************
* DEFINES
*********************/
/**********************
* TYPEDEFS
**********************/
/*Data of check box*/
typedef struct
{
lv_btn_ext_t bg_btn; /*Ext. of ancestor*/
/*New data for this type */
lv_obj_t * bullet; /*Pointer to button*/
lv_obj_t * label; /*Pointer to label*/
} lv_cb_ext_t;
enum {
LV_CB_STYLE_BG,
LV_CB_STYLE_BOX_REL,
LV_CB_STYLE_BOX_PR,
LV_CB_STYLE_BOX_TGL_REL,
LV_CB_STYLE_BOX_TGL_PR,
LV_CB_STYLE_BOX_INA,
};
typedef uint8_t lv_cb_style_t;
/**********************
* GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
**********************/
/**
* Create a check box objects
* @param par pointer to an object, it will be the parent of the new check box
* @param copy pointer to a check box object, if not NULL then the new object will be copied from it
* @return pointer to the created check box
*/
lv_obj_t * lv_cb_create(lv_obj_t * par, const lv_obj_t * copy);
/*=====================
* Setter functions
*====================*/
/**
* Set the text of a check box
* @param cb pointer to a check box
* @param txt the text of the check box
*/
void lv_cb_set_text(lv_obj_t * cb, const char * txt);
/**
* Set the state of the check box
* @param cb pointer to a check box object
* @param checked true: make the check box checked; false: make it unchecked
*/
static inline void lv_cb_set_checked(lv_obj_t * cb, bool checked)
{
lv_btn_set_state(cb, checked ? LV_BTN_STATE_TGL_REL : LV_BTN_STATE_REL);
}
/**
* Make the check box inactive (disabled)
* @param cb pointer to a check box object
*/
static inline void lv_cb_set_inactive(lv_obj_t * cb)
{
lv_btn_set_state(cb, LV_BTN_STATE_INA);
}
/**
* Set a function to call when the check box is clicked
* @param cb pointer to a check box object
*/
static inline void lv_cb_set_action(lv_obj_t * cb, lv_action_t action)
{
lv_btn_set_action(cb, LV_BTN_ACTION_CLICK, action);
}
/**
* Set a style of a check box
* @param cb pointer to check box object
* @param type which style should be set
* @param style pointer to a style
* */
void lv_cb_set_style(lv_obj_t * cb, lv_cb_style_t type, lv_style_t *style);
/*=====================
* Getter functions
*====================*/
/**
* Get the text of a check box
* @param cb pointer to check box object
* @return pointer to the text of the check box
*/
const char * lv_cb_get_text(const lv_obj_t * cb);
/**
* Get the current state of the check box
* @param cb pointer to a check box object
* @return true: checked; false: not checked
*/
static inline bool lv_cb_is_checked(const lv_obj_t * cb)
{
return lv_btn_get_state(cb) == LV_BTN_STATE_REL ? false : true;
}
/**
* Get the action of a check box
* @param cb pointer to a button object
* @return pointer to the action function
*/
static inline lv_action_t lv_cb_get_action(const lv_obj_t * cb)
{
return lv_btn_get_action(cb, LV_BTN_ACTION_CLICK);
}
/**
* Get a style of a button
* @param cb pointer to check box object
* @param type which style should be get
* @return style pointer to the style
* */
lv_style_t * lv_cb_get_style(const lv_obj_t * cb, lv_cb_style_t type);
/**********************
* MACROS
**********************/
#endif /*USE_LV_CB*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
#endif /*LV_CB_H*/

262
include/display/lv_objx/lv_chart.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,262 @@
/**
* @file lv_chart.h
*
*/
#ifndef LV_CHART_H
#define LV_CHART_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*********************
* INCLUDES
*********************/
#ifdef LV_CONF_INCLUDE_SIMPLE
#include "lv_conf.h"
#else
#include "display/lv_conf.h"
#endif
#if USE_LV_CHART != 0
#include "display/lv_core/lv_obj.h"
#include "lv_line.h"
/*********************
* DEFINES
*********************/
#define LV_CHART_POINT_DEF (LV_COORD_MIN)
/**********************
* TYPEDEFS
**********************/
typedef struct
{
lv_coord_t * points;
lv_color_t color;
uint16_t start_point;
} lv_chart_series_t;
/*Data of chart */
typedef struct
{
/*No inherited ext*/ /*Ext. of ancestor*/
/*New data for this type */
lv_ll_t series_ll; /*Linked list for the data line pointers (stores lv_chart_dl_t)*/
lv_coord_t ymin; /*y min value (used to scale the data)*/
lv_coord_t ymax; /*y max value (used to scale the data)*/
uint8_t hdiv_cnt; /*Number of horizontal division lines*/
uint8_t vdiv_cnt; /*Number of vertical division lines*/
uint16_t point_cnt; /*Point number in a data line*/
uint8_t type :4; /*Line, column or point chart (from 'lv_chart_type_t')*/
struct {
lv_coord_t width; /*Line width or point radius*/
uint8_t num; /*Number of data lines in dl_ll*/
lv_opa_t opa; /*Opacity of data lines*/
lv_opa_t dark; /*Dark level of the point/column bottoms*/
} series;
} lv_chart_ext_t;
/*Chart types*/
enum
{
LV_CHART_TYPE_LINE = 0x01, /*Connect the points with lines*/
LV_CHART_TYPE_COLUMN = 0x02, /*Draw columns*/
LV_CHART_TYPE_POINT = 0x04, /*Draw circles on the points*/
LV_CHART_TYPE_VERTICAL_LINE = 0x08, /*Draw vertical lines on points (useful when chart width == point count)*/
};
typedef uint8_t lv_chart_type_t;
/**********************
* GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
**********************/
/**
* Create a chart background objects
* @param par pointer to an object, it will be the parent of the new chart background
* @param copy pointer to a chart background object, if not NULL then the new object will be copied from it
* @return pointer to the created chart background
*/
lv_obj_t * lv_chart_create(lv_obj_t * par, const lv_obj_t * copy);
/*======================
* Add/remove functions
*=====================*/
/**
* Allocate and add a data series to the chart
* @param chart pointer to a chart object
* @param color color of the data series
* @return pointer to the allocated data series
*/
lv_chart_series_t * lv_chart_add_series(lv_obj_t * chart, lv_color_t color);
/**
* Clear the point of a serie
* @param chart pointer to a chart object
* @param serie pointer to the chart's serie to clear
*/
void lv_chart_clear_serie(lv_obj_t * chart, lv_chart_series_t * serie);
/*=====================
* Setter functions
*====================*/
/**
* Set the number of horizontal and vertical division lines
* @param chart pointer to a graph background object
* @param hdiv number of horizontal division lines
* @param vdiv number of vertical division lines
*/
void lv_chart_set_div_line_count(lv_obj_t * chart, uint8_t hdiv, uint8_t vdiv);
/**
* Set the minimal and maximal y values
* @param chart pointer to a graph background object
* @param ymin y minimum value
* @param ymax y maximum value
*/
void lv_chart_set_range(lv_obj_t * chart, lv_coord_t ymin, lv_coord_t ymax);
/**
* Set a new type for a chart
* @param chart pointer to a chart object
* @param type new type of the chart (from 'lv_chart_type_t' enum)
*/
void lv_chart_set_type(lv_obj_t * chart, lv_chart_type_t type);
/**
* Set the number of points on a data line on a chart
* @param chart pointer r to chart object
* @param point_cnt new number of points on the data lines
*/
void lv_chart_set_point_count(lv_obj_t * chart, uint16_t point_cnt);
/**
* Set the opacity of the data series
* @param chart pointer to a chart object
* @param opa opacity of the data series
*/
void lv_chart_set_series_opa(lv_obj_t * chart, lv_opa_t opa);
/**
* Set the line width or point radius of the data series
* @param chart pointer to a chart object
* @param width the new width
*/
void lv_chart_set_series_width(lv_obj_t * chart, lv_coord_t width);
/**
* Set the dark effect on the bottom of the points or columns
* @param chart pointer to a chart object
* @param dark_eff dark effect level (LV_OPA_TRANSP to turn off)
*/
void lv_chart_set_series_darking(lv_obj_t * chart, lv_opa_t dark_eff);
/**
* Initialize all data points with a value
* @param chart pointer to chart object
* @param ser pointer to a data series on 'chart'
* @param y the new value for all points
*/
void lv_chart_init_points(lv_obj_t * chart, lv_chart_series_t * ser, lv_coord_t y);
/**
* Set the value s of points from an array
* @param chart pointer to chart object
* @param ser pointer to a data series on 'chart'
* @param y_array array of 'lv_coord_t' points (with 'points count' elements )
*/
void lv_chart_set_points(lv_obj_t * chart, lv_chart_series_t * ser, lv_coord_t * y_array);
/**
* Shift all data right and set the most right data on a data line
* @param chart pointer to chart object
* @param ser pointer to a data series on 'chart'
* @param y the new value of the most right data
*/
void lv_chart_set_next(lv_obj_t * chart, lv_chart_series_t * ser, lv_coord_t y);
/**
* Set the style of a chart
* @param chart pointer to a chart object
* @param style pointer to a style
*/
static inline void lv_chart_set_style(lv_obj_t *chart, lv_style_t *style)
{
lv_obj_set_style(chart, style);
}
/*=====================
* Getter functions
*====================*/
/**
* Get the type of a chart
* @param chart pointer to chart object
* @return type of the chart (from 'lv_chart_t' enum)
*/
lv_chart_type_t lv_chart_get_type(const lv_obj_t * chart);
/**
* Get the data point number per data line on chart
* @param chart pointer to chart object
* @return point number on each data line
*/
uint16_t lv_chart_get_point_cnt(const lv_obj_t * chart);
/**
* Get the opacity of the data series
* @param chart pointer to chart object
* @return the opacity of the data series
*/
lv_opa_t lv_chart_get_series_opa(const lv_obj_t * chart);
/**
* Get the data series width
* @param chart pointer to chart object
* @return the width the data series (lines or points)
*/
lv_coord_t lv_chart_get_series_width(const lv_obj_t * chart);
/**
* Get the dark effect level on the bottom of the points or columns
* @param chart pointer to chart object
* @return dark effect level (LV_OPA_TRANSP to turn off)
*/
lv_opa_t lv_chart_get_series_darking(const lv_obj_t * chart);
/**
* Get the style of an chart object
* @param chart pointer to an chart object
* @return pointer to the chart's style
*/
static inline lv_style_t* lv_chart_get_style(const lv_obj_t *chart)
{
return lv_obj_get_style(chart);
}
/*=====================
* Other functions
*====================*/
/**
* Refresh a chart if its data line has changed
* @param chart pointer to chart object
*/
void lv_chart_refresh(lv_obj_t * chart);
/**********************
* MACROS
**********************/
#endif /*USE_LV_CHART*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
#endif /*LV_CHART_H*/

163
include/display/lv_objx/lv_cont.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,163 @@
/**
* @file lv_cont.h
*
*/
#ifndef LV_CONT_H
#define LV_CONT_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*********************
* INCLUDES
*********************/
#ifdef LV_CONF_INCLUDE_SIMPLE
#include "lv_conf.h"
#else
#include "display/lv_conf.h"
#endif
#if USE_LV_CONT != 0
#include "display/lv_core/lv_obj.h"
/*********************
* DEFINES
*********************/
/**********************
* TYPEDEFS
**********************/
/*Layout options*/
enum
{
LV_LAYOUT_OFF = 0,
LV_LAYOUT_CENTER,
LV_LAYOUT_COL_L, /*Column left align*/
LV_LAYOUT_COL_M, /*Column middle align*/
LV_LAYOUT_COL_R, /*Column right align*/
LV_LAYOUT_ROW_T, /*Row top align*/
LV_LAYOUT_ROW_M, /*Row middle align*/
LV_LAYOUT_ROW_B, /*Row bottom align*/
LV_LAYOUT_PRETTY, /*Put as many object as possible in row and begin a new row*/
LV_LAYOUT_GRID, /*Align same-sized object into a grid*/
};
typedef uint8_t lv_layout_t;
typedef struct
{
/*Inherited from 'base_obj' so no inherited ext. */ /*Ext. of ancestor*/
/*New data for this type */
uint8_t layout :4; /*A layout from 'lv_cont_layout_t' enum*/
uint8_t hor_fit :1; /*1: Enable horizontal fit to involve all children*/
uint8_t ver_fit :1; /*1: Enable horizontal fit to involve all children*/
} lv_cont_ext_t;
/**********************
* GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
**********************/
/**
* Create a container objects
* @param par pointer to an object, it will be the parent of the new container
* @param copy pointer to a container object, if not NULL then the new object will be copied from it
* @return pointer to the created container
*/
lv_obj_t * lv_cont_create(lv_obj_t * par, const lv_obj_t * copy);
/*=====================
* Setter functions
*====================*/
/**
* Set a layout on a container
* @param cont pointer to a container object
* @param layout a layout from 'lv_cont_layout_t'
*/
void lv_cont_set_layout(lv_obj_t * cont, lv_layout_t layout);
/**
* Enable the horizontal or vertical fit.
* The container size will be set to involve the children horizontally or vertically.
* @param cont pointer to a container object
* @param hor_en true: enable the horizontal fit
* @param ver_en true: enable the vertical fit
*/
void lv_cont_set_fit(lv_obj_t * cont, bool hor_en, bool ver_en);
/**
* Set the style of a container
* @param cont pointer to a container object
* @param style pointer to the new style
*/
static inline void lv_cont_set_style(lv_obj_t *cont, lv_style_t * style)
{
lv_obj_set_style(cont, style);
}
/*=====================
* Getter functions
*====================*/
/**
* Get the layout of a container
* @param cont pointer to container object
* @return the layout from 'lv_cont_layout_t'
*/
lv_layout_t lv_cont_get_layout(const lv_obj_t * cont);
/**
* Get horizontal fit enable attribute of a container
* @param cont pointer to a container object
* @return true: horizontal fit is enabled; false: disabled
*/
bool lv_cont_get_hor_fit(const lv_obj_t * cont);
/**
* Get vertical fit enable attribute of a container
* @param cont pointer to a container object
* @return true: vertical fit is enabled; false: disabled
*/
bool lv_cont_get_ver_fit(const lv_obj_t * cont);
/**
* Get that width reduced by the horizontal padding. Useful if a layout is used.
* @param cont pointer to a container object
* @return the width which still fits into the container
*/
lv_coord_t lv_cont_get_fit_width(lv_obj_t * cont);
/**
* Get that height reduced by the vertical padding. Useful if a layout is used.
* @param cont pointer to a container object
* @return the height which still fits into the container
*/
lv_coord_t lv_cont_get_fit_height(lv_obj_t * cont);
/**
* Get the style of a container
* @param cont pointer to a container object
* @return pointer to the container's style
*/
static inline lv_style_t * lv_cont_get_style(const lv_obj_t *cont)
{
return lv_obj_get_style(cont);
}
/**********************
* MACROS
**********************/
#endif /*USE_LV_CONT*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
#endif /*LV_CONT_H*/

265
include/display/lv_objx/lv_ddlist.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,265 @@
/**
* @file lv_ddlist.h
*
*/
#ifndef LV_DDLIST_H
#define LV_DDLIST_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*********************
* INCLUDES
*********************/
#ifdef LV_CONF_INCLUDE_SIMPLE
#include "lv_conf.h"
#else
#include "display/lv_conf.h"
#endif
#if USE_LV_DDLIST != 0
/*Testing of dependencies*/
#if USE_LV_PAGE == 0
#error "lv_ddlist: lv_page is required. Enable it in lv_conf.h (USE_LV_PAGE 1) "
#endif
#if USE_LV_LABEL == 0
#error "lv_ddlist: lv_label is required. Enable it in lv_conf.h (USE_LV_LABEL 1) "
#endif
#include "display/lv_core/lv_obj.h"
#include "display/lv_objx/lv_page.h"
#include "display/lv_objx/lv_label.h"
/*********************
* DEFINES
*********************/
/**********************
* TYPEDEFS
**********************/
/*Data of drop down list*/
typedef struct
{
lv_page_ext_t page; /*Ext. of ancestor*/
/*New data for this type */
lv_obj_t *label; /*Label for the options*/
lv_style_t * sel_style; /*Style of the selected option*/
lv_action_t action; /*Pointer to function to call when an option is selected*/
uint16_t option_cnt; /*Number of options*/
uint16_t sel_opt_id; /*Index of the current option*/
uint16_t sel_opt_id_ori; /*Store the original index on focus*/
uint16_t anim_time; /*Open/Close animation time [ms]*/
uint8_t opened :1; /*1: The list is opened (handled by the library)*/
uint8_t draw_arrow :1; /*1: Draw arrow*/
lv_coord_t fix_height; /*Height of the ddlist when opened. (0: auto-size)*/
} lv_ddlist_ext_t;
enum {
LV_DDLIST_STYLE_BG,
LV_DDLIST_STYLE_SEL,
LV_DDLIST_STYLE_SB,
};
typedef uint8_t lv_ddlist_style_t;
/**********************
* GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
**********************/
/**
* Create a drop down list objects
* @param par pointer to an object, it will be the parent of the new drop down list
* @param copy pointer to a drop down list object, if not NULL then the new object will be copied from it
* @return pointer to the created drop down list
*/
lv_obj_t * lv_ddlist_create(lv_obj_t * par, const lv_obj_t * copy);
/*=====================
* Setter functions
*====================*/
/**
* Set arrow draw in a drop down list
* @param ddlist pointer to drop down list object
* @param en enable/disable a arrow draw. E.g. "true" for draw.
*/
void lv_ddlist_set_draw_arrow(lv_obj_t * ddlist, bool en);
/**
* Set the options in a drop down list from a string
* @param ddlist pointer to drop down list object
* @param options a string with '\n' separated options. E.g. "One\nTwo\nThree"
*/
void lv_ddlist_set_options(lv_obj_t * ddlist, const char * options);
/**
* Set the selected option
* @param ddlist pointer to drop down list object
* @param sel_opt id of the selected option (0 ... number of option - 1);
*/
void lv_ddlist_set_selected(lv_obj_t * ddlist, uint16_t sel_opt);
/**
* Set a function to call when a new option is chosen
* @param ddlist pointer to a drop down list
* @param action pointer to a call back function
*/
void lv_ddlist_set_action(lv_obj_t * ddlist, lv_action_t action);
/**
* Set the fix height for the drop down list
* If 0 then the opened ddlist will be auto. sized else the set height will be applied.
* @param ddlist pointer to a drop down list
* @param h the height when the list is opened (0: auto size)
*/
void lv_ddlist_set_fix_height(lv_obj_t * ddlist, lv_coord_t h);
/**
* Enable or disable the horizontal fit to the content
* @param ddlist pointer to a drop down list
* @param en true: enable auto fit; false: disable auto fit
*/
void lv_ddlist_set_hor_fit(lv_obj_t * ddlist, bool en);
/**
* Set the scroll bar mode of a drop down list
* @param ddlist pointer to a drop down list object
* @param sb_mode the new mode from 'lv_page_sb_mode_t' enum
*/
static inline void lv_ddlist_set_sb_mode(lv_obj_t * ddlist, lv_sb_mode_t mode)
{
lv_page_set_sb_mode(ddlist, mode);
}
/**
* Set the open/close animation time.
* @param ddlist pointer to a drop down list
* @param anim_time: open/close animation time [ms]
*/
void lv_ddlist_set_anim_time(lv_obj_t * ddlist, uint16_t anim_time);
/**
* Set a style of a drop down list
* @param ddlist pointer to a drop down list object
* @param type which style should be set
* @param style pointer to a style
* */
void lv_ddlist_set_style(lv_obj_t *ddlist, lv_ddlist_style_t type, lv_style_t *style);
/**
* Set the alignment of the labels in a drop down list
* @param ddlist pointer to a drop down list object
* @param align alignment of labels
*/
void lv_ddlist_set_align(lv_obj_t *ddlist, lv_label_align_t align);
/*=====================
* Getter functions
*====================*/
/**
* Get arrow draw in a drop down list
* @param ddlist pointer to drop down list object
*/
bool lv_ddlist_get_draw_arrow(lv_obj_t * ddlist);
/**
* Get the options of a drop down list
* @param ddlist pointer to drop down list object
* @return the options separated by '\n'-s (E.g. "Option1\nOption2\nOption3")
*/
const char * lv_ddlist_get_options(const lv_obj_t * ddlist);
/**
* Get the selected option
* @param ddlist pointer to drop down list object
* @return id of the selected option (0 ... number of option - 1);
*/
uint16_t lv_ddlist_get_selected(const lv_obj_t * ddlist);
/**
* Get the current selected option as a string
* @param ddlist pointer to ddlist object
* @param buf pointer to an array to store the string
*/
void lv_ddlist_get_selected_str(const lv_obj_t * ddlist, char * buf);
/**
* Get the "option selected" callback function
* @param ddlist pointer to a drop down list
* @return pointer to the call back function
*/
lv_action_t lv_ddlist_get_action(const lv_obj_t * ddlist);
/**
* Get the fix height value.
* @param ddlist pointer to a drop down list object
* @return the height if the ddlist is opened (0: auto size)
*/
lv_coord_t lv_ddlist_get_fix_height(const lv_obj_t * ddlist);
/**
* Get the scroll bar mode of a drop down list
* @param ddlist pointer to a drop down list object
* @return scrollbar mode from 'lv_page_sb_mode_t' enum
*/
static inline lv_sb_mode_t lv_ddlist_get_sb_mode(const lv_obj_t * ddlist)
{
return lv_page_get_sb_mode(ddlist);
}
/**
* Get the open/close animation time.
* @param ddlist pointer to a drop down list
* @return open/close animation time [ms]
*/
uint16_t lv_ddlist_get_anim_time(const lv_obj_t * ddlist);
/**
* Get a style of a drop down list
* @param ddlist pointer to a drop down list object
* @param type which style should be get
* @return style pointer to a style
*/
lv_style_t * lv_ddlist_get_style(const lv_obj_t *ddlist, lv_ddlist_style_t type);
/**
* Get the alignment of the labels in a drop down list
* @param ddlist pointer to a drop down list object
* @return alignment of labels
*/
lv_label_align_t lv_ddlist_get_align(const lv_obj_t *ddlist);
/*=====================
* Other functions
*====================*/
/**
* Open the drop down list with or without animation
* @param ddlist pointer to drop down list object
* @param anim_en true: use animation; false: not use animations
*/
void lv_ddlist_open(lv_obj_t * ddlist, bool anim_en);
/**
* Close (Collapse) the drop down list
* @param ddlist pointer to drop down list object
* @param anim_en true: use animation; false: not use animations
*/
void lv_ddlist_close(lv_obj_t * ddlist, bool anim_en);
/**********************
* MACROS
**********************/
#endif /*USE_LV_DDLIST*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
#endif /*LV_DDLIST_H*/

222
include/display/lv_objx/lv_gauge.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,222 @@
/**
* @file lv_gauge.h
*
*/
#ifndef LV_GAUGE_H
#define LV_GAUGE_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*********************
* INCLUDES
*********************/
#ifdef LV_CONF_INCLUDE_SIMPLE
#include "lv_conf.h"
#else
#include "display/lv_conf.h"
#endif
#if USE_LV_GAUGE != 0
/*Testing of dependencies*/
#if USE_LV_LMETER == 0
#error "lv_gauge: lv_lmeter is required. Enable it in lv_conf.h (USE_LV_LMETER 1) "
#endif
#include "display/lv_core/lv_obj.h"
#include "lv_lmeter.h"
#include "lv_label.h"
#include "lv_line.h"
/*********************
* DEFINES
*********************/
/**********************
* TYPEDEFS
**********************/
/*Data of gauge*/
typedef struct
{
lv_lmeter_ext_t lmeter; /*Ext. of ancestor*/
/*New data for this type */
int16_t * values; /*Array of the set values (for needles) */
const lv_color_t * needle_colors; /*Color of the needles (lv_color_t my_colors[needle_num])*/
uint8_t needle_count; /*Number of needles*/
uint8_t label_count; /*Number of labels on the scale*/
} lv_gauge_ext_t;
/**********************
* GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
**********************/
/**
* Create a gauge objects
* @param par pointer to an object, it will be the parent of the new gauge
* @param copy pointer to a gauge object, if not NULL then the new object will be copied from it
* @return pointer to the created gauge
*/
lv_obj_t * lv_gauge_create(lv_obj_t * par, const lv_obj_t * copy);
/*=====================
* Setter functions
*====================*/
/**
* Set the number of needles
* @param gauge pointer to gauge object
* @param needle_cnt new count of needles
* @param colors an array of colors for needles (with 'num' elements)
*/
void lv_gauge_set_needle_count(lv_obj_t * gauge, uint8_t needle_cnt, const lv_color_t * colors);
/**
* Set the value of a needle
* @param gauge pointer to a gauge
* @param needle_id the id of the needle
* @param value the new value
*/
void lv_gauge_set_value(lv_obj_t * gauge, uint8_t needle_id, int16_t value);
/**
* Set minimum and the maximum values of a gauge
* @param gauge pointer to he gauge object
* @param min minimum value
* @param max maximum value
*/
static inline void lv_gauge_set_range(lv_obj_t *gauge, int16_t min, int16_t max)
{
lv_lmeter_set_range(gauge, min, max);
}
/**
* Set a critical value on the scale. After this value 'line.color' scale lines will be drawn
* @param gauge pointer to a gauge object
* @param value the critical value
*/
static inline void lv_gauge_set_critical_value(lv_obj_t * gauge, int16_t value)
{
lv_lmeter_set_value(gauge, value);
}
/**
* Set the scale settings of a gauge
* @param gauge pointer to a gauge object
* @param angle angle of the scale (0..360)
* @param line_cnt count of scale lines.
* The get a given "subdivision" lines between label, `line_cnt` = (sub_div + 1) * (label_cnt - 1) + 1
* @param label_cnt count of scale labels.
*/
void lv_gauge_set_scale(lv_obj_t * gauge, uint16_t angle, uint8_t line_cnt, uint8_t label_cnt);
/**
* Set the styles of a gauge
* @param gauge pointer to a gauge object
* @param bg set the style of the gauge
* */
static inline void lv_gauge_set_style(lv_obj_t *gauge, lv_style_t *bg)
{
lv_obj_set_style(gauge, bg);
}
/*=====================
* Getter functions
*====================*/
/**
* Get the value of a needle
* @param gauge pointer to gauge object
* @param needle the id of the needle
* @return the value of the needle [min,max]
*/
int16_t lv_gauge_get_value(const lv_obj_t * gauge, uint8_t needle);
/**
* Get the count of needles on a gauge
* @param gauge pointer to gauge
* @return count of needles
*/
uint8_t lv_gauge_get_needle_count(const lv_obj_t * gauge);
/**
* Get the minimum value of a gauge
* @param gauge pointer to a gauge object
* @return the minimum value of the gauge
*/
static inline int16_t lv_gauge_get_min_value(const lv_obj_t * lmeter)
{
return lv_lmeter_get_min_value(lmeter);
}
/**
* Get the maximum value of a gauge
* @param gauge pointer to a gauge object
* @return the maximum value of the gauge
*/
static inline int16_t lv_gauge_get_max_value(const lv_obj_t * lmeter)
{
return lv_lmeter_get_max_value(lmeter);
}
/**
* Get a critical value on the scale.
* @param gauge pointer to a gauge object
* @return the critical value
*/
static inline int16_t lv_gauge_get_critical_value(const lv_obj_t * gauge)
{
return lv_lmeter_get_value(gauge);
}
/**
* Set the number of labels (and the thicker lines too)
* @param gauge pointer to a gauge object
* @return count of labels
*/
uint8_t lv_gauge_get_label_count(const lv_obj_t * gauge);
/**
* Get the scale number of a gauge
* @param gauge pointer to a gauge object
* @return number of the scale units
*/
static inline uint8_t lv_gauge_get_line_count(const lv_obj_t * gauge)
{
return lv_lmeter_get_line_count(gauge);
}
/**
* Get the scale angle of a gauge
* @param gauge pointer to a gauge object
* @return angle of the scale
*/
static inline uint16_t lv_gauge_get_scale_angle(const lv_obj_t * gauge)
{
return lv_lmeter_get_scale_angle(gauge);
}
/**
* Get the style of a gauge
* @param gauge pointer to a gauge object
* @return pointer to the gauge's style
*/
static inline lv_style_t * lv_gauge_get_style(const lv_obj_t *gauge)
{
return lv_obj_get_style(gauge);
}
/**********************
* MACROS
**********************/
#endif /*USE_LV_GAUGE*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
#endif /*LV_GAUGE_H*/

195
include/display/lv_objx/lv_img.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,195 @@
/**
* @file lv_img.h
*
*/
#ifndef LV_IMG_H
#define LV_IMG_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*********************
* INCLUDES
*********************/
#ifdef LV_CONF_INCLUDE_SIMPLE
#include "lv_conf.h"
#else
#include "display/lv_conf.h"
#endif
#if USE_LV_IMG != 0
#include "display/lv_core/lv_obj.h"
#include "display/lv_misc/lv_fs.h"
#include "display/lv_misc/lv_symbol_def.h"
#include "lv_label.h"
#include "display/lv_draw/lv_draw.h"
/*********************
* DEFINES
*********************/
/**********************
* TYPEDEFS
**********************/
/*Data of image*/
typedef struct
{
/*No inherited ext. because inherited from the base object*/ /*Ext. of ancestor*/
/*New data for this type */
const void * src; /*Image source: Pointer to an array or a file or a symbol*/
lv_coord_t w; /*Width of the image (Handled by the library)*/
lv_coord_t h; /*Height of the image (Handled by the library)*/
#if USE_LV_MULTI_LANG
uint16_t lang_txt_id; /*The ID of the image to display. */
#endif
uint8_t src_type :2; /*See: lv_img_src_t*/
uint8_t auto_size :1; /*1: automatically set the object size to the image size*/
uint8_t cf :5; /*Color format from `lv_img_color_format_t`*/
} lv_img_ext_t;
/**********************
* GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
**********************/
/**
* Create an image objects
* @param par pointer to an object, it will be the parent of the new button
* @param copy pointer to a image object, if not NULL then the new object will be copied from it
* @return pointer to the created image
*/
lv_obj_t * lv_img_create(lv_obj_t * par, const lv_obj_t * copy);
/*=====================
* Setter functions
*====================*/
/**
* Set the pixel map to display by the image
* @param img pointer to an image object
* @param data the image data
*/
void lv_img_set_src(lv_obj_t * img, const void * src_img);
#if USE_LV_MULTI_LANG
/**
* Set an ID which means a the same source but on different languages
* @param img pointer to an image object
* @param src_id ID of the source
*/
void lv_img_set_src_id(lv_obj_t * img, uint32_t txt_id);
#endif
/**
* Obsolete since v5.1. Just for compatibility with v5.0. Will be removed in v6.0.
* Use 'lv_img_set_src()' instead.
* @param img -
* @param fn -
*/
static inline void lv_img_set_file(lv_obj_t * img, const char * fn)
{
(void) img;
(void) fn;
}
/**
* Enable the auto size feature.
* If enabled the object size will be same as the picture size.
* @param img pointer to an image
* @param en true: auto size enable, false: auto size disable
*/
void lv_img_set_auto_size(lv_obj_t * img, bool autosize_en);
/**
* Set the style of an image
* @param img pointer to an image object
* @param style pointer to a style
*/
static inline void lv_img_set_style(lv_obj_t *img, lv_style_t *style)
{
lv_obj_set_style(img, style);
}
/**
* Obsolete since v5.1. Just for compatibility with v5.0. Will be removed in v6.0
* @param img -
* @param upscale -
*/
static inline void lv_img_set_upscale(lv_obj_t * img, bool upcale)
{
(void) img;
(void) upcale;
}
/*=====================
* Getter functions
*====================*/
/**
* Get the source of the image
* @param img pointer to an image object
* @return the image source (symbol, file name or C array)
*/
const void * lv_img_get_src(lv_obj_t * img);
/**
* Get the name of the file set for an image
* @param img pointer to an image
* @return file name
*/
const char * lv_img_get_file_name(const lv_obj_t * img);
#if USE_LV_MULTI_LANG
/**
* Get the source ID of the image. (Used by the multi-language feature)
* @param img pointer to an image
* @return ID of the source
*/
uint16_t lv_img_get_src_id(lv_obj_t * img);
#endif
/**
* Get the auto size enable attribute
* @param img pointer to an image
* @return true: auto size is enabled, false: auto size is disabled
*/
bool lv_img_get_auto_size(const lv_obj_t * img);
/**
* Get the style of an image object
* @param img pointer to an image object
* @return pointer to the image's style
*/
static inline lv_style_t* lv_img_get_style(const lv_obj_t *img)
{
return lv_obj_get_style(img);
}
/**
* Obsolete since v5.1. Just for compatibility with v5.0. Will be removed in v6.0
* @param img -
* @return false
*/
static inline bool lv_img_get_upscale(const lv_obj_t * img)
{
(void)img;
return false;
}
/**********************
* MACROS
**********************/
/*Use this macro to declare an image in a c file*/
#define LV_IMG_DECLARE(var_name) extern const lv_img_dsc_t var_name;
#endif /*USE_LV_IMG*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
#endif /*LV_IMG_H*/

248
include/display/lv_objx/lv_imgbtn.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,248 @@
/**
* @file lv_imgbtn.h
*
*/
#ifndef LV_IMGBTN_H
#define LV_IMGBTN_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*********************
* INCLUDES
*********************/
#ifdef LV_CONF_INCLUDE_SIMPLE
#include "lv_conf.h"
#else
#include "display/lv_conf.h"
#endif
#if USE_LV_IMGBTN != 0
/*Testing of dependencies*/
#if USE_LV_BTN == 0
#error "lv_imgbtn: lv_btn is required. Enable it in lv_conf.h (USE_LV_BTN 1) "
#endif
#include "display/lv_core/lv_obj.h"
#include "lv_btn.h"
#include "display/lv_draw/lv_draw_img.h"
/*********************
* DEFINES
*********************/
/**********************
* TYPEDEFS
**********************/
/*Data of image button*/
typedef struct {
lv_btn_ext_t btn; /*Ext. of ancestor*/
/*New data for this type */
#if LV_IMGBTN_TILED == 0
const void * img_src[LV_BTN_STATE_NUM]; /*Store images to each state*/
#else
const void * img_src_left[LV_BTN_STATE_NUM]; /*Store left side images to each state*/
const void * img_src_mid[LV_BTN_STATE_NUM]; /*Store center images to each state*/
const void * img_src_right[LV_BTN_STATE_NUM]; /*Store right side images to each state*/
#endif
lv_img_cf_t act_cf; /*Color format of the currently active image*/
} lv_imgbtn_ext_t;
/*Styles*/
enum {
LV_IMGBTN_STYLE_REL,
LV_IMGBTN_STYLE_PR,
LV_IMGBTN_STYLE_TGL_REL,
LV_IMGBTN_STYLE_TGL_PR,
LV_IMGBTN_STYLE_INA,
};
typedef uint8_t lv_imgbtn_style_t;
/**********************
* GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
**********************/
/**
* Create a image button objects
* @param par pointer to an object, it will be the parent of the new image button
* @param copy pointer to a image button object, if not NULL then the new object will be copied from it
* @return pointer to the created image button
*/
lv_obj_t * lv_imgbtn_create(lv_obj_t * par, const lv_obj_t * copy);
/*======================
* Add/remove functions
*=====================*/
/*=====================
* Setter functions
*====================*/
#if LV_IMGBTN_TILED == 0
/**
* Set images for a state of the image button
* @param imgbtn pointer to an image button object
* @param state for which state set the new image (from `lv_btn_state_t`) `
* @param src pointer to an image source (a C array or path to a file)
*/
void lv_imgbtn_set_src(lv_obj_t * imgbtn, lv_btn_state_t state, const void * src);
#else
/**
* Set images for a state of the image button
* @param imgbtn pointer to an image button object
* @param state for which state set the new image (from `lv_btn_state_t`) `
* @param src_left pointer to an image source for the left side of the button (a C array or path to a file)
* @param src_mid pointer to an image source for the middle of the button (ideally 1px wide) (a C array or path to a file)
* @param src_right pointer to an image source for the right side of the button (a C array or path to a file)
*/
void lv_imgbtn_set_src(lv_obj_t * imgbtn, lv_btn_state_t state, const void * src_left, const void * src_mid, const void * src_right);
#endif
/**
* Enable the toggled states. On release the button will change from/to toggled state.
* @param imgbtn pointer to an image button object
* @param tgl true: enable toggled states, false: disable
*/
static inline void lv_imgbtn_set_toggle(lv_obj_t * imgbtn, bool tgl)
{
lv_btn_set_toggle(imgbtn, tgl);
}
/**
* Set the state of the image button
* @param imgbtn pointer to an image button object
* @param state the new state of the button (from lv_btn_state_t enum)
*/
static inline void lv_imgbtn_set_state(lv_obj_t * imgbtn, lv_btn_state_t state)
{
lv_btn_set_state(imgbtn, state);
}
/**
* Toggle the state of the image button (ON->OFF, OFF->ON)
* @param imgbtn pointer to a image button object
*/
static inline void lv_imgbtn_toggle(lv_obj_t * imgbtn)
{
lv_btn_toggle(imgbtn);
}
/**
* Set a function to call when a button event happens
* @param imgbtn pointer to an image button object
* @param action type of event form 'lv_action_t' (press, release, long press, long press repeat)
*/
static inline void lv_imgbtn_set_action(lv_obj_t * imgbtn, lv_btn_action_t type, lv_action_t action)
{
lv_btn_set_action(imgbtn, type, action);
}
/**
* Set a style of a image button.
* @param imgbtn pointer to image button object
* @param type which style should be set
* @param style pointer to a style
*/
void lv_imgbtn_set_style(lv_obj_t * imgbtn, lv_imgbtn_style_t type, lv_style_t *style);
/*=====================
* Getter functions
*====================*/
#if LV_IMGBTN_TILED == 0
/**
* Get the images in a given state
* @param imgbtn pointer to an image button object
* @param state the state where to get the image (from `lv_btn_state_t`) `
* @return pointer to an image source (a C array or path to a file)
*/
const void * lv_imgbtn_get_src(lv_obj_t * imgbtn, lv_btn_state_t state);
#else
/**
* Get the left image in a given state
* @param imgbtn pointer to an image button object
* @param state the state where to get the image (from `lv_btn_state_t`) `
* @return pointer to the left image source (a C array or path to a file)
*/
const void * lv_imgbtn_get_src_left(lv_obj_t * imgbtn, lv_btn_state_t state);
/**
* Get the middle image in a given state
* @param imgbtn pointer to an image button object
* @param state the state where to get the image (from `lv_btn_state_t`) `
* @return pointer to the middle image source (a C array or path to a file)
*/
const void * lv_imgbtn_get_src_middle(lv_obj_t * imgbtn, lv_btn_state_t state);
/**
* Get the right image in a given state
* @param imgbtn pointer to an image button object
* @param state the state where to get the image (from `lv_btn_state_t`) `
* @return pointer to the left image source (a C array or path to a file)
*/
const void * lv_imgbtn_get_src_right(lv_obj_t * imgbtn, lv_btn_state_t state);
#endif
/**
* Get the current state of the image button
* @param imgbtn pointer to a image button object
* @return the state of the button (from lv_btn_state_t enum)
*/
static inline lv_btn_state_t lv_imgbtn_get_state(const lv_obj_t * imgbtn)
{
return lv_btn_get_state(imgbtn);
}
/**
* Get the toggle enable attribute of the image button
* @param imgbtn pointer to a image button object
* @return ture: toggle enabled, false: disabled
*/
static inline bool lv_imgbtn_get_toggle(const lv_obj_t * imgbtn)
{
return lv_btn_get_toggle(imgbtn);
}
/**
* Get the release action of a image button
* @param imgbtn pointer to a image button object
* @return pointer to the release action function
*/
static inline lv_action_t lv_imgbtn_get_action(const lv_obj_t * imgbtn, lv_btn_action_t type)
{
return lv_btn_get_action(imgbtn, type);
}
/**
* Get style of a image button.
* @param imgbtn pointer to image button object
* @param type which style should be get
* @return style pointer to the style
*/
lv_style_t * lv_imgbtn_get_style(const lv_obj_t * imgbtn, lv_imgbtn_style_t type);
/*=====================
* Other functions
*====================*/
/**********************
* MACROS
**********************/
#endif /*USE_LV_IMGBTN*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
#endif /*LV_IMGBTN_H*/

199
include/display/lv_objx/lv_kb.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,199 @@
/**
* @file lv_kb.h
*
*/
#ifndef LV_KB_H
#define LV_KB_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*********************
* INCLUDES
*********************/
#ifdef LV_CONF_INCLUDE_SIMPLE
#include "lv_conf.h"
#else
#include "display/lv_conf.h"
#endif
#if USE_LV_KB != 0
/*Testing of dependencies*/
#if USE_LV_BTNM == 0
#error "lv_kb: lv_btnm is required. Enable it in lv_conf.h (USE_LV_BTNM 1) "
#endif
#if USE_LV_TA == 0
#error "lv_kb: lv_ta is required. Enable it in lv_conf.h (USE_LV_TA 1) "
#endif
#include "display/lv_core/lv_obj.h"
#include "lv_btnm.h"
/*********************
* DEFINES
*********************/
/**********************
* TYPEDEFS
**********************/
enum {
LV_KB_MODE_TEXT,
LV_KB_MODE_NUM,
};
typedef uint8_t lv_kb_mode_t;
/*Data of keyboard*/
typedef struct {
lv_btnm_ext_t btnm; /*Ext. of ancestor*/
/*New data for this type */
lv_obj_t *ta; /*Pointer to the assigned text area*/
lv_kb_mode_t mode; /*Key map type*/
uint8_t cursor_mng :1; /*1: automatically show/hide cursor when a text area is assigned or left*/
lv_action_t ok_action; /*Called when the "Ok" button is clicked*/
lv_action_t hide_action; /*Called when the "Hide" button is clicked*/
} lv_kb_ext_t;
enum {
LV_KB_STYLE_BG,
LV_KB_STYLE_BTN_REL,
LV_KB_STYLE_BTN_PR,
LV_KB_STYLE_BTN_TGL_REL,
LV_KB_STYLE_BTN_TGL_PR,
LV_KB_STYLE_BTN_INA,
};
typedef uint8_t lv_kb_style_t;
/**********************
* GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
**********************/
/**
* Create a keyboard objects
* @param par pointer to an object, it will be the parent of the new keyboard
* @param copy pointer to a keyboard object, if not NULL then the new object will be copied from it
* @return pointer to the created keyboard
*/
lv_obj_t * lv_kb_create(lv_obj_t * par, const lv_obj_t * copy);
/*=====================
* Setter functions
*====================*/
/**
* Assign a Text Area to the Keyboard. The pressed characters will be put there.
* @param kb pointer to a Keyboard object
* @param ta pointer to a Text Area object to write there
*/
void lv_kb_set_ta(lv_obj_t * kb, lv_obj_t * ta);
/**
* Set a new a mode (text or number map)
* @param kb pointer to a Keyboard object
* @param mode the mode from 'lv_kb_mode_t'
*/
void lv_kb_set_mode(lv_obj_t * kb, lv_kb_mode_t mode);
/**
* Automatically hide or show the cursor of the current Text Area
* @param kb pointer to a Keyboard object
* @param en true: show cursor on the current text area, false: hide cursor
*/
void lv_kb_set_cursor_manage(lv_obj_t * kb, bool en);
/**
* Set call back to call when the "Ok" button is pressed
* @param kb pointer to Keyboard object
* @param action a callback with 'lv_action_t' type
*/
void lv_kb_set_ok_action(lv_obj_t * kb, lv_action_t action);
/**
* Set call back to call when the "Hide" button is pressed
* @param kb pointer to Keyboard object
* @param action a callback with 'lv_action_t' type
*/
void lv_kb_set_hide_action(lv_obj_t * kb, lv_action_t action);
/**
* Set a new map for the keyboard
* @param kb pointer to a Keyboard object
* @param map pointer to a string array to describe the map.
* See 'lv_btnm_set_map()' for more info.
*/
static inline void lv_kb_set_map(lv_obj_t *kb, const char ** map)
{
lv_btnm_set_map(kb, map);
}
/**
* Set a style of a keyboard
* @param kb pointer to a keyboard object
* @param type which style should be set
* @param style pointer to a style
*/
void lv_kb_set_style(lv_obj_t *kb, lv_kb_style_t type, lv_style_t *style);
/*=====================
* Getter functions
*====================*/
/**
* Assign a Text Area to the Keyboard. The pressed characters will be put there.
* @param kb pointer to a Keyboard object
* @return pointer to the assigned Text Area object
*/
lv_obj_t * lv_kb_get_ta(const lv_obj_t * kb);
/**
* Set a new a mode (text or number map)
* @param kb pointer to a Keyboard object
* @return the current mode from 'lv_kb_mode_t'
*/
lv_kb_mode_t lv_kb_get_mode(const lv_obj_t * kb);
/**
* Get the current cursor manage mode.
* @param kb pointer to a Keyboard object
* @return true: show cursor on the current text area, false: hide cursor
*/
bool lv_kb_get_cursor_manage(const lv_obj_t * kb);
/**
* Get the callback to call when the "Ok" button is pressed
* @param kb pointer to Keyboard object
* @return the ok callback
*/
lv_action_t lv_kb_get_ok_action(const lv_obj_t * kb);
/**
* Get the callback to call when the "Hide" button is pressed
* @param kb pointer to Keyboard object
* @return the close callback
*/
lv_action_t lv_kb_get_hide_action(const lv_obj_t * kb);
/**
* Get a style of a keyboard
* @param kb pointer to a keyboard object
* @param type which style should be get
* @return style pointer to a style
*/
lv_style_t * lv_kb_get_style(const lv_obj_t *kb, lv_kb_style_t type);
/**********************
* MACROS
**********************/
#endif /*USE_LV_KB*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
#endif /*LV_KB_H*/

295
include/display/lv_objx/lv_label.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,295 @@
/**
* @file lv_rect.h
*
*/
#ifndef LV_LABEL_H
#define LV_LABEL_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*********************
* INCLUDES
*********************/
#ifdef LV_CONF_INCLUDE_SIMPLE
#include "lv_conf.h"
#else
#include "display/lv_conf.h"
#endif
#if USE_LV_LABEL != 0
#include "display/lv_core/lv_obj.h"
#include "display/lv_misc/lv_font.h"
#include "display/lv_misc/lv_txt.h"
#include "display/lv_misc/lv_symbol_def.h"
/*********************
* DEFINES
*********************/
#define LV_LABEL_DOT_NUM 3
#define LV_LABEL_POS_LAST 0xFFFF
/**********************
* TYPEDEFS
**********************/
/*Long mode behaviors. Used in 'lv_label_ext_t' */
enum
{
LV_LABEL_LONG_EXPAND, /*Expand the object size to the text size*/
LV_LABEL_LONG_BREAK, /*Keep the object width, break the too long lines and expand the object height*/
LV_LABEL_LONG_SCROLL, /*Expand the object size and scroll the text on the parent (move the label object)*/
LV_LABEL_LONG_DOT, /*Keep the size and write dots at the end if the text is too long*/
LV_LABEL_LONG_ROLL, /*Keep the size and roll the text infinitely*/
LV_LABEL_LONG_CROP, /*Keep the size and crop the text out of it*/
};
typedef uint8_t lv_label_long_mode_t;
/*Label align policy*/
enum {
LV_LABEL_ALIGN_LEFT,
LV_LABEL_ALIGN_CENTER,
LV_LABEL_ALIGN_RIGHT,
};
typedef uint8_t lv_label_align_t;
/*Data of label*/
typedef struct
{
/*Inherited from 'base_obj' so no inherited ext.*/ /*Ext. of ancestor*/
/*New data for this type */
char * text; /*Text of the label*/
lv_label_long_mode_t long_mode; /*Determinate what to do with the long texts*/
#if LV_TXT_UTF8 == 0
char dot_tmp[LV_LABEL_DOT_NUM + 1]; /*Store the character which are replaced by dots (Handled by the library)*/
#else
char dot_tmp[LV_LABEL_DOT_NUM * 4 + 1]; /*Store the character which are replaced by dots (Handled by the library)*/
#endif
#if USE_LV_MULTI_LANG
uint16_t lang_txt_id; /*The ID of the text to display*/
#endif
uint16_t dot_end; /*The text end position in dot mode (Handled by the library)*/
uint16_t anim_speed; /*Speed of scroll and roll animation in px/sec unit*/
lv_point_t offset; /*Text draw position offset*/
uint8_t static_txt :1; /*Flag to indicate the text is static*/
uint8_t align :2; /*Align type from 'lv_label_align_t'*/
uint8_t recolor :1; /*Enable in-line letter re-coloring*/
uint8_t expand :1; /*Ignore real width (used by the library with LV_LABEL_LONG_ROLL)*/
uint8_t body_draw :1; /*Draw background body*/
} lv_label_ext_t;
/**********************
* GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
**********************/
/**
* Create a label objects
* @param par pointer to an object, it will be the parent of the new label
* @param copy pointer to a button object, if not NULL then the new object will be copied from it
* @return pointer to the created button
*/
lv_obj_t * lv_label_create(lv_obj_t * par, const lv_obj_t * copy);
/*=====================
* Setter functions
*====================*/
/**
* Set a new text for a label. Memory will be allocated to store the text by the label.
* @param label pointer to a label object
* @param text '\0' terminated character string. NULL to refresh with the current text.
*/
void lv_label_set_text(lv_obj_t * label, const char * text);
/**
* Set a new text for a label from a character array. The array don't has to be '\0' terminated.
* Memory will be allocated to store the array by the label.
* @param label pointer to a label object
* @param array array of characters or NULL to refresh the label
* @param size the size of 'array' in bytes
*/
void lv_label_set_array_text(lv_obj_t * label, const char * array, uint16_t size);
/**
* Set a static text. It will not be saved by the label so the 'text' variable
* has to be 'alive' while the label exist.
* @param label pointer to a label object
* @param text pointer to a text. NULL to refresh with the current text.
*/
void lv_label_set_static_text(lv_obj_t * label, const char * text);
/**
*Set a text ID which means a the same text but on different languages
* @param label pointer to a label object
* @param txt_id ID of the text
*/
#if USE_LV_MULTI_LANG
void lv_label_set_text_id(lv_obj_t * label, uint32_t txt_id);
#endif
/**
* Set the behavior of the label with longer text then the object size
* @param label pointer to a label object
* @param long_mode the new mode from 'lv_label_long_mode' enum.
* In LV_LONG_BREAK/LONG/ROLL the size of the label should be set AFTER this function
*/
void lv_label_set_long_mode(lv_obj_t * label, lv_label_long_mode_t long_mode);
/**
* Set the align of the label (left or center)
* @param label pointer to a label object
* @param align 'LV_LABEL_ALIGN_LEFT' or 'LV_LABEL_ALIGN_LEFT'
*/
void lv_label_set_align(lv_obj_t *label, lv_label_align_t align);
/**
* Enable the recoloring by in-line commands
* @param label pointer to a label object
* @param en true: enable recoloring, false: disable
*/
void lv_label_set_recolor(lv_obj_t * label, bool en);
/**
* Set the label to draw (or not draw) background specified in its style's body
* @param label pointer to a label object
* @param en true: draw body; false: don't draw body
*/
void lv_label_set_body_draw(lv_obj_t *label, bool en);
/**
* Set the label's animation speed in LV_LABEL_LONG_ROLL and SCROLL modes
* @param label pointer to a label object
* @param anim_speed speed of animation in px/sec unit
*/
void lv_label_set_anim_speed(lv_obj_t *label, uint16_t anim_speed);
/**
* Set the style of an label
* @param label pointer to an label object
* @param style pointer to a style
*/
static inline void lv_label_set_style(lv_obj_t *label, lv_style_t *style)
{
lv_obj_set_style(label, style);
}
/*=====================
* Getter functions
*====================*/
/**
* Get the text of a label
* @param label pointer to a label object
* @return the text of the label
*/
char * lv_label_get_text(const lv_obj_t * label);
#if USE_LV_MULTI_LANG
/**
* Get the text ID of the label. (Used by the multi-language feature)
* @param label pointer to a label object
* @return ID of the text
*/
uint16_t lv_label_get_text_id(lv_obj_t * label);
#endif
/**
* Get the long mode of a label
* @param label pointer to a label object
* @return the long mode
*/
lv_label_long_mode_t lv_label_get_long_mode(const lv_obj_t * label);
/**
* Get the align attribute
* @param label pointer to a label object
* @return LV_LABEL_ALIGN_LEFT or LV_LABEL_ALIGN_CENTER
*/
lv_label_align_t lv_label_get_align(const lv_obj_t * label);
/**
* Get the recoloring attribute
* @param label pointer to a label object
* @return true: recoloring is enabled, false: disable
*/
bool lv_label_get_recolor(const lv_obj_t * label);
/**
* Get the body draw attribute
* @param label pointer to a label object
* @return true: draw body; false: don't draw body
*/
bool lv_label_get_body_draw(const lv_obj_t *label);
/**
* Get the label's animation speed in LV_LABEL_LONG_ROLL and SCROLL modes
* @param label pointer to a label object
* @return speed of animation in px/sec unit
*/
uint16_t lv_label_get_anim_speed(const lv_obj_t *label);
/**
* Get the relative x and y coordinates of a letter
* @param label pointer to a label object
* @param index index of the letter [0 ... text length]. Expressed in character index, not byte index (different in UTF-8)
* @param pos store the result here (E.g. index = 0 gives 0;0 coordinates)
*/
void lv_label_get_letter_pos(const lv_obj_t * label, uint16_t index, lv_point_t * pos);
/**
* Get the index of letter on a relative point of a label
* @param label pointer to label object
* @param pos pointer to point with coordinates on a the label
* @return the index of the letter on the 'pos_p' point (E.g. on 0;0 is the 0. letter)
* Expressed in character index and not byte index (different in UTF-8)
*/
uint16_t lv_label_get_letter_on(const lv_obj_t * label, lv_point_t * pos);
/**
* Get the style of an label object
* @param label pointer to an label object
* @return pointer to the label's style
*/
static inline lv_style_t* lv_label_get_style(const lv_obj_t *label)
{
return lv_obj_get_style(label);
}
/*=====================
* Other functions
*====================*/
/**
* Insert a text to the label. The label text can not be static.
* @param label pointer to a label object
* @param pos character index to insert. Expressed in character index and not byte index (Different in UTF-8)
* 0: before first char.
* LV_LABEL_POS_LAST: after last char.
* @param txt pointer to the text to insert
*/
void lv_label_ins_text(lv_obj_t * label, uint32_t pos, const char * txt);
/**
* Delete characters from a label. The label text can not be static.
* @param label pointer to a label object
* @param pos character index to insert. Expressed in character index and not byte index (Different in UTF-8)
* 0: before first char.
* @param cnt number of characters to cut
*/
void lv_label_cut_text(lv_obj_t * label, uint32_t pos, uint32_t cnt);
/**********************
* MACROS
**********************/
#endif /*USE_LV_LABEL*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
#endif /*LV_LABEL_H*/

116
include/display/lv_objx/lv_led.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
/**
* @file lv_led.h
*
*/
#ifndef LV_LED_H
#define LV_LED_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*********************
* INCLUDES
*********************/
#ifdef LV_CONF_INCLUDE_SIMPLE
#include "lv_conf.h"
#else
#include "display/lv_conf.h"
#endif
#if USE_LV_LED != 0
#include "display/lv_core/lv_obj.h"
/*********************
* DEFINES
*********************/
/**********************
* TYPEDEFS
**********************/
/*Data of led*/
typedef struct
{
/*No inherited ext.*/
/*New data for this type */
uint8_t bright; /*Current brightness of the LED (0..255)*/
} lv_led_ext_t;
/**********************
* GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
**********************/
/**
* Create a led objects
* @param par pointer to an object, it will be the parent of the new led
* @param copy pointer to a led object, if not NULL then the new object will be copied from it
* @return pointer to the created led
*/
lv_obj_t * lv_led_create(lv_obj_t * par, const lv_obj_t * copy);
/**
* Set the brightness of a LED object
* @param led pointer to a LED object
* @param bright 0 (max. dark) ... 255 (max. light)
*/
void lv_led_set_bright(lv_obj_t * led, uint8_t bright);
/**
* Light on a LED
* @param led pointer to a LED object
*/
void lv_led_on(lv_obj_t * led);
/**
* Light off a LED
* @param led pointer to a LED object
*/
void lv_led_off(lv_obj_t * led);
/**
* Toggle the state of a LED
* @param led pointer to a LED object
*/
void lv_led_toggle(lv_obj_t * led);
/**
* Set the style of a led
* @param led pointer to a led object
* @param style pointer to a style
*/
static inline void lv_led_set_style(lv_obj_t *led, lv_style_t *style)
{
lv_obj_set_style(led, style);
}
/**
* Get the brightness of a LEd object
* @param led pointer to LED object
* @return bright 0 (max. dark) ... 255 (max. light)
*/
uint8_t lv_led_get_bright(const lv_obj_t * led);
/**
* Get the style of an led object
* @param led pointer to an led object
* @return pointer to the led's style
*/
static inline lv_style_t* lv_led_get_style(const lv_obj_t *led)
{
return lv_obj_get_style(led);
}
/**********************
* MACROS
**********************/
#endif /*USE_LV_LED*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
#endif /*LV_LED_H*/

158
include/display/lv_objx/lv_line.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,158 @@
/**
* @file lv_line.h
*
*/
#ifndef LV_LINE_H
#define LV_LINE_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*********************
* INCLUDES
*********************/
#ifdef LV_CONF_INCLUDE_SIMPLE
#include "lv_conf.h"
#else
#include "display/lv_conf.h"
#endif
#if USE_LV_LINE != 0
#include "display/lv_core/lv_obj.h"
/*********************
* DEFINES
*********************/
/**********************
* TYPEDEFS
**********************/
/*Data of line*/
typedef struct
{
/*Inherited from 'base_obj' so no inherited ext.*/ /*Ext. of ancestor*/
const lv_point_t * point_array; /*Pointer to an array with the points of the line*/
uint16_t point_num; /*Number of points in 'point_array' */
uint8_t auto_size :1; /*1: set obj. width to x max and obj. height to y max */
uint8_t y_inv :1; /*1: y == 0 will be on the bottom*/
} lv_line_ext_t;
/**********************
* GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
**********************/
/**
* Create a line objects
* @param par pointer to an object, it will be the parent of the new line
* @return pointer to the created line
*/
lv_obj_t * lv_line_create(lv_obj_t * par, const lv_obj_t * copy);
/*=====================
* Setter functions
*====================*/
/**
* Set an array of points. The line object will connect these points.
* @param line pointer to a line object
* @param point_a an array of points. Only the address is saved,
* so the array can NOT be a local variable which will be destroyed
* @param point_num number of points in 'point_a'
*/
void lv_line_set_points(lv_obj_t * line, const lv_point_t * point_a, uint16_t point_num);
/**
* Enable (or disable) the auto-size option. The size of the object will fit to its points.
* (set width to x max and height to y max)
* @param line pointer to a line object
* @param en true: auto size is enabled, false: auto size is disabled
*/
void lv_line_set_auto_size(lv_obj_t * line, bool en);
/**
* Enable (or disable) the y coordinate inversion.
* If enabled then y will be subtracted from the height of the object,
* therefore the y=0 coordinate will be on the bottom.
* @param line pointer to a line object
* @param en true: enable the y inversion, false:disable the y inversion
*/
void lv_line_set_y_invert(lv_obj_t * line, bool en);
#define lv_line_set_y_inv lv_line_set_y_invert /*The name was inconsistent. In v.6.0 only `lv_line_set_y_invert`will work */
/**
* Set the style of a line
* @param line pointer to a line object
* @param style pointer to a style
*/
static inline void lv_line_set_style(lv_obj_t *line, lv_style_t *style)
{
lv_obj_set_style(line, style);
}
/**
* Obsolete since v5.1. Just for compatibility with v5.0. Will be removed in v6.0
* @param line -
* @param upscale -
*/
static inline void lv_line_set_upscale(lv_obj_t * line, bool upcale)
{
(void) line;
(void) upcale;
}
/*=====================
* Getter functions
*====================*/
/**
* Get the auto size attribute
* @param line pointer to a line object
* @return true: auto size is enabled, false: disabled
*/
bool lv_line_get_auto_size(const lv_obj_t * line);
/**
* Get the y inversion attribute
* @param line pointer to a line object
* @return true: y inversion is enabled, false: disabled
*/
bool lv_line_get_y_invert(const lv_obj_t * line);
/**
* Get the style of an line object
* @param line pointer to an line object
* @return pointer to the line's style
*/
static inline lv_style_t* lv_line_get_style(const lv_obj_t *line)
{
return lv_obj_get_style(line);
}
/**
* Obsolete since v5.1. Just for compatibility with v5.0. Will be removed in v6.0
* @param line -
* @return false
*/
static inline bool lv_line_get_upscale(const lv_obj_t * line)
{
(void) line;
return false;
}
/**********************
* MACROS
**********************/
#endif /*USE_LV_LINE*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
#endif /*LV_LINE_H*/

336
include/display/lv_objx/lv_list.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,336 @@
/**
* @file lv_list.h
*
*/
#ifndef LV_LIST_H
#define LV_LIST_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*********************
* INCLUDES
*********************/
#ifdef LV_CONF_INCLUDE_SIMPLE
#include "lv_conf.h"
#else
#include "display/lv_conf.h"
#endif
#if USE_LV_LIST != 0
/*Testing of dependencies*/
#if USE_LV_PAGE == 0
#error "lv_list: lv_page is required. Enable it in lv_conf.h (USE_LV_PAGE 1) "
#endif
#if USE_LV_BTN == 0
#error "lv_list: lv_btn is required. Enable it in lv_conf.h (USE_LV_BTN 1) "
#endif
#if USE_LV_LABEL == 0
#error "lv_list: lv_label is required. Enable it in lv_conf.h (USE_LV_LABEL 1) "
#endif
#include "display/lv_core/lv_obj.h"
#include "lv_page.h"
#include "lv_btn.h"
#include "lv_label.h"
#include "lv_img.h"
/*********************
* DEFINES
*********************/
/**********************
* TYPEDEFS
**********************/
/*Data of list*/
typedef struct
{
lv_page_ext_t page; /*Ext. of ancestor*/
/*New data for this type */
uint16_t anim_time; /*Scroll animation time*/
lv_style_t *styles_btn[LV_BTN_STATE_NUM]; /*Styles of the list element buttons*/
lv_style_t *style_img; /*Style of the list element images on buttons*/
uint32_t size; /*the number of items(buttons) in the list*/
bool single_mode; /* whether single selected mode is enabled */
#if USE_LV_GROUP
lv_obj_t * last_sel; /* The last selected button. It will be reverted when the list is focused again */
lv_obj_t * selected_btn; /* The button is currently being selected*/
#endif
} lv_list_ext_t;
enum {
LV_LIST_STYLE_BG,
LV_LIST_STYLE_SCRL,
LV_LIST_STYLE_SB,
LV_LIST_STYLE_EDGE_FLASH,
LV_LIST_STYLE_BTN_REL,
LV_LIST_STYLE_BTN_PR,
LV_LIST_STYLE_BTN_TGL_REL,
LV_LIST_STYLE_BTN_TGL_PR,
LV_LIST_STYLE_BTN_INA,
};
typedef uint8_t lv_list_style_t;
/**********************
* GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
**********************/
/**
* Create a list objects
* @param par pointer to an object, it will be the parent of the new list
* @param copy pointer to a list object, if not NULL then the new object will be copied from it
* @return pointer to the created list
*/
lv_obj_t * lv_list_create(lv_obj_t * par, const lv_obj_t * copy);
/**
* Delete all children of the scrl object, without deleting scrl child.
* @param obj pointer to an object
*/
void lv_list_clean(lv_obj_t *obj);
/*======================
* Add/remove functions
*=====================*/
/**
* Add a list element to the list
* @param list pointer to list object
* @param img_fn file name of an image before the text (NULL if unused)
* @param txt text of the list element (NULL if unused)
* @param rel_action pointer to release action function (like with lv_btn)
* @return pointer to the new list element which can be customized (a button)
*/
lv_obj_t * lv_list_add(lv_obj_t * list, const void * img_src, const char * txt, lv_action_t rel_action);
/**
* Remove the index of the button in the list
* @param list pointer to a list object
* @param index pointer to a the button's index in the list, index must be 0 <= index < lv_list_ext_t.size
* @return true: successfully deleted
*/
bool lv_list_remove(const lv_obj_t * list, uint32_t index);
/*=====================
* Setter functions
*====================*/
/**
* Set single button selected mode, only one button will be selected if enabled.
* @param list pointer to the currently pressed list object
* @param mode, enable(true)/disable(false) single selected mode.
*/
void lv_list_set_single_mode(lv_obj_t *list, bool mode);
#if USE_LV_GROUP
/**
* Make a button selected. Can be used while navigating in the list with a keypad.
* @param list pointer to a list object
* @param btn pointer to a button to select
*/
void lv_list_set_btn_selected(lv_obj_t * list, lv_obj_t * btn);
#endif
/**
* Set scroll animation duration on 'list_up()' 'list_down()' 'list_focus()'
* @param list pointer to a list object
* @param anim_time duration of animation [ms]
*/
void lv_list_set_anim_time(lv_obj_t *list, uint16_t anim_time);
/**
* Set the scroll bar mode of a list
* @param list pointer to a list object
* @param sb_mode the new mode from 'lv_page_sb_mode_t' enum
*/
static inline void lv_list_set_sb_mode(lv_obj_t * list, lv_sb_mode_t mode)
{
lv_page_set_sb_mode(list, mode);
}
/**
* Enable the scroll propagation feature. If enabled then the List will move its parent if there is no more space to scroll.
* @param list pointer to a List
* @param en true or false to enable/disable scroll propagation
*/
static inline void lv_list_set_scroll_propagation(lv_obj_t * list, bool en)
{
lv_page_set_scroll_propagation(list, en);
}
/**
* Enable the edge flash effect. (Show an arc when the an edge is reached)
* @param list pointer to a List
* @param en true or false to enable/disable end flash
*/
static inline void lv_list_set_edge_flash(lv_obj_t * list, bool en)
{
lv_page_set_edge_flash(list, en);
}
/**
* Set a style of a list
* @param list pointer to a list object
* @param type which style should be set
* @param style pointer to a style
*/
void lv_list_set_style(lv_obj_t *list, lv_list_style_t type, lv_style_t *style);
/*=====================
* Getter functions
*====================*/
/**
* Get single button selected mode.
* @param list pointer to the currently pressed list object.
*/
bool lv_list_get_single_mode(lv_obj_t *list);
/**
* Get the text of a list element
* @param btn pointer to list element
* @return pointer to the text
*/
const char * lv_list_get_btn_text(const lv_obj_t * btn);
/**
* Get the label object from a list element
* @param btn pointer to a list element (button)
* @return pointer to the label from the list element or NULL if not found
*/
lv_obj_t * lv_list_get_btn_label(const lv_obj_t * btn);
/**
* Get the image object from a list element
* @param btn pointer to a list element (button)
* @return pointer to the image from the list element or NULL if not found
*/
lv_obj_t * lv_list_get_btn_img(const lv_obj_t * btn);
/**
* Get the next button from list. (Starts from the bottom button)
* @param list pointer to a list object
* @param prev_btn pointer to button. Search the next after it.
* @return pointer to the next button or NULL when no more buttons
*/
lv_obj_t * lv_list_get_prev_btn(const lv_obj_t * list, lv_obj_t * prev_btn);
/**
* Get the previous button from list. (Starts from the top button)
* @param list pointer to a list object
* @param prev_btn pointer to button. Search the previous before it.
* @return pointer to the previous button or NULL when no more buttons
*/
lv_obj_t * lv_list_get_next_btn(const lv_obj_t * list, lv_obj_t * prev_btn);
/**
* Get the index of the button in the list
* @param list pointer to a list object. If NULL, assumes btn is part of a list.
* @param btn pointer to a list element (button)
* @return the index of the button in the list, or -1 of the button not in this list
*/
int32_t lv_list_get_btn_index(const lv_obj_t * list, const lv_obj_t * btn);
/**
* Get the number of buttons in the list
* @param list pointer to a list object
* @return the number of buttons in the list
*/
uint32_t lv_list_get_size(const lv_obj_t * list);
#if USE_LV_GROUP
/**
* Get the currently selected button. Can be used while navigating in the list with a keypad.
* @param list pointer to a list object
* @return pointer to the selected button
*/
lv_obj_t * lv_list_get_btn_selected(const lv_obj_t * list);
#endif
/**
* Get scroll animation duration
* @param list pointer to a list object
* @return duration of animation [ms]
*/
uint16_t lv_list_get_anim_time(const lv_obj_t *list);
/**
* Get the scroll bar mode of a list
* @param list pointer to a list object
* @return scrollbar mode from 'lv_page_sb_mode_t' enum
*/
static inline lv_sb_mode_t lv_list_get_sb_mode(const lv_obj_t * list)
{
return lv_page_get_sb_mode(list);
}
/**
* Get the scroll propagation property
* @param list pointer to a List
* @return true or false
*/
static inline bool lv_list_get_scroll_propagation(lv_obj_t * list)
{
return lv_page_get_scroll_propagation(list);
}
/**
* Get the scroll propagation property
* @param list pointer to a List
* @return true or false
*/
static inline bool lv_list_get_edge_flash(lv_obj_t * list)
{
return lv_page_get_edge_flash(list);
}
/**
* Get a style of a list
* @param list pointer to a list object
* @param type which style should be get
* @return style pointer to a style
* */
lv_style_t * lv_list_get_style(const lv_obj_t *list, lv_list_style_t type);
/*=====================
* Other functions
*====================*/
/**
* Move the list elements up by one
* @param list pointer a to list object
*/
void lv_list_up(const lv_obj_t * list);
/**
* Move the list elements down by one
* @param list pointer to a list object
*/
void lv_list_down(const lv_obj_t * list);
/**
* Focus on a list button. It ensures that the button will be visible on the list.
* @param btn pointer to a list button to focus
* @param anim_en true: scroll with animation, false: without animation
*/
void lv_list_focus(const lv_obj_t *btn, bool anim_en);
/**********************
* MACROS
**********************/
#endif /*USE_LV_LIST*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
#endif /*LV_LIST_H*/

153
include/display/lv_objx/lv_lmeter.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,153 @@
/**
* @file lv_lmeter.h
*
*/
#ifndef LV_LMETER_H
#define LV_LMETER_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*********************
* INCLUDES
*********************/
#ifdef LV_CONF_INCLUDE_SIMPLE
#include "lv_conf.h"
#else
#include "display/lv_conf.h"
#endif
#if USE_LV_LMETER != 0
#include "display/lv_core/lv_obj.h"
/*********************
* DEFINES
*********************/
/**********************
* TYPEDEFS
**********************/
/*Data of line meter*/
typedef struct
{
/*No inherited ext.*/ /*Ext. of ancestor*/
/*New data for this type */
uint16_t scale_angle; /*Angle of the scale in deg. (0..360)*/
uint8_t line_cnt; /*Count of lines */
int16_t cur_value;
int16_t min_value;
int16_t max_value;
} lv_lmeter_ext_t;
/**********************
* GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
**********************/
/**
* Create a line meter objects
* @param par pointer to an object, it will be the parent of the new line meter
* @param copy pointer to a line meter object, if not NULL then the new object will be copied from it
* @return pointer to the created line meter
*/
lv_obj_t * lv_lmeter_create(lv_obj_t * par, const lv_obj_t * copy);
/*=====================
* Setter functions
*====================*/
/**
* Set a new value on the line meter
* @param lmeter pointer to a line meter object
* @param value new value
*/
void lv_lmeter_set_value(lv_obj_t *lmeter, int16_t value);
/**
* Set minimum and the maximum values of a line meter
* @param lmeter pointer to he line meter object
* @param min minimum value
* @param max maximum value
*/
void lv_lmeter_set_range(lv_obj_t *lmeter, int16_t min, int16_t max);
/**
* Set the scale settings of a line meter
* @param lmeter pointer to a line meter object
* @param angle angle of the scale (0..360)
* @param line_cnt number of lines
*/
void lv_lmeter_set_scale(lv_obj_t * lmeter, uint16_t angle, uint8_t line_cnt);
/**
* Set the styles of a line meter
* @param lmeter pointer to a line meter object
* @param bg set the style of the line meter
*/
static inline void lv_lmeter_set_style(lv_obj_t *lmeter, lv_style_t *bg)
{
lv_obj_set_style(lmeter, bg);
}
/*=====================
* Getter functions
*====================*/
/**
* Get the value of a line meter
* @param lmeter pointer to a line meter object
* @return the value of the line meter
*/
int16_t lv_lmeter_get_value(const lv_obj_t *lmeter);
/**
* Get the minimum value of a line meter
* @param lmeter pointer to a line meter object
* @return the minimum value of the line meter
*/
int16_t lv_lmeter_get_min_value(const lv_obj_t * lmeter);
/**
* Get the maximum value of a line meter
* @param lmeter pointer to a line meter object
* @return the maximum value of the line meter
*/
int16_t lv_lmeter_get_max_value(const lv_obj_t * lmeter);
/**
* Get the scale number of a line meter
* @param lmeter pointer to a line meter object
* @return number of the scale units
*/
uint8_t lv_lmeter_get_line_count(const lv_obj_t * lmeter);
/**
* Get the scale angle of a line meter
* @param lmeter pointer to a line meter object
* @return angle of the scale
*/
uint16_t lv_lmeter_get_scale_angle(const lv_obj_t * lmeter);
/**
* Get the style of a line meter
* @param lmeter pointer to a line meter object
* @return pointer to the line meter's style
*/
static inline lv_style_t * lv_lmeter_get_style(const lv_obj_t * lmeter)
{
return lv_obj_get_style(lmeter);
}
/**********************
* MACROS
**********************/
#endif /*USE_LV_LMETER*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
#endif /*LV_LMETER_H*/

203
include/display/lv_objx/lv_mbox.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,203 @@
/**
* @file lv_mbox.h
*
*/
#ifndef LV_MBOX_H
#define LV_MBOX_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*********************
* INCLUDES
*********************/
#ifdef LV_CONF_INCLUDE_SIMPLE
#include "lv_conf.h"
#else
#include "display/lv_conf.h"
#endif
#if USE_LV_MBOX != 0
/*Testing of dependencies*/
#if USE_LV_CONT == 0
#error "lv_mbox: lv_cont is required. Enable it in lv_conf.h (USE_LV_CONT 1) "
#endif
#if USE_LV_BTNM == 0
#error "lv_mbox: lv_btnm is required. Enable it in lv_conf.h (USE_LV_BTNM 1) "
#endif
#if USE_LV_LABEL == 0
#error "lv_mbox: lv_label is required. Enable it in lv_conf.h (USE_LV_LABEL 1) "
#endif
#include "display/lv_core/lv_obj.h"
#include "lv_cont.h"
#include "lv_btnm.h"
#include "lv_label.h"
/*********************
* DEFINES
*********************/
/**********************
* TYPEDEFS
**********************/
/*Data of message box*/
typedef struct
{
lv_cont_ext_t bg; /*Ext. of ancestor*/
/*New data for this type */
lv_obj_t *text; /*Text of the message box*/
lv_obj_t *btnm; /*Button matrix for the buttons*/
uint16_t anim_time; /*Duration of close animation [ms] (0: no animation)*/
} lv_mbox_ext_t;
enum {
LV_MBOX_STYLE_BG,
LV_MBOX_STYLE_BTN_BG,
LV_MBOX_STYLE_BTN_REL,
LV_MBOX_STYLE_BTN_PR,
LV_MBOX_STYLE_BTN_TGL_REL,
LV_MBOX_STYLE_BTN_TGL_PR,
LV_MBOX_STYLE_BTN_INA,
};
typedef uint8_t lv_mbox_style_t;
/**********************
* GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
**********************/
/**
* Create a message box objects
* @param par pointer to an object, it will be the parent of the new message box
* @param copy pointer to a message box object, if not NULL then the new object will be copied from it
* @return pointer to the created message box
*/
lv_obj_t * lv_mbox_create(lv_obj_t * par, const lv_obj_t * copy);
/*======================
* Add/remove functions
*=====================*/
/**
* Add button to the message box
* @param mbox pointer to message box object
* @param btn_map button descriptor (button matrix map).
* E.g. a const char *txt[] = {"ok", "close", ""} (Can not be local variable)
* @param action a function which will be called when a button is released
*/
void lv_mbox_add_btns(lv_obj_t * mbox, const char **btn_map, lv_btnm_action_t action);
/*=====================
* Setter functions
*====================*/
/**
* Set the text of the message box
* @param mbox pointer to a message box
* @param txt a '\0' terminated character string which will be the message box text
*/
void lv_mbox_set_text(lv_obj_t * mbox, const char * txt);
/**
* Stop the action to call when button is released
* @param mbox pointer to a message box object
* @param pointer to an 'lv_btnm_action_t' action. In the action you need to use `lv_mbox_get_from_btn()` to get the `mbox`.
*/
void lv_mbox_set_action(lv_obj_t * mbox, lv_btnm_action_t action);
/**
* Set animation duration
* @param mbox pointer to a message box object
* @param anim_time animation length in milliseconds (0: no animation)
*/
void lv_mbox_set_anim_time(lv_obj_t * mbox, uint16_t anim_time);
/**
* Automatically delete the message box after a given time
* @param mbox pointer to a message box object
* @param delay a time (in milliseconds) to wait before delete the message box
*/
void lv_mbox_start_auto_close(lv_obj_t * mbox, uint16_t delay);
/**
* Stop the auto. closing of message box
* @param mbox pointer to a message box object
*/
void lv_mbox_stop_auto_close(lv_obj_t * mbox);
/**
* Set a style of a message box
* @param mbox pointer to a message box object
* @param type which style should be set
* @param style pointer to a style
*/
void lv_mbox_set_style(lv_obj_t *mbox, lv_mbox_style_t type, lv_style_t *style);
/**
* Set whether recoloring is enabled. Must be called after `lv_mbox_add_btns`.
* @param btnm pointer to button matrix object
* @param en whether recoloring is enabled
*/
void lv_mbox_set_recolor(lv_obj_t * mbox, bool en);
/*=====================
* Getter functions
*====================*/
/**
* Get the text of the message box
* @param mbox pointer to a message box object
* @return pointer to the text of the message box
*/
const char * lv_mbox_get_text(const lv_obj_t * mbox);
/**
* Get the message box object from one of its button.
* It is useful in the button release actions where only the button is known
* @param btn pointer to a button of a message box
* @return pointer to the button's message box
*/
lv_obj_t * lv_mbox_get_from_btn(const lv_obj_t * btn);
/**
* Get the animation duration (close animation time)
* @param mbox pointer to a message box object
* @return animation length in milliseconds (0: no animation)
*/
uint16_t lv_mbox_get_anim_time(const lv_obj_t * mbox);
/**
* Get a style of a message box
* @param mbox pointer to a message box object
* @param type which style should be get
* @return style pointer to a style
*/
lv_style_t * lv_mbox_get_style(const lv_obj_t *mbox, lv_mbox_style_t type);
/**
* Get whether recoloring is enabled
* @param btnm pointer to button matrix object
* @return whether recoloring is enabled
*/
bool lv_mbox_get_recolor(const lv_obj_t * mbox);
/**********************
* MACROS
**********************/
#endif /*USE_LV_MBOX*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
#endif /*LV_MBOX_H*/

36
include/display/lv_objx/lv_objx.mk Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
CSRCS += lv_arc.c
CSRCS += lv_bar.c
CSRCS += lv_cb.c
CSRCS += lv_ddlist.c
CSRCS += lv_kb.c
CSRCS += lv_line.c
CSRCS += lv_mbox.c
CSRCS += lv_preload.c
CSRCS += lv_roller.c
CSRCS += lv_table.c
CSRCS += lv_tabview.c
CSRCS += lv_tileview.c
CSRCS += lv_btn.c
CSRCS += lv_calendar.c
CSRCS += lv_chart.c
CSRCS += lv_canvas.c
CSRCS += lv_gauge.c
CSRCS += lv_label.c
CSRCS += lv_list.c
CSRCS += lv_slider.c
CSRCS += lv_ta.c
CSRCS += lv_spinbox.c
CSRCS += lv_btnm.c
CSRCS += lv_cont.c
CSRCS += lv_img.c
CSRCS += lv_imgbtn.c
CSRCS += lv_led.c
CSRCS += lv_lmeter.c
CSRCS += lv_page.c
CSRCS += lv_sw.c
CSRCS += lv_win.c
DEPPATH += --dep-path $(LVGL_DIR)/lvgl/lv_objx
VPATH += :$(LVGL_DIR)/lvgl/lv_objx
CFLAGS += "-I$(LVGL_DIR)/lvgl/lv_objx"

111
include/display/lv_objx/lv_objx_templ.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
/**
* @file lv_templ.h
*
*/
/* TODO Remove these instructions
* Search an replace: template -> object normal name with lower case (e.g. button, label etc.)
* templ -> object short name with lower case(e.g. btn, label etc)
* TEMPL -> object short name with upper case (e.g. BTN, LABEL etc.)
*
*/
#ifndef LV_TEMPL_H
#define LV_TEMPL_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*********************
* INCLUDES
*********************/
#ifdef LV_CONF_INCLUDE_SIMPLE
#include "lv_conf.h"
#else
#include "display/lv_conf.h"
#endif
#if USE_LV_TEMPL != 0
#include "display/lv_core/lv_obj.h"
/*********************
* DEFINES
*********************/
/**********************
* TYPEDEFS
**********************/
/*Data of template*/
typedef struct {
lv_ANCESTOR_ext_t ANCESTOR; /*Ext. of ancestor*/
/*New data for this type */
} lv_templ_ext_t;
/*Styles*/
enum {
LV_TEMPL_STYLE_X,
LV_TEMPL_STYLE_Y,
};
typedef uint8_t lv_templ_style_t;
/**********************
* GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
**********************/
/**
* Create a template objects
* @param par pointer to an object, it will be the parent of the new template
* @param copy pointer to a template object, if not NULL then the new object will be copied from it
* @return pointer to the created template
*/
lv_obj_t * lv_templ_create(lv_obj_t * par, const lv_obj_t * copy);
/*======================
* Add/remove functions
*=====================*/
/*=====================
* Setter functions
*====================*/
/**
* Set a style of a template.
* @param templ pointer to template object
* @param type which style should be set
* @param style pointer to a style
*/
void lv_templ_set_style(lv_obj_t * templ, lv_templ_style_t type, lv_style_t *style);
/*=====================
* Getter functions
*====================*/
/**
* Get style of a template.
* @param templ pointer to template object
* @param type which style should be get
* @return style pointer to the style
*/
lv_style_t * lv_templ_get_style(const lv_obj_t * templ, lv_templ_style_t type);
/*=====================
* Other functions
*====================*/
/**********************
* MACROS
**********************/
#endif /*USE_LV_TEMPL*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
#endif /*LV_TEMPL_H*/

382
include/display/lv_objx/lv_page.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,382 @@
/**
* @file lv_page.h
*
*/
#ifndef LV_PAGE_H
#define LV_PAGE_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*********************
* INCLUDES
*********************/
#ifdef LV_CONF_INCLUDE_SIMPLE
#include "lv_conf.h"
#else
#include "display/lv_conf.h"
#endif
#if USE_LV_PAGE != 0
/*Testing of dependencies*/
#if USE_LV_CONT == 0
#error "lv_page: lv_cont is required. Enable it in lv_conf.h (USE_LV_CONT 1) "
#endif
#include "lv_cont.h"
#include "display/lv_core/lv_indev.h"
/*********************
* DEFINES
*********************/
/**********************
* TYPEDEFS
**********************/
/*Scrollbar modes: shows when should the scrollbars be visible*/
enum
{
LV_SB_MODE_OFF = 0x0, /*Never show scrollbars*/
LV_SB_MODE_ON = 0x1, /*Always show scrollbars*/
LV_SB_MODE_DRAG = 0x2, /*Show scrollbars when page is being dragged*/
LV_SB_MODE_AUTO = 0x3, /*Show scrollbars when the scrollable container is large enough to be scrolled*/
LV_SB_MODE_HIDE = 0x4, /*Hide the scroll bar temporally*/
LV_SB_MODE_UNHIDE = 0x5, /*Unhide the previously hidden scrollbar. Recover it's type too*/
};
typedef uint8_t lv_sb_mode_t;
/*Data of page*/
typedef struct
{
lv_cont_ext_t bg; /*Ext. of ancestor*/
/*New data for this type */
lv_obj_t * scrl; /*The scrollable object on the background*/
lv_action_t rel_action; /*Function to call when the page is released*/
lv_action_t pr_action; /*Function to call when the page is pressed*/
struct {
lv_style_t *style; /*Style of scrollbars*/
lv_area_t hor_area; /*Horizontal scrollbar area relative to the page. (Handled by the library) */
lv_area_t ver_area; /*Vertical scrollbar area relative to the page (Handled by the library)*/
uint8_t hor_draw :1; /*1: horizontal scrollbar is visible now (Handled by the library)*/
uint8_t ver_draw :1; /*1: vertical scrollbar is visible now (Handled by the library)*/
lv_sb_mode_t mode:3; /*Scrollbar visibility from 'lv_page_sb_mode_t'*/
} sb;
struct {
uint16_t state; /*Store the current size of the edge flash effect*/
lv_style_t *style; /*Style of edge flash effect (usually homogeneous circle)*/
uint8_t enabled :1; /*1: Show a flash animation on the edge*/
uint8_t top_ip :1; /*Used internally to show that top most position is reached (flash is In Progress)*/
uint8_t bottom_ip :1; /*Used internally to show that bottom most position is reached (flash is In Progress)*/
uint8_t right_ip :1; /*Used internally to show that right most position is reached (flash is In Progress)*/
uint8_t left_ip :1; /*Used internally to show that left most position is reached (flash is In Progress)*/
}edge_flash;
uint8_t arrow_scroll :1; /*1: Enable scrolling with LV_GROUP_KEY_LEFT/RIGHT/UP/DOWN*/
uint8_t scroll_prop :1; /*1: Propagate the scrolling the the parent if the edge is reached*/
uint8_t scroll_prop_ip :1; /*1: Scroll propagation is in progress (used by the library)*/
} lv_page_ext_t;
enum {
LV_PAGE_STYLE_BG,
LV_PAGE_STYLE_SCRL,
LV_PAGE_STYLE_SB,
LV_PAGE_STYLE_EDGE_FLASH,
};
typedef uint8_t lv_page_style_t;
/**********************
* GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
**********************/
/**
* Create a page objects
* @param par pointer to an object, it will be the parent of the new page
* @param copy pointer to a page object, if not NULL then the new object will be copied from it
* @return pointer to the created page
*/
lv_obj_t * lv_page_create(lv_obj_t * par, const lv_obj_t * copy);
/**
* Delete all children of the scrl object, without deleting scrl child.
* @param obj pointer to an object
*/
void lv_page_clean(lv_obj_t *obj);
/**
* Get the press action of the page
* @param page pointer to a page object
* @return a function to call when the page is pressed
*/
lv_action_t lv_page_get_pr_action(lv_obj_t * page);
/**
* Get the release action of the page
* @param page pointer to a page object
* @return a function to call when the page is released
*/
lv_action_t lv_page_get_rel_action(lv_obj_t * page);
/**
* Get the scrollable object of a page
* @param page pointer to a page object
* @return pointer to a container which is the scrollable part of the page
*/
lv_obj_t * lv_page_get_scrl(const lv_obj_t * page);
/*=====================
* Setter functions
*====================*/
/**
* Set a release action for the page
* @param page pointer to a page object
* @param rel_action a function to call when the page is released
*/
void lv_page_set_rel_action(lv_obj_t * page, lv_action_t rel_action);
/**
* Set a press action for the page
* @param page pointer to a page object
* @param pr_action a function to call when the page is pressed
*/
void lv_page_set_pr_action(lv_obj_t * page, lv_action_t pr_action);
/**
* Set the scroll bar mode on a page
* @param page pointer to a page object
* @param sb_mode the new mode from 'lv_page_sb.mode_t' enum
*/
void lv_page_set_sb_mode(lv_obj_t * page, lv_sb_mode_t sb_mode);
/**
* Enable/Disable scrolling with arrows if the page is in group (arrows: LV_GROUP_KEY_LEFT/RIGHT/UP/DOWN)
* @param page pointer to a page object
* @param en true: enable scrolling with arrows
*/
void lv_page_set_arrow_scroll(lv_obj_t * page, bool en);
/**
* Enable the scroll propagation feature. If enabled then the page will move its parent if there is no more space to scroll.
* @param page pointer to a Page
* @param en true or false to enable/disable scroll propagation
*/
void lv_page_set_scroll_propagation(lv_obj_t * page, bool en);
/**
* Enable the edge flash effect. (Show an arc when the an edge is reached)
* @param page pointer to a Page
* @param en true or false to enable/disable end flash
*/
void lv_page_set_edge_flash(lv_obj_t * page, bool en);
/**
* Set the fit attribute of the scrollable part of a page.
* It means it can set its size automatically to involve all children.
* (Can be set separately horizontally and vertically)
* @param page pointer to a page object
* @param hor_en true: enable horizontal fit
* @param ver_en true: enable vertical fit
*/
static inline void lv_page_set_scrl_fit(lv_obj_t *page, bool hor_en, bool ver_en)
{
lv_cont_set_fit(lv_page_get_scrl(page), hor_en, ver_en);
}
/**
* Set width of the scrollable part of a page
* @param page pointer to a page object
* @param w the new width of the scrollable (it ha no effect is horizontal fit is enabled)
*/
static inline void lv_page_set_scrl_width(lv_obj_t *page, lv_coord_t w)
{
lv_obj_set_width(lv_page_get_scrl(page), w);
}
/**
* Set height of the scrollable part of a page
* @param page pointer to a page object
* @param h the new height of the scrollable (it ha no effect is vertical fit is enabled)
*/
static inline void lv_page_set_scrl_height(lv_obj_t *page, lv_coord_t h)
{
lv_obj_set_height(lv_page_get_scrl(page), h);
}
/**
* Set the layout of the scrollable part of the page
* @param page pointer to a page object
* @param layout a layout from 'lv_cont_layout_t'
*/
static inline void lv_page_set_scrl_layout(lv_obj_t * page, lv_layout_t layout)
{
lv_cont_set_layout(lv_page_get_scrl(page), layout);
}
/**
* Set a style of a page
* @param page pointer to a page object
* @param type which style should be set
* @param style pointer to a style
*/
void lv_page_set_style(lv_obj_t *page, lv_page_style_t type, lv_style_t *style);
/*=====================
* Getter functions
*====================*/
/**
* Set the scroll bar mode on a page
* @param page pointer to a page object
* @return the mode from 'lv_page_sb.mode_t' enum
*/
lv_sb_mode_t lv_page_get_sb_mode(const lv_obj_t * page);
/**
* Get the the scrolling with arrows (LV_GROUP_KEY_LEFT/RIGHT/UP/DOWN) is enabled or not
* @param page pointer to a page object
* @return true: scrolling with arrows is enabled
*/
bool lv_page_get_arrow_scroll(const lv_obj_t * page);
/**
* Get the scroll propagation property
* @param page pointer to a Page
* @return true or false
*/
bool lv_page_get_scroll_propagation(lv_obj_t * page);
/**
* Get the edge flash effect property.
* @param page pointer to a Page
* return true or false
*/
bool lv_page_get_edge_flash(lv_obj_t * page);
/**
* Get that width which can be set to the children to still not cause overflow (show scrollbars)
* @param page pointer to a page object
* @return the width which still fits into the page
*/
lv_coord_t lv_page_get_fit_width(lv_obj_t * page);
/**
* Get that height which can be set to the children to still not cause overflow (show scrollbars)
* @param page pointer to a page object
* @return the height which still fits into the page
*/
lv_coord_t lv_page_get_fit_height(lv_obj_t * page);
/**
* Get width of the scrollable part of a page
* @param page pointer to a page object
* @return the width of the scrollable
*/
static inline lv_coord_t lv_page_get_scrl_width(const lv_obj_t *page)
{
return lv_obj_get_width(lv_page_get_scrl(page));
}
/**
* Get height of the scrollable part of a page
* @param page pointer to a page object
* @return the height of the scrollable
*/
static inline lv_coord_t lv_page_get_scrl_height(const lv_obj_t *page)
{
return lv_obj_get_height(lv_page_get_scrl(page));
}
/**
* Get the layout of the scrollable part of a page
* @param page pointer to page object
* @return the layout from 'lv_cont_layout_t'
*/
static inline lv_layout_t lv_page_get_scrl_layout(const lv_obj_t * page)
{
return lv_cont_get_layout(lv_page_get_scrl(page));
}
/**
* Get horizontal fit attribute of the scrollable part of a page
* @param page pointer to a page object
* @return true: horizontal fit is enabled; false: disabled
*/
static inline bool lv_page_get_scrl_hor_fit(const lv_obj_t * page)
{
return lv_cont_get_hor_fit(lv_page_get_scrl(page));
}
/**
* Get vertical fit attribute of the scrollable part of a page
* @param page pointer to a page object
* @return true: vertical fit is enabled; false: disabled
*/
static inline bool lv_page_get_scrl_fit_ver(const lv_obj_t * page)
{
return lv_cont_get_ver_fit(lv_page_get_scrl(page));
}
/**
* Get a style of a page
* @param page pointer to page object
* @param type which style should be get
* @return style pointer to a style
*/
lv_style_t * lv_page_get_style(const lv_obj_t *page, lv_page_style_t type);
/*=====================
* Other functions
*====================*/
/**
* Glue the object to the page. After it the page can be moved (dragged) with this object too.
* @param obj pointer to an object on a page
* @param glue true: enable glue, false: disable glue
*/
void lv_page_glue_obj(lv_obj_t * obj, bool glue);
/**
* Focus on an object. It ensures that the object will be visible on the page.
* @param page pointer to a page object
* @param obj pointer to an object to focus (must be on the page)
* @param anim_time scroll animation time in milliseconds (0: no animation)
*/
void lv_page_focus(lv_obj_t * page, const lv_obj_t * obj, uint16_t anim_time);
/**
* Scroll the page horizontally
* @param page pointer to a page object
* @param dist the distance to scroll (< 0: scroll left; > 0 scroll right)
*/
void lv_page_scroll_hor(lv_obj_t * page, lv_coord_t dist);
/**
* Scroll the page vertically
* @param page pointer to a page object
* @param dist the distance to scroll (< 0: scroll down; > 0 scroll up)
*/
void lv_page_scroll_ver(lv_obj_t * page, lv_coord_t dist);
/**
* Not intended to use directly by the user but by other object types internally.
* Start an edge flash animation. Exactly one `ext->edge_flash.xxx_ip` should be set
* @param page
*/
void lv_page_start_edge_flash(lv_obj_t * page);
/**********************
* MACROS
**********************/
#endif /*USE_LV_PAGE*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
#endif /*LV_PAGE_H*/

168
include/display/lv_objx/lv_preload.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
/**
* @file lv_preload.h
*
*/
#ifndef LV_PRELOAD_H
#define LV_PRELOAD_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*********************
* INCLUDES
*********************/
#ifdef LV_CONF_INCLUDE_SIMPLE
#include "lv_conf.h"
#else
#include "display/lv_conf.h"
#endif
#if USE_LV_PRELOAD != 0
/*Testing of dependencies*/
#if USE_LV_ARC == 0
#error "lv_preload: lv_arc is required. Enable it in lv_conf.h (USE_LV_ARC 1) "
#endif
#if USE_LV_ANIMATION == 0
#error "lv_preload: animations are required. Enable it in lv_conf.h (USE_LV_ANIMATION 1) "
#endif
#include "display/lv_core/lv_obj.h"
#include "lv_arc.h"
/*********************
* DEFINES
*********************/
/**********************
* TYPEDEFS
**********************/
enum {
LV_PRELOAD_TYPE_SPINNING_ARC,
LV_PRELOAD_TYPE_FILLSPIN_ARC,
};
typedef uint8_t lv_preloader_type_t;
/*Data of pre loader*/
typedef struct {
lv_arc_ext_t arc; /*Ext. of ancestor*/
/*New data for this type */
uint16_t arc_length; /*Length of the spinning indicator in degree*/
uint16_t time; /*Time of one round*/
lv_preloader_type_t anim_type; /*Type of the arc animation*/
} lv_preload_ext_t;
/*Styles*/
enum {
LV_PRELOAD_STYLE_MAIN,
};
typedef uint8_t lv_preload_style_t;
/**********************
* GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
**********************/
/**
* Create a pre loader objects
* @param par pointer to an object, it will be the parent of the new pre loader
* @param copy pointer to a pre loader object, if not NULL then the new object will be copied from it
* @return pointer to the created pre loader
*/
lv_obj_t * lv_preload_create(lv_obj_t * par, const lv_obj_t * copy);
/*======================
* Add/remove functions
*=====================*/
/**
* Set the length of the spinning arc in degrees
* @param preload pointer to a preload object
* @param deg length of the arc
*/
void lv_preload_set_arc_length(lv_obj_t * preload, uint16_t deg);
/**
* Set the spin time of the arc
* @param preload pointer to a preload object
* @param time time of one round in milliseconds
*/
void lv_preload_set_spin_time(lv_obj_t * preload, uint16_t time);
/*=====================
* Setter functions
*====================*/
/**
* Set a style of a pre loader.
* @param preload pointer to pre loader object
* @param type which style should be set
* @param style pointer to a style
* */
void lv_preload_set_style(lv_obj_t * preload, lv_preload_style_t type, lv_style_t *style);
/**
* Set the animation type of a preloadeer.
* @param preload pointer to pre loader object
* @param type animation type of the preload
* */
void lv_preload_set_animation_type(lv_obj_t * preload, lv_preloader_type_t type);
/*=====================
* Getter functions
*====================*/
/**
* Get the arc length [degree] of the a pre loader
* @param preload pointer to a pre loader object
*/
uint16_t lv_preload_get_arc_length(const lv_obj_t * preload);
/**
* Get the spin time of the arc
* @param preload pointer to a pre loader object [milliseconds]
*/
uint16_t lv_preload_get_spin_time(const lv_obj_t * preload);
/**
* Get style of a pre loader.
* @param preload pointer to pre loader object
* @param type which style should be get
* @return style pointer to the style
* */
lv_style_t * lv_preload_get_style(const lv_obj_t * preload, lv_preload_style_t type);
/**
* Get the animation type of a preloadeer.
* @param preload pointer to pre loader object
* @return animation type
* */
lv_preloader_type_t lv_preload_get_animation_type(lv_obj_t * preload);
/*=====================
* Other functions
*====================*/
/**
* Get style of a pre loader.
* @param preload pointer to pre loader object
* @param type which style should be get
* @return style pointer to the style
* */
void lv_preload_spinner_animation(void * ptr, int32_t val);
/**********************
* MACROS
**********************/
#endif /*USE_LV_PRELOAD*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
#endif /*LV_PRELOAD_H*/

224
include/display/lv_objx/lv_roller.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,224 @@
/**
* @file lv_roller.h
*
*/
#ifndef LV_ROLLER_H
#define LV_ROLLER_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*********************
* INCLUDES
*********************/
#ifdef LV_CONF_INCLUDE_SIMPLE
#include "lv_conf.h"
#else
#include "display/lv_conf.h"
#endif
#if USE_LV_ROLLER != 0
/*Testing of dependencies*/
#if USE_LV_DDLIST == 0
#error "lv_roller: lv_ddlist is required. Enable it in lv_conf.h (USE_LV_DDLIST 1) "
#endif
#include "display/lv_core/lv_obj.h"
#include "lv_ddlist.h"
#include "lv_label.h"
/*********************
* DEFINES
*********************/
/**********************
* TYPEDEFS
**********************/
/*Data of roller*/
typedef struct {
lv_ddlist_ext_t ddlist; /*Ext. of ancestor*/
/*New data for this type */
} lv_roller_ext_t;
enum {
LV_ROLLER_STYLE_BG,
LV_ROLLER_STYLE_SEL,
};
typedef uint8_t lv_roller_style_t;
/**********************
* GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
**********************/
/**
* Create a roller object
* @param par pointer to an object, it will be the parent of the new roller
* @param copy pointer to a roller object, if not NULL then the new object will be copied from it
* @return pointer to the created roller
*/
lv_obj_t * lv_roller_create(lv_obj_t * par, const lv_obj_t * copy);
/*=====================
* Setter functions
*====================*/
/**
* Set the align of the roller's options (left, right or center[default])
* @param roller - pointer to a roller object
* @param align - one of lv_label_align_t values (left, right, center)
*/
void lv_roller_set_align(lv_obj_t * roller, lv_label_align_t align);
/**
* Set the options on a roller
* @param roller pointer to roller object
* @param options a string with '\n' separated options. E.g. "One\nTwo\nThree"
*/
static inline void lv_roller_set_options(lv_obj_t * roller, const char * options)
{
lv_ddlist_set_options(roller, options);
}
/**
* Set the selected option
* @param roller pointer to a roller object
* @param sel_opt id of the selected option (0 ... number of option - 1);
* @param anim_en true: set with animation; false set immediately
*/
void lv_roller_set_selected(lv_obj_t *roller, uint16_t sel_opt, bool anim_en);
/**
* Set a function to call when a new option is chosen
* @param roller pointer to a roller
* @param action pointer to a callback function
*/
static inline void lv_roller_set_action(lv_obj_t * roller, lv_action_t action)
{
lv_ddlist_set_action(roller, action);
}
/**
* Set the height to show the given number of rows (options)
* @param roller pointer to a roller object
* @param row_cnt number of desired visible rows
*/
void lv_roller_set_visible_row_count(lv_obj_t *roller, uint8_t row_cnt);
/**
* Enable or disable the horizontal fit to the content
* @param roller pointer to a roller
* @param en true: enable auto fit; false: disable auto fit
*/
static inline void lv_roller_set_hor_fit(lv_obj_t * roller, bool en)
{
lv_ddlist_set_hor_fit(roller, en);
}
/**
* Set the open/close animation time.
* @param roller pointer to a roller object
* @param anim_time: open/close animation time [ms]
*/
static inline void lv_roller_set_anim_time(lv_obj_t *roller, uint16_t anim_time)
{
lv_ddlist_set_anim_time(roller, anim_time);
}
/**
* Set a style of a roller
* @param roller pointer to a roller object
* @param type which style should be set
* @param style pointer to a style
*/
void lv_roller_set_style(lv_obj_t *roller, lv_roller_style_t type, lv_style_t *style);
/*=====================
* Getter functions
*====================*/
/**
* Get the align attribute. Default alignment after _create is LV_LABEL_ALIGN_CENTER
* @param roller pointer to a roller object
* @return LV_LABEL_ALIGN_LEFT, LV_LABEL_ALIGN_RIGHT or LV_LABEL_ALIGN_CENTER
*/
lv_label_align_t lv_roller_get_align(const lv_obj_t * roller);
/**
* Get the options of a roller
* @param roller pointer to roller object
* @return the options separated by '\n'-s (E.g. "Option1\nOption2\nOption3")
*/
static inline const char * lv_roller_get_options(const lv_obj_t *roller)
{
return lv_ddlist_get_options(roller);
}
/**
* Get the id of the selected option
* @param roller pointer to a roller object
* @return id of the selected option (0 ... number of option - 1);
*/
static inline uint16_t lv_roller_get_selected(const lv_obj_t *roller)
{
return lv_ddlist_get_selected(roller);
}
/**
* Get the current selected option as a string
* @param roller pointer to roller object
* @param buf pointer to an array to store the string
*/
static inline void lv_roller_get_selected_str(const lv_obj_t * roller, char * buf)
{
lv_ddlist_get_selected_str(roller, buf);
}
/**
* Get the "option selected" callback function
* @param roller pointer to a roller
* @return pointer to the call back function
*/
static inline lv_action_t lv_roller_get_action(const lv_obj_t * roller)
{
return lv_ddlist_get_action(roller);
}
/**
* Get the open/close animation time.
* @param roller pointer to a roller
* @return open/close animation time [ms]
*/
static inline uint16_t lv_roller_get_anim_time(const lv_obj_t * roller)
{
return lv_ddlist_get_anim_time(roller);
}
/**
* Get the auto width set attribute
* @param roller pointer to a roller object
* @return true: auto size enabled; false: manual width settings enabled
*/
bool lv_roller_get_hor_fit(const lv_obj_t *roller);
/**
* Get a style of a roller
* @param roller pointer to a roller object
* @param type which style should be get
* @return style pointer to a style
* */
lv_style_t * lv_roller_get_style(const lv_obj_t *roller, lv_roller_style_t type);
/**********************
* MACROS
**********************/
#endif /*USE_LV_ROLLER*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
#endif /*LV_ROLLER_H*/

202
include/display/lv_objx/lv_slider.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
/**
* @file lv_slider.h
*
*/
#ifndef LV_SLIDER_H
#define LV_SLIDER_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*********************
* INCLUDES
*********************/
#ifdef LV_CONF_INCLUDE_SIMPLE
#include "lv_conf.h"
#else
#include "display/lv_conf.h"
#endif
#if USE_LV_SLIDER != 0
/*Testing of dependencies*/
#if USE_LV_BAR == 0
#error "lv_slider: lv_bar is required. Enable it in lv_conf.h (USE_LV_BAR 1) "
#endif
#include "display/lv_core/lv_obj.h"
#include "lv_bar.h"
/*********************
* DEFINES
*********************/
/**********************
* TYPEDEFS
**********************/
/*Data of slider*/
typedef struct
{
lv_bar_ext_t bar; /*Ext. of ancestor*/
/*New data for this type */
lv_action_t action; /*Function to call when a new value is set*/
lv_style_t *style_knob; /*Style of the knob*/
int16_t drag_value; /*Store a temporal value during press until release (Handled by the library)*/
uint8_t knob_in :1; /*1: Draw the knob inside the bar*/
} lv_slider_ext_t;
/*Built-in styles of slider*/
enum
{
LV_SLIDER_STYLE_BG,
LV_SLIDER_STYLE_INDIC,
LV_SLIDER_STYLE_KNOB,
};
typedef uint8_t lv_slider_style_t;
/**********************
* GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
**********************/
/**
* Create a slider objects
* @param par pointer to an object, it will be the parent of the new slider
* @param copy pointer to a slider object, if not NULL then the new object will be copied from it
* @return pointer to the created slider
*/
lv_obj_t * lv_slider_create(lv_obj_t * par, const lv_obj_t * copy);
/*=====================
* Setter functions
*====================*/
/**
* Set a new value on the slider
* @param slider pointer to a slider object
* @param value new value
*/
static inline void lv_slider_set_value(lv_obj_t * slider, int16_t value)
{
lv_bar_set_value(slider, value);
}
/**
* Set a new value with animation on a slider
* @param slider pointer to a slider object
* @param value new value
* @param anim_time animation time in milliseconds
*/
static inline void lv_slider_set_value_anim(lv_obj_t * slider, int16_t value, uint16_t anim_time)
{
lv_bar_set_value_anim(slider, value, anim_time);
}
/**
* Set minimum and the maximum values of a bar
* @param slider pointer to the slider object
* @param min minimum value
* @param max maximum value
*/
static inline void lv_slider_set_range(lv_obj_t *slider, int16_t min, int16_t max)
{
lv_bar_set_range(slider, min, max);
}
/**
* Set a function which will be called when a new value is set on the slider
* @param slider pointer to slider object
* @param action a callback function
*/
void lv_slider_set_action(lv_obj_t * slider, lv_action_t action);
/**
* Set the 'knob in' attribute of a slider
* @param slider pointer to slider object
* @param in true: the knob is drawn always in the slider;
* false: the knob can be out on the edges
*/
void lv_slider_set_knob_in(lv_obj_t * slider, bool in);
/**
* Set a style of a slider
* @param slider pointer to a slider object
* @param type which style should be set
* @param style pointer to a style
*/
void lv_slider_set_style(lv_obj_t *slider, lv_slider_style_t type, lv_style_t *style);
/*=====================
* Getter functions
*====================*/
/**
* Get the value of a slider
* @param slider pointer to a slider object
* @return the value of the slider
*/
int16_t lv_slider_get_value(const lv_obj_t * slider);
/**
* Get the minimum value of a slider
* @param slider pointer to a slider object
* @return the minimum value of the slider
*/
static inline int16_t lv_slider_get_min_value(const lv_obj_t * slider)
{
return lv_bar_get_min_value(slider);
}
/**
* Get the maximum value of a slider
* @param slider pointer to a slider object
* @return the maximum value of the slider
*/
static inline int16_t lv_slider_get_max_value(const lv_obj_t * slider)
{
return lv_bar_get_max_value(slider);
}
/**
* Get the slider action function
* @param slider pointer to slider object
* @return the callback function
*/
lv_action_t lv_slider_get_action(const lv_obj_t * slider);
/**
* Give the slider is being dragged or not
* @param slider pointer to a slider object
* @return true: drag in progress false: not dragged
*/
bool lv_slider_is_dragged(const lv_obj_t * slider);
/**
* Get the 'knob in' attribute of a slider
* @param slider pointer to slider object
* @return true: the knob is drawn always in the slider;
* false: the knob can be out on the edges
*/
bool lv_slider_get_knob_in(const lv_obj_t * slider);
/**
* Get a style of a slider
* @param slider pointer to a slider object
* @param type which style should be get
* @return style pointer to a style
*/
lv_style_t * lv_slider_get_style(const lv_obj_t *slider, lv_slider_style_t type);
/**********************
* MACROS
**********************/
#endif /*USE_LV_SLIDER*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
#endif /*LV_SLIDER_H*/

201
include/display/lv_objx/lv_spinbox.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,201 @@
/**
* @file lv_spinbox.h
*
*/
#ifndef LV_SPINBOX_H
#define LV_SPINBOX_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*********************
* INCLUDES
*********************/
#ifdef LV_CONF_INCLUDE_SIMPLE
#include "lv_conf.h"
#else
#include "display/lv_conf.h"
#endif
#if USE_LV_SPINBOX != 0
/*Testing of dependencies*/
#if USE_LV_TA == 0
#error "lv_spinbox: lv_ta is required. Enable it in lv_conf.h (USE_LV_TA 1) "
#endif
#include "display/lv_core/lv_obj.h"
#include "display/lv_objx/lv_ta.h"
/*********************
* DEFINES
*********************/
#define LV_SPINBOX_MAX_DIGIT_COUNT 16
/**********************
* TYPEDEFS
**********************/
/*callback on value change*/
typedef void (*lv_spinbox_value_changed_cb_t)(lv_obj_t * spinbox, int32_t new_value);
/*Data of spinbox*/
typedef struct {
lv_ta_ext_t ta; /*Ext. of ancestor*/
/*New data for this type */
int32_t value;
int32_t range_max;
int32_t range_min;
int32_t step;
uint16_t digit_count:4;
uint16_t dec_point_pos:4; /*if 0, there is no separator and the number is an integer*/
uint16_t digit_padding_left:4;
lv_spinbox_value_changed_cb_t value_changed_cb;
} lv_spinbox_ext_t;
/*Styles*/
enum {
LV_SPINBOX_STYLE_BG,
LV_SPINBOX_STYLE_SB,
LV_SPINBOX_STYLE_CURSOR,
};
typedef uint8_t lv_spinbox_style_t;
/**********************
* GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
**********************/
/**
* Create a spinbox objects
* @param par pointer to an object, it will be the parent of the new spinbox
* @param copy pointer to a spinbox object, if not NULL then the new object will be copied from it
* @return pointer to the created spinbox
*/
lv_obj_t * lv_spinbox_create(lv_obj_t * par, const lv_obj_t * copy);
/*=====================
* Setter functions
*====================*/
/**
* Set a style of a spinbox.
* @param templ pointer to template object
* @param type which style should be set
* @param style pointer to a style
*/
static inline void lv_spinbox_set_style(lv_obj_t * spinbox, lv_spinbox_style_t type, lv_style_t *style)
{
lv_ta_set_style(spinbox, type, style);
}
/**
* Set spinbox value
* @param spinbox pointer to spinbox
* @param i value to be set
*/
void lv_spinbox_set_value(lv_obj_t * spinbox, int32_t i);
/**
* Set spinbox digit format (digit count and decimal format)
* @param spinbox pointer to spinbox
* @param digit_count number of digit excluding the decimal separator and the sign
* @param separator_position number of digit before the decimal point. If 0, decimal point is not shown
*/
void lv_spinbox_set_digit_format(lv_obj_t * spinbox, uint8_t digit_count, uint8_t separator_position);
/**
* Set spinbox step
* @param spinbox pointer to spinbox
* @param step steps on increment/decrement
*/
void lv_spinbox_set_step(lv_obj_t * spinbox, uint32_t step);
/**
* Set spinbox value range
* @param spinbox pointer to spinbox
* @param range_min maximum value, inclusive
* @param range_max minimum value, inclusive
*/
void lv_spinbox_set_range(lv_obj_t * spinbox, int32_t range_min, int32_t range_max);
/**
* Set spinbox callback on calue change
* @param spinbox pointer to spinbox
* @param cb Callback function called on value change event
*/
void lv_spinbox_set_value_changed_cb(lv_obj_t * spinbox, lv_spinbox_value_changed_cb_t cb);
/**
* Set spinbox left padding in digits count (added between sign and first digit)
* @param spinbox pointer to spinbox
* @param cb Callback function called on value change event
*/
void lv_spinbox_set_padding_left(lv_obj_t * spinbox, uint8_t padding);
/*=====================
* Getter functions
*====================*/
/**
* Get style of a spinbox.
* @param templ pointer to template object
* @param type which style should be get
* @return style pointer to the style
*/
static inline lv_style_t * lv_spinbox_get_style(lv_obj_t * spinbox, lv_spinbox_style_t type)
{
return lv_ta_get_style(spinbox, type);
}
/**
* Get the spinbox numeral value (user has to convert to float according to its digit format)
* @param spinbox pointer to spinbox
* @return value integer value of the spinbox
*/
int32_t lv_spinbox_get_value(lv_obj_t * spinbox);
/*=====================
* Other functions
*====================*/
/**
* Select next lower digit for edition by dividing the step by 10
* @param spinbox pointer to spinbox
*/
void lv_spinbox_step_next(lv_obj_t * spinbox);
/**
* Select next higher digit for edition by multiplying the step by 10
* @param spinbox pointer to spinbox
*/
void lv_spinbox_step_previous(lv_obj_t * spinbox);
/**
* Increment spinbox value by one step
* @param spinbox pointer to spinbox
*/
void lv_spinbox_increment(lv_obj_t * spinbox);
/**
* Decrement spinbox value by one step
* @param spinbox pointer to spinbox
*/
void lv_spinbox_decrement(lv_obj_t * spinbox);
/**********************
* MACROS
**********************/
#endif /*USE_LV_SPINBOX*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
#endif /*LV_SPINBOX_H*/

194
include/display/lv_objx/lv_sw.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
/**
* @file lv_sw.h
*
*/
#ifndef LV_SW_H
#define LV_SW_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*********************
* INCLUDES
*********************/
#ifdef LV_CONF_INCLUDE_SIMPLE
#include "lv_conf.h"
#else
#include "display/lv_conf.h"
#endif
#if USE_LV_SW != 0
/*Testing of dependencies*/
#if USE_LV_SLIDER == 0
#error "lv_sw: lv_slider is required. Enable it in lv_conf.h (USE_LV_SLIDER 1)"
#endif
#include "display/lv_core/lv_obj.h"
#include "lv_slider.h"
/*********************
* DEFINES
*********************/
#define LV_SWITCH_SLIDER_ANIM_MAX 1000
/**********************
* TYPEDEFS
**********************/
/*Data of switch*/
typedef struct
{
lv_slider_ext_t slider; /*Ext. of ancestor*/
/*New data for this type */
lv_style_t *style_knob_off; /*Style of the knob when the switch is OFF*/
lv_style_t *style_knob_on; /*Style of the knob when the switch is ON (NULL to use the same as OFF)*/
lv_coord_t start_x;
uint8_t changed :1; /*Indicates the switch state explicitly changed by drag*/
uint8_t slided :1;
#if USE_LV_ANIMATION
uint16_t anim_time; /*switch animation time */
#endif
} lv_sw_ext_t;
enum {
LV_SW_STYLE_BG,
LV_SW_STYLE_INDIC,
LV_SW_STYLE_KNOB_OFF,
LV_SW_STYLE_KNOB_ON,
};
typedef uint8_t lv_sw_style_t;
/**********************
* GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
**********************/
/**
* Create a switch objects
* @param par pointer to an object, it will be the parent of the new switch
* @param copy pointer to a switch object, if not NULL then the new object will be copied from it
* @return pointer to the created switch
*/
lv_obj_t * lv_sw_create(lv_obj_t * par, const lv_obj_t * copy);
/*=====================
* Setter functions
*====================*/
/**
* Turn ON the switch
* @param sw pointer to a switch object
*/
void lv_sw_on(lv_obj_t *sw);
/**
* Turn OFF the switch
* @param sw pointer to a switch object
*/
void lv_sw_off(lv_obj_t *sw);
/**
* Toggle the position of the switch
* @param sw pointer to a switch object
* @return resulting state of the switch.
*/
bool lv_sw_toggle(lv_obj_t *sw);
/**
* Turn ON the switch with an animation
* @param sw pointer to a switch object
*/
void lv_sw_on_anim(lv_obj_t * sw);
/**
* Turn OFF the switch with an animation
* @param sw pointer to a switch object
*/
void lv_sw_off_anim(lv_obj_t * sw);
/**
* Toggle the position of the switch with an animation
* @param sw pointer to a switch object
* @return resulting state of the switch.
*/
bool lv_sw_toggle_anim(lv_obj_t *sw);
/**
* Set a function which will be called when the switch is toggled by the user
* @param sw pointer to switch object
* @param action a callback function
*/
static inline void lv_sw_set_action(lv_obj_t * sw, lv_action_t action)
{
lv_slider_set_action(sw, action);
}
/**
* Set a style of a switch
* @param sw pointer to a switch object
* @param type which style should be set
* @param style pointer to a style
*/
void lv_sw_set_style(lv_obj_t *sw, lv_sw_style_t type, lv_style_t *style);
#if USE_LV_ANIMATION
/**
* Set the animation time of the switch
* @param sw pointer to a switch object
* @param anim_time animation time
* @return style pointer to a style
*/
void lv_sw_set_anim_time(lv_obj_t *sw, uint16_t anim_time);
#endif
/*=====================
* Getter functions
*====================*/
/**
* Get the state of a switch
* @param sw pointer to a switch object
* @return false: OFF; true: ON
*/
static inline bool lv_sw_get_state(const lv_obj_t *sw)
{
return lv_bar_get_value(sw) < LV_SWITCH_SLIDER_ANIM_MAX / 2 ? false : true;
}
/**
* Get the switch action function
* @param slider pointer to a switch object
* @return the callback function
*/
static inline lv_action_t lv_sw_get_action(const lv_obj_t * slider)
{
return lv_slider_get_action(slider);
}
/**
* Get a style of a switch
* @param sw pointer to a switch object
* @param type which style should be get
* @return style pointer to a style
*/
lv_style_t * lv_sw_get_style(const lv_obj_t *sw, lv_sw_style_t type);
/**
* Get the animation time of the switch
* @param sw pointer to a switch object
* @return style pointer to a style
*/
uint16_t lv_sw_get_anim_time(const lv_obj_t *sw);
/**********************
* MACROS
**********************/
#endif /*USE_LV_SW*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
#endif /*LV_SW_H*/

390
include/display/lv_objx/lv_ta.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,390 @@
/**
* @file lv_ta.h
*
*/
#ifndef LV_TA_H
#define LV_TA_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*********************
* INCLUDES
*********************/
#ifdef LV_CONF_INCLUDE_SIMPLE
#include "lv_conf.h"
#else
#include "display/lv_conf.h"
#endif
#if USE_LV_TA != 0
/*Testing of dependencies*/
#if USE_LV_PAGE == 0
#error "lv_ta: lv_page is required. Enable it in lv_conf.h (USE_LV_PAGE 1) "
#endif
#if USE_LV_LABEL == 0
#error "lv_ta: lv_label is required. Enable it in lv_conf.h (USE_LV_LABEL 1) "
#endif
#include "display/lv_core/lv_obj.h"
#include "lv_page.h"
#include "lv_label.h"
/*********************
* DEFINES
*********************/
#define LV_TA_CURSOR_LAST (0x7FFF) /*Put the cursor after the last character*/
/**********************
* TYPEDEFS
**********************/
enum {
LV_CURSOR_NONE,
LV_CURSOR_LINE,
LV_CURSOR_BLOCK,
LV_CURSOR_OUTLINE,
LV_CURSOR_UNDERLINE,
LV_CURSOR_HIDDEN = 0x08, /*Or it to any value to hide the cursor temporally*/
};
typedef uint8_t lv_cursor_type_t;
/*Data of text area*/
typedef struct
{
lv_page_ext_t page; /*Ext. of ancestor*/
/*New data for this type */
lv_obj_t * label; /*Label of the text area*/
char * pwd_tmp; /*Used to store the original text in password mode*/
const char * accapted_chars;/*Only these characters will be accepted. NULL: accept all*/
uint16_t max_length; /*The max. number of characters. 0: no limit*/
uint8_t pwd_mode :1; /*Replace characters with '*' */
uint8_t one_line :1; /*One line mode (ignore line breaks)*/
struct {
lv_style_t *style; /*Style of the cursor (NULL to use label's style)*/
lv_coord_t valid_x; /*Used when stepping up/down in text area when stepping to a shorter line. (Handled by the library)*/
uint16_t pos; /*The current cursor position (0: before 1. letter; 1: before 2. letter etc.)*/
lv_area_t area; /*Cursor area relative to the Text Area*/
uint16_t txt_byte_pos; /*Byte index of the letter after (on) the cursor*/
lv_cursor_type_t type:4; /*Shape of the cursor*/
uint8_t state :1; /*Indicates that the cursor is visible now or not (Handled by the library)*/
} cursor;
} lv_ta_ext_t;
enum {
LV_TA_STYLE_BG,
LV_TA_STYLE_SB,
LV_TA_STYLE_EDGE_FLASH,
LV_TA_STYLE_CURSOR,
};
typedef uint8_t lv_ta_style_t;
/**********************
* GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
**********************/
/**
* Create a text area objects
* @param par pointer to an object, it will be the parent of the new text area
* @param copy pointer to a text area object, if not NULL then the new object will be copied from it
* @return pointer to the created text area
*/
lv_obj_t * lv_ta_create(lv_obj_t * par, const lv_obj_t * copy);
/*======================
* Add/remove functions
*=====================*/
/**
* Insert a character to the current cursor position.
* To add a wide char, e.g. 'Á' use `lv_txt_encoded_conv_wc('Á')`
* @param ta pointer to a text area object
* @param c a character (e.g. 'a')
*/
void lv_ta_add_char(lv_obj_t * ta, uint32_t c);
/**
* Insert a text to the current cursor position
* @param ta pointer to a text area object
* @param txt a '\0' terminated string to insert
*/
void lv_ta_add_text(lv_obj_t * ta, const char * txt);
/**
* Delete a the left character from the current cursor position
* @param ta pointer to a text area object
*/
void lv_ta_del_char(lv_obj_t * ta);
/*=====================
* Setter functions
*====================*/
/**
* Set the text of a text area
* @param ta pointer to a text area
* @param txt pointer to the text
*/
void lv_ta_set_text(lv_obj_t * ta, const char * txt);
/**
* Set the cursor position
* @param obj pointer to a text area object
* @param pos the new cursor position in character index
* < 0 : index from the end of the text
* LV_TA_CURSOR_LAST: go after the last character
*/
void lv_ta_set_cursor_pos(lv_obj_t * ta, int16_t pos);
/**
* Set the cursor type.
* @param ta pointer to a text area object
* @param cur_type: element of 'lv_cursor_type_t'
*/
void lv_ta_set_cursor_type(lv_obj_t * ta, lv_cursor_type_t cur_type);
/**
* Enable/Disable password mode
* @param ta pointer to a text area object
* @param en true: enable, false: disable
*/
void lv_ta_set_pwd_mode(lv_obj_t * ta, bool en);
/**
* Configure the text area to one line or back to normal
* @param ta pointer to a Text area object
* @param en true: one line, false: normal
*/
void lv_ta_set_one_line(lv_obj_t * ta, bool en);
/**
* Set the alignment of the text area.
* In one line mode the text can be scrolled only with `LV_LABEL_ALIGN_LEFT`.
* This function should be called if the size of text area changes.
* @param ta pointer to a text are object
* @param align the desired alignment from `lv_label_align_t`. (LV_LABEL_ALIGN_LEFT/CENTER/RIGHT)
*/
void lv_ta_set_text_align(lv_obj_t * ta, lv_label_align_t align);
/**
* Set a list of characters. Only these characters will be accepted by the text area
* @param ta pointer to Text Area
* @param list list of characters. Only the pointer is saved. E.g. "+-.,0123456789"
*/
void lv_ta_set_accepted_chars(lv_obj_t * ta, const char * list);
/**
* Set max length of a Text Area.
* @param ta pointer to Text Area
* @param num the maximal number of characters can be added (`lv_ta_set_text` ignores it)
*/
void lv_ta_set_max_length(lv_obj_t * ta, uint16_t num);
/**
* Set an action to call when the Text area is clicked
* @param ta pointer to a Text area
* @param action a function pointer
*/
static inline void lv_ta_set_action(lv_obj_t * ta, lv_action_t action)
{
lv_page_set_rel_action(ta, action);
}
/**
* Set the scroll bar mode of a text area
* @param ta pointer to a text area object
* @param sb_mode the new mode from 'lv_page_sb_mode_t' enum
*/
static inline void lv_ta_set_sb_mode(lv_obj_t * ta, lv_sb_mode_t mode)
{
lv_page_set_sb_mode(ta, mode);
}
/**
* Enable the scroll propagation feature. If enabled then the Text area will move its parent if there is no more space to scroll.
* @param ta pointer to a Text area
* @param en true or false to enable/disable scroll propagation
*/
static inline void lv_ta_set_scroll_propagation(lv_obj_t * ta, bool en)
{
lv_page_set_scroll_propagation(ta, en);
}
/**
* Enable the edge flash effect. (Show an arc when the an edge is reached)
* @param page pointer to a Text Area
* @param en true or false to enable/disable end flash
*/
static inline void lv_ta_set_edge_flash(lv_obj_t * ta, bool en)
{
lv_page_set_edge_flash(ta, en);
}
/**
* Set a style of a text area
* @param ta pointer to a text area object
* @param type which style should be set
* @param style pointer to a style
*/
void lv_ta_set_style(lv_obj_t *ta, lv_ta_style_t type, lv_style_t *style);
/*=====================
* Getter functions
*====================*/
/**
* Get the text of a text area. In password mode it gives the real text (not '*'s).
* @param ta pointer to a text area object
* @return pointer to the text
*/
const char * lv_ta_get_text(const lv_obj_t * ta);
/**
* Get the label of a text area
* @param ta pointer to a text area object
* @return pointer to the label object
*/
lv_obj_t * lv_ta_get_label(const lv_obj_t * ta);
/**
* Get the current cursor position in character index
* @param ta pointer to a text area object
* @return the cursor position
*/
uint16_t lv_ta_get_cursor_pos(const lv_obj_t * ta);
/**
* Get the current cursor visibility.
* @param ta pointer to a text area object
* @return true: the cursor is drawn, false: the cursor is hidden
*/
//bool lv_ta_get_cursor_show(const lv_obj_t * ta);
/**
* Get the current cursor type.
* @param ta pointer to a text area object
* @return element of 'lv_cursor_type_t'
*/
lv_cursor_type_t lv_ta_get_cursor_type(const lv_obj_t * ta);
/**
* Get the password mode attribute
* @param ta pointer to a text area object
* @return true: password mode is enabled, false: disabled
*/
bool lv_ta_get_pwd_mode(const lv_obj_t * ta);
/**
* Get the one line configuration attribute
* @param ta pointer to a text area object
* @return true: one line configuration is enabled, false: disabled
*/
bool lv_ta_get_one_line(const lv_obj_t * ta);
/**
* Get a list of accepted characters.
* @param ta pointer to Text Area
* @return list of accented characters.
*/
const char * lv_ta_get_accepted_chars(lv_obj_t * ta);
/**
* Set max length of a Text Area.
* @param ta pointer to Text Area
* @return the maximal number of characters to be add
*/
uint16_t lv_ta_get_max_length(lv_obj_t * ta);
/**
* Set an action to call when the Text area is clicked
* @param ta pointer to a Text area
* @param action a function pointer
*/
static inline lv_action_t lv_ta_get_action(lv_obj_t * ta)
{
return lv_page_get_rel_action(ta);
}
/**
* Get the scroll bar mode of a text area
* @param ta pointer to a text area object
* @return scrollbar mode from 'lv_page_sb_mode_t' enum
*/
static inline lv_sb_mode_t lv_ta_get_sb_mode(const lv_obj_t * ta)
{
return lv_page_get_sb_mode(ta);
}
/**
* Get the scroll propagation property
* @param ta pointer to a Text area
* @return true or false
*/
static inline bool lv_ta_get_scroll_propagation(lv_obj_t * ta)
{
return lv_page_get_scroll_propagation(ta);
}
/**
* Get the scroll propagation property
* @param ta pointer to a Text area
* @return true or false
*/
static inline bool lv_ta_get_edge_flash(lv_obj_t * ta)
{
return lv_page_get_edge_flash(ta);
}
/**
* Get a style of a text area
* @param ta pointer to a text area object
* @param type which style should be get
* @return style pointer to a style
*/
lv_style_t * lv_ta_get_style(const lv_obj_t *ta, lv_ta_style_t type);
/*=====================
* Other functions
*====================*/
/**
* Move the cursor one character right
* @param ta pointer to a text area object
*/
void lv_ta_cursor_right(lv_obj_t * ta);
/**
* Move the cursor one character left
* @param ta pointer to a text area object
*/
void lv_ta_cursor_left(lv_obj_t * ta);
/**
* Move the cursor one line down
* @param ta pointer to a text area object
*/
void lv_ta_cursor_down(lv_obj_t * ta);
/**
* Move the cursor one line up
* @param ta pointer to a text area object
*/
void lv_ta_cursor_up(lv_obj_t * ta);
/**********************
* MACROS
**********************/
#endif /*USE_LV_TA_H*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
#endif /*LV_TA_H*/

261
include/display/lv_objx/lv_table.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,261 @@
/**
* @file lv_table.h
*
*/
#ifndef LV_TABLE_H
#define LV_TABLE_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*********************
* INCLUDES
*********************/
#ifdef LV_CONF_INCLUDE_SIMPLE
#include "lv_conf.h"
#else
#include "display/lv_conf.h"
#endif
#if USE_LV_TABLE != 0
/*Testing of dependencies*/
#if USE_LV_LABEL == 0
#error "lv_table: lv_label is required. Enable it in lv_conf.h (USE_LV_LABEL 1) "
#endif
#include "display/lv_core/lv_obj.h"
#include "lv_label.h"
/*********************
* DEFINES
*********************/
#ifndef LV_TABLE_COL_MAX
#define LV_TABLE_COL_MAX 12
#endif
#define LV_TABLE_CELL_STYLE_CNT 4
/**********************
* TYPEDEFS
**********************/
typedef union {
struct {
uint8_t align:2;
uint8_t right_merge:1;
uint8_t type:2;
uint8_t crop:1;
};
uint8_t format_byte;
}lv_table_cell_format_t;
/*Data of table*/
typedef struct {
/*New data for this type */
uint16_t col_cnt;
uint16_t row_cnt;
char ** cell_data;
lv_style_t * cell_style[LV_TABLE_CELL_STYLE_CNT];
lv_coord_t col_w[LV_TABLE_COL_MAX];
} lv_table_ext_t;
/*Styles*/
enum {
LV_TABLE_STYLE_BG,
LV_TABLE_STYLE_CELL1,
LV_TABLE_STYLE_CELL2,
LV_TABLE_STYLE_CELL3,
LV_TABLE_STYLE_CELL4,
};
typedef uint8_t lv_table_style_t;
/**********************
* GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
**********************/
/**
* Create a table object
* @param par pointer to an object, it will be the parent of the new table
* @param copy pointer to a table object, if not NULL then the new object will be copied from it
* @return pointer to the created table
*/
lv_obj_t * lv_table_create(lv_obj_t * par, const lv_obj_t * copy);
/*=====================
* Setter functions
*====================*/
/**
* Set the value of a cell.
* @param table pointer to a Table object
* @param row id of the row [0 .. row_cnt -1]
* @param col id of the column [0 .. col_cnt -1]
* @param txt text to display in the cell. It will be copied and saved so this variable is not required after this function call.
*/
void lv_table_set_cell_value(lv_obj_t * table, uint16_t row, uint16_t col, const char * txt);
/**
* Set the number of rows
* @param table table pointer to a Table object
* @param row_cnt number of rows
*/
void lv_table_set_row_cnt(lv_obj_t * table, uint16_t row_cnt);
/**
* Set the number of columns
* @param table table pointer to a Table object
* @param col_cnt number of columns. Must be < LV_TABLE_COL_MAX
*/
void lv_table_set_col_cnt(lv_obj_t * table, uint16_t col_cnt);
/**
* Set the width of a column
* @param table table pointer to a Table object
* @param col_id id of the column [0 .. LV_TABLE_COL_MAX -1]
* @param w width of the column
*/
void lv_table_set_col_width(lv_obj_t * table, uint16_t col_id, lv_coord_t w);
/**
* Set the text align in a cell
* @param table pointer to a Table object
* @param row id of the row [0 .. row_cnt -1]
* @param col id of the column [0 .. col_cnt -1]
* @param align LV_LABEL_ALIGN_LEFT or LV_LABEL_ALIGN_CENTER or LV_LABEL_ALIGN_RIGHT
*/
void lv_table_set_cell_align(lv_obj_t * table, uint16_t row, uint16_t col, lv_label_align_t align);
/**
* Set the type of a cell.
* @param table pointer to a Table object
* @param row id of the row [0 .. row_cnt -1]
* @param col id of the column [0 .. col_cnt -1]
* @param type 1,2,3 or 4. The cell style will be chosen accordingly.
*/
void lv_table_set_cell_type(lv_obj_t * table, uint16_t row, uint16_t col, uint8_t type);
/**
* Set the cell crop. (Don't adjust the height of the cell according to its content)
* @param table pointer to a Table object
* @param row id of the row [0 .. row_cnt -1]
* @param col id of the column [0 .. col_cnt -1]
* @param crop true: crop the cell content; false: set the cell height to the content.
*/
void lv_table_set_cell_crop(lv_obj_t * table, uint16_t row, uint16_t col, bool crop);
/**
* Merge a cell with the right neighbor. The value of the cell to the right won't be displayed.
* @param table table pointer to a Table object
* @param row id of the row [0 .. row_cnt -1]
* @param col id of the column [0 .. col_cnt -1]
* @param en true: merge right; false: don't merge right
*/
void lv_table_set_cell_merge_right(lv_obj_t * table, uint16_t row, uint16_t col, bool en);
/**
* Set a style of a table.
* @param table pointer to table object
* @param type which style should be set
* @param style pointer to a style
*/
void lv_table_set_style(lv_obj_t * table, lv_table_style_t type, lv_style_t * style);
/*=====================
* Getter functions
*====================*/
/**
* Get the value of a cell.
* @param table pointer to a Table object
* @param row id of the row [0 .. row_cnt -1]
* @param col id of the column [0 .. col_cnt -1]
* @return text in the cell
*/
const char * lv_table_get_cell_value(lv_obj_t * table, uint16_t row, uint16_t col);
/**
* Get the number of rows.
* @param table table pointer to a Table object
* @return number of rows.
*/
uint16_t lv_table_get_row_cnt(lv_obj_t * table);
/**
* Get the number of columns.
* @param table table pointer to a Table object
* @return number of columns.
*/
uint16_t lv_table_get_col_cnt(lv_obj_t * table);
/**
* Get the width of a column
* @param table table pointer to a Table object
* @param col_id id of the column [0 .. LV_TABLE_COL_MAX -1]
* @return width of the column
*/
lv_coord_t lv_table_get_col_width(lv_obj_t * table, uint16_t col_id);
/**
* Get the text align of a cell
* @param table pointer to a Table object
* @param row id of the row [0 .. row_cnt -1]
* @param col id of the column [0 .. col_cnt -1]
* @return LV_LABEL_ALIGN_LEFT (default in case of error) or LV_LABEL_ALIGN_CENTER or LV_LABEL_ALIGN_RIGHT
*/
lv_label_align_t lv_table_get_cell_align(lv_obj_t * table, uint16_t row, uint16_t col);
/**
* Get the type of a cell
* @param table pointer to a Table object
* @param row id of the row [0 .. row_cnt -1]
* @param col id of the column [0 .. col_cnt -1]
* @return 1,2,3 or 4
*/
lv_label_align_t lv_table_get_cell_type(lv_obj_t * table, uint16_t row, uint16_t col);
/**
* Get the crop property of a cell
* @param table pointer to a Table object
* @param row id of the row [0 .. row_cnt -1]
* @param col id of the column [0 .. col_cnt -1]
* @return true: text crop enabled; false: disabled
*/
lv_label_align_t lv_table_get_cell_crop(lv_obj_t * table, uint16_t row, uint16_t col);
/**
* Get the cell merge attribute.
* @param table table pointer to a Table object
* @param row id of the row [0 .. row_cnt -1]
* @param col id of the column [0 .. col_cnt -1]
* @return true: merge right; false: don't merge right
*/
bool lv_table_get_cell_merge_right(lv_obj_t * table, uint16_t row, uint16_t col);
/**
* Get style of a table.
* @param table pointer to table object
* @param type which style should be get
* @return style pointer to the style
*/
lv_style_t * lv_table_get_style(const lv_obj_t * table, lv_table_style_t type);
/*=====================
* Other functions
*====================*/
/**********************
* MACROS
**********************/
#endif /*USE_LV_TABLE*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
#endif /*LV_TABLE_H*/

252
include/display/lv_objx/lv_tabview.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,252 @@
/**
* @file lv_tabview.h
*
*/
#ifndef LV_TABVIEW_H
#define LV_TABVIEW_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*********************
* INCLUDES
*********************/
#ifdef LV_CONF_INCLUDE_SIMPLE
#include "lv_conf.h"
#else
#include "display/lv_conf.h"
#endif
#if USE_LV_TABVIEW != 0
/*Testing of dependencies*/
#if USE_LV_BTNM == 0
#error "lv_tabview: lv_btnm is required. Enable it in lv_conf.h (USE_LV_BTNM 1) "
#endif
#if USE_LV_PAGE == 0
#error "lv_tabview: lv_page is required. Enable it in lv_conf.h (USE_LV_PAGE 1) "
#endif
#include "display/lv_core/lv_obj.h"
#include "display/lv_objx/lv_win.h"
#include "display/lv_objx/lv_page.h"
/*********************
* DEFINES
*********************/
/**********************
* TYPEDEFS
**********************/
/* parametes: pointer to a tabview object, tab_id
* return: LV_RES_INV: to prevent the loading of the tab; LV_RES_OK: if everything is fine*/
typedef lv_res_t (*lv_tabview_action_t)(lv_obj_t *, uint16_t);
enum {
LV_TABVIEW_BTNS_POS_TOP,
LV_TABVIEW_BTNS_POS_BOTTOM,
};
typedef uint8_t lv_tabview_btns_pos_t;
/*Data of tab*/
typedef struct
{
/*Ext. of ancestor*/
/*New data for this type */
lv_obj_t * btns;
lv_obj_t * indic;
lv_obj_t * content; /*A rectangle to show the current tab*/
const char ** tab_name_ptr;
lv_point_t point_last;
uint16_t tab_cur;
uint16_t tab_cnt;
uint16_t anim_time;
uint8_t slide_enable :1; /*1: enable horizontal sliding by touch pad*/
uint8_t draging :1;
uint8_t drag_hor :1;
uint8_t btns_hide :1;
lv_tabview_btns_pos_t btns_pos :1;
lv_tabview_action_t tab_load_action;
} lv_tabview_ext_t;
enum {
LV_TABVIEW_STYLE_BG,
LV_TABVIEW_STYLE_INDIC,
LV_TABVIEW_STYLE_BTN_BG,
LV_TABVIEW_STYLE_BTN_REL,
LV_TABVIEW_STYLE_BTN_PR,
LV_TABVIEW_STYLE_BTN_TGL_REL,
LV_TABVIEW_STYLE_BTN_TGL_PR,
};
typedef uint8_t lv_tabview_style_t;
/**********************
* GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
**********************/
/**
* Create a Tab view object
* @param par pointer to an object, it will be the parent of the new tab
* @param copy pointer to a tab object, if not NULL then the new object will be copied from it
* @return pointer to the created tab
*/
lv_obj_t * lv_tabview_create(lv_obj_t * par, const lv_obj_t * copy);
/**
* Delete all children of the scrl object, without deleting scrl child.
* @param obj pointer to an object
*/
void lv_tabview_clean(lv_obj_t *obj);
/*======================
* Add/remove functions
*=====================*/
/**
* Add a new tab with the given name
* @param tabview pointer to Tab view object where to ass the new tab
* @param name the text on the tab button
* @return pointer to the created page object (lv_page). You can create your content here
*/
lv_obj_t * lv_tabview_add_tab(lv_obj_t * tabview, const char * name);
/*=====================
* Setter functions
*====================*/
/**
* Set a new tab
* @param tabview pointer to Tab view object
* @param id index of a tab to load
* @param anim_en true: set with sliding animation; false: set immediately
*/
void lv_tabview_set_tab_act(lv_obj_t * tabview, uint16_t id, bool anim_en);
/**
* Set an action to call when a tab is loaded (Good to create content only if required)
* lv_tabview_get_act() still gives the current (old) tab (to remove content from here)
* @param tabview pointer to a tabview object
* @param action pointer to a function to call when a tab is loaded
*/
void lv_tabview_set_tab_load_action(lv_obj_t *tabview, lv_tabview_action_t action);
/**
* Enable horizontal sliding with touch pad
* @param tabview pointer to Tab view object
* @param en true: enable sliding; false: disable sliding
*/
void lv_tabview_set_sliding(lv_obj_t * tabview, bool en);
/**
* Set the animation time of tab view when a new tab is loaded
* @param tabview pointer to Tab view object
* @param anim_time time of animation in milliseconds
*/
void lv_tabview_set_anim_time(lv_obj_t * tabview, uint16_t anim_time);
/**
* Set the style of a tab view
* @param tabview pointer to a tan view object
* @param type which style should be set
* @param style pointer to the new style
*/
void lv_tabview_set_style(lv_obj_t *tabview, lv_tabview_style_t type, lv_style_t *style);
/**
* Set the position of tab select buttons
* @param tabview pointer to a tab view object
* @param btns_pos which button position
*/
void lv_tabview_set_btns_pos(lv_obj_t *tabview, lv_tabview_btns_pos_t btns_pos);
/**
* Set whether tab buttons are hidden
* @param tabview pointer to a tab view object
* @param en whether tab buttons are hidden
*/
void lv_tabview_set_btns_hidden(lv_obj_t *tabview, bool en);
/*=====================
* Getter functions
*====================*/
/**
* Get the index of the currently active tab
* @param tabview pointer to Tab view object
* @return the active tab index
*/
uint16_t lv_tabview_get_tab_act(const lv_obj_t * tabview);
/**
* Get the number of tabs
* @param tabview pointer to Tab view object
* @return tab count
*/
uint16_t lv_tabview_get_tab_count(const lv_obj_t * tabview);
/**
* Get the page (content area) of a tab
* @param tabview pointer to Tab view object
* @param id index of the tab (>= 0)
* @return pointer to page (lv_page) object
*/
lv_obj_t * lv_tabview_get_tab(const lv_obj_t * tabview, uint16_t id);
/**
* Get the tab load action
* @param tabview pointer to a tabview object
* @param return the current tab load action
*/
lv_tabview_action_t lv_tabview_get_tab_load_action(const lv_obj_t *tabview);
/**
* Get horizontal sliding is enabled or not
* @param tabview pointer to Tab view object
* @return true: enable sliding; false: disable sliding
*/
bool lv_tabview_get_sliding(const lv_obj_t * tabview);
/**
* Get the animation time of tab view when a new tab is loaded
* @param tabview pointer to Tab view object
* @return time of animation in milliseconds
*/
uint16_t lv_tabview_get_anim_time(const lv_obj_t * tabview);
/**
* Get a style of a tab view
* @param tabview pointer to a ab view object
* @param type which style should be get
* @return style pointer to a style
*/
lv_style_t * lv_tabview_get_style(const lv_obj_t *tabview, lv_tabview_style_t type);
/**
* Get position of tab select buttons
* @param tabview pointer to a ab view object
*/
lv_tabview_btns_pos_t lv_tabview_get_btns_pos(const lv_obj_t *tabview);
/**
* Get whether tab buttons are hidden
* @param tabview pointer to a tab view object
* @return whether tab buttons are hidden
*/
bool lv_tabview_get_btns_hidden(const lv_obj_t *tabview);
/**********************
* MACROS
**********************/
#endif /*USE_LV_TABVIEW*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
#endif /*LV_TABVIEW_H*/

163
include/display/lv_objx/lv_tileview.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,163 @@
/**
* @file lv_tileview.h
*
*/
#ifndef LV_TILEVIEW_H
#define LV_TILEVIEW_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*********************
* INCLUDES
*********************/
#ifdef LV_CONF_INCLUDE_SIMPLE
#include "lv_conf.h"
#else
#include "display/lv_conf.h"
#endif
#if USE_LV_TILEVIEW != 0
#include "display/lv_objx/lv_page.h"
/*********************
* DEFINES
*********************/
/**********************
* TYPEDEFS
**********************/
/* parametes: pointer to a tileview object, x, y (tile coordinates to load)
* return: LV_RES_INV: to prevent the loading of the tab; LV_RES_OK: if everything is fine*/
typedef lv_res_t (*lv_tileview_action_t)(lv_obj_t *, lv_coord_t, lv_coord_t);
/*Data of tileview*/
typedef struct {
lv_page_ext_t page;
/*New data for this type */
const lv_point_t * valid_pos;
uint16_t anim_time;
lv_tileview_action_t action;
lv_point_t act_id;
uint8_t drag_top_en :1;
uint8_t drag_bottom_en :1;
uint8_t drag_left_en :1;
uint8_t drag_right_en :1;
uint8_t drag_hor :1;
uint8_t drag_ver :1;
} lv_tileview_ext_t;
/*Styles*/
enum {
LV_TILEVIEW_STYLE_BG,
};
typedef uint8_t lv_tileview_style_t;
/**********************
* GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
**********************/
/**
* Create a tileview objects
* @param par pointer to an object, it will be the parent of the new tileview
* @param copy pointer to a tileview object, if not NULL then the new object will be copied from it
* @return pointer to the created tileview
*/
lv_obj_t * lv_tileview_create(lv_obj_t * par, const lv_obj_t * copy);
/*======================
* Add/remove functions
*=====================*/
/**
* Register an object on the tileview. The register object will able to slide the tileview
* @param element pointer to an object
*/
void lv_tileview_add_element(lv_obj_t * element);
/*=====================
* Setter functions
*====================*/
/**
* Set the valid position's indices. The scrolling will be possible only to these positions.
* @param tileview pointer to a Tileview object
* @param valid_pos array width the indices. E.g. `lv_point_t p[] = {{0,0}, {1,0}, {1,1}, {LV_COORD_MIN, LV_COORD_MIN}};`
* Must be closed with `{LV_COORD_MIN, LV_COORD_MIN}`. Only the pointer is saved so can't be a local variable.
*/
void lv_tileview_set_valid_positions(lv_obj_t * tileview, const lv_point_t * valid_pos);
/**
* Set the tile to be shown
* @param tileview pointer to a tileview object
* @param x column id (0, 1, 2...)
* @param y line id (0, 1, 2...)
* @param anim_en true: move with animation
*/
void lv_tileview_set_tile_act(lv_obj_t * tileview, lv_coord_t x, lv_coord_t y, bool anim_en);
/**
* Enable the edge flash effect. (Show an arc when the an edge is reached)
* @param tileview pointer to a Tileview
* @param en true or false to enable/disable end flash
*/
static inline void lv_tileview_set_edge_flash(lv_obj_t * tileview, bool en)
{
lv_page_set_edge_flash(tileview, en);
}
/**
* Set a style of a tileview.
* @param tileview pointer to tileview object
* @param type which style should be set
* @param style pointer to a style
*/
void lv_tileview_set_style(lv_obj_t * tileview, lv_tileview_style_t type, lv_style_t *style);
/*=====================
* Getter functions
*====================*/
/**
* Get the scroll propagation property
* @param tileview pointer to a Tileview
* @return true or false
*/
static inline bool lv_tileview_get_edge_flash(lv_obj_t * tileview)
{
return lv_page_get_edge_flash(tileview);
}
/**
* Get style of a tileview.
* @param tileview pointer to tileview object
* @param type which style should be get
* @return style pointer to the style
*/
lv_style_t * lv_tileview_get_style(const lv_obj_t * tileview, lv_tileview_style_t type);
/*=====================
* Other functions
*====================*/
/**********************
* MACROS
**********************/
#endif /*USE_LV_TILEVIEW*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
#endif /*LV_TILEVIEW_H*/

282
include/display/lv_objx/lv_win.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,282 @@
/**
* @file lv_win.h
*
*/
#ifndef LV_WIN_H
#define LV_WIN_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*********************
* INCLUDES
*********************/
#ifdef LV_CONF_INCLUDE_SIMPLE
#include "lv_conf.h"
#else
#include "display/lv_conf.h"
#endif
#if USE_LV_WIN != 0
/*Testing of dependencies*/
#if USE_LV_BTN == 0
#error "lv_win: lv_btn is required. Enable it in lv_conf.h (USE_LV_BTN 1) "
#endif
#if USE_LV_LABEL == 0
#error "lv_win: lv_label is required. Enable it in lv_conf.h (USE_LV_LABEL 1) "
#endif
#if USE_LV_IMG == 0
#error "lv_win: lv_img is required. Enable it in lv_conf.h (USE_LV_IMG 1) "
#endif
#if USE_LV_PAGE == 0
#error "lv_win: lv_page is required. Enable it in lv_conf.h (USE_LV_PAGE 1) "
#endif
#include "display/lv_core/lv_obj.h"
#include "lv_cont.h"
#include "lv_btn.h"
#include "lv_label.h"
#include "lv_img.h"
#include "lv_page.h"
/*********************
* DEFINES
*********************/
/**********************
* TYPEDEFS
**********************/
/*Data of window*/
typedef struct
{
/*Ext. of ancestor*/
/*New data for this type */
lv_obj_t * page; /*Pointer to a page which holds the content*/
lv_obj_t * header; /*Pointer to the header container of the window*/
lv_obj_t * title; /*Pointer to the title label of the window*/
lv_style_t * style_header; /*Style of the header container*/
lv_style_t * style_btn_rel; /*Control button releases style*/
lv_style_t * style_btn_pr; /*Control button pressed style*/
lv_coord_t btn_size; /*Size of the control buttons (square)*/
} lv_win_ext_t;
enum {
LV_WIN_STYLE_BG,
LV_WIN_STYLE_CONTENT_BG,
LV_WIN_STYLE_CONTENT_SCRL,
LV_WIN_STYLE_SB,
LV_WIN_STYLE_HEADER,
LV_WIN_STYLE_BTN_REL,
LV_WIN_STYLE_BTN_PR,
};
typedef uint8_t lv_win_style_t;
/**********************
* GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
**********************/
/**
* Create a window objects
* @param par pointer to an object, it will be the parent of the new window
* @param copy pointer to a window object, if not NULL then the new object will be copied from it
* @return pointer to the created window
*/
lv_obj_t * lv_win_create(lv_obj_t * par, const lv_obj_t * copy);
/**
* Delete all children of the scrl object, without deleting scrl child.
* @param obj pointer to an object
*/
void lv_win_clean(lv_obj_t *obj);
/*======================
* Add/remove functions
*=====================*/
/**
* Add control button to the header of the window
* @param win pointer to a window object
* @param img_src an image source ('lv_img_t' variable, path to file or a symbol)
* @param rel_action a function pointer to call when the button is released
* @return pointer to the created button object
*/
lv_obj_t * lv_win_add_btn(lv_obj_t * win, const void * img_src, lv_action_t rel_action);
/*=====================
* Setter functions
*====================*/
/**
* A release action which can be assigned to a window control button to close it
* @param btn pointer to the released button
* @return always LV_ACTION_RES_INV because the button is deleted with the window
*/
lv_res_t lv_win_close_action(lv_obj_t * btn);
/**
* Set the title of a window
* @param win pointer to a window object
* @param title string of the new title
*/
void lv_win_set_title(lv_obj_t * win, const char * title);
/**
* Set the control button size of a window
* @param win pointer to a window object
* @return control button size
*/
void lv_win_set_btn_size(lv_obj_t * win, lv_coord_t size);
/**
* Set the layout of the window
* @param win pointer to a window object
* @param layout the layout from 'lv_layout_t'
*/
void lv_win_set_layout(lv_obj_t *win, lv_layout_t layout);
/**
* Set the scroll bar mode of a window
* @param win pointer to a window object
* @param sb_mode the new scroll bar mode from 'lv_sb_mode_t'
*/
void lv_win_set_sb_mode(lv_obj_t *win, lv_sb_mode_t sb_mode);
/**
* Set a style of a window
* @param win pointer to a window object
* @param type which style should be set
* @param style pointer to a style
*/
void lv_win_set_style(lv_obj_t *win, lv_win_style_t type, lv_style_t *style);
/**
* Set drag status of a window. If set to 'true' window can be dragged like on a PC.
* @param win pointer to a window object
* @param en whether dragging is enabled
*/
void lv_win_set_drag(lv_obj_t *win, bool en);
/*=====================
* Getter functions
*====================*/
/**
* Get the title of a window
* @param win pointer to a window object
* @return title string of the window
*/
const char * lv_win_get_title(const lv_obj_t * win);
/**
* Get the content holder object of window (`lv_page`) to allow additional customization
* @param win pointer to a window object
* @return the Page object where the window's content is
*/
lv_obj_t * lv_win_get_content(const lv_obj_t * win);
/**
* Get the control button size of a window
* @param win pointer to a window object
* @return control button size
*/
lv_coord_t lv_win_get_btn_size(const lv_obj_t * win);
/**
* Get the pointer of a widow from one of its control button.
* It is useful in the action of the control buttons where only button is known.
* @param ctrl_btn pointer to a control button of a window
* @return pointer to the window of 'ctrl_btn'
*/
lv_obj_t * lv_win_get_from_btn(const lv_obj_t * ctrl_btn);
/**
* Get the layout of a window
* @param win pointer to a window object
* @return the layout of the window (from 'lv_layout_t')
*/
lv_layout_t lv_win_get_layout(lv_obj_t *win);
/**
* Get the scroll bar mode of a window
* @param win pointer to a window object
* @return the scroll bar mode of the window (from 'lv_sb_mode_t')
*/
lv_sb_mode_t lv_win_get_sb_mode(lv_obj_t *win);
/**
* Get width of the content area (page scrollable) of the window
* @param win pointer to a window object
* @return the width of the content area
*/
lv_coord_t lv_win_get_width(lv_obj_t * win);
/**
* Get a style of a window
* @param win pointer to a button object
* @param type which style window be get
* @return style pointer to a style
*/
lv_style_t * lv_win_get_style(const lv_obj_t *win, lv_win_style_t type);
/**
* Get drag status of a window. If set to 'true' window can be dragged like on a PC.
* @param win pointer to a window object
* @return whether window is draggable
*/
static inline bool lv_win_get_drag(const lv_obj_t *win)
{
return lv_obj_get_drag(win);
}
/*=====================
* Other functions
*====================*/
/**
* Focus on an object. It ensures that the object will be visible in the window.
* @param win pointer to a window object
* @param obj pointer to an object to focus (must be in the window)
* @param anim_time scroll animation time in milliseconds (0: no animation)
*/
void lv_win_focus(lv_obj_t * win, lv_obj_t * obj, uint16_t anim_time);
/**
* Scroll the window horizontally
* @param win pointer to a window object
* @param dist the distance to scroll (< 0: scroll right; > 0 scroll left)
*/
static inline void lv_win_scroll_hor(lv_obj_t * win, lv_coord_t dist)
{
lv_win_ext_t * ext = (lv_win_ext_t *)lv_obj_get_ext_attr(win);
lv_page_scroll_hor(ext->page, dist);
}
/**
* Scroll the window vertically
* @param win pointer to a window object
* @param dist the distance to scroll (< 0: scroll down; > 0 scroll up)
*/
static inline void lv_win_scroll_ver(lv_obj_t * win, lv_coord_t dist)
{
lv_win_ext_t * ext = (lv_win_ext_t *)lv_obj_get_ext_attr(win);
lv_page_scroll_ver(ext->page, dist);
}
/**********************
* MACROS
**********************/
#endif /*USE_LV_WIN*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
#endif /*LV_WIN_H*/

332
include/display/lv_themes/lv_theme.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,332 @@
/**
*@file lv_themes.h
*
*/
#ifndef LV_THEMES_H
#define LV_THEMES_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*********************
* INCLUDES
*********************/
#ifdef LV_CONF_INCLUDE_SIMPLE
#include "lv_conf.h"
#else
#include "display/lv_conf.h"
#endif
#include "display/lv_core/lv_style.h"
/*********************
* DEFINES
*********************/
/**********************
* TYPEDEFS
**********************/
typedef struct {
lv_style_t *bg;
lv_style_t *panel;
#if USE_LV_CONT != 0
lv_style_t *cont;
#endif
#if USE_LV_BTN != 0
struct {
lv_style_t *rel;
lv_style_t *pr;
lv_style_t *tgl_rel;
lv_style_t *tgl_pr;
lv_style_t *ina;
} btn;
#endif
#if USE_LV_IMGBTN != 0
struct {
lv_style_t *rel;
lv_style_t *pr;
lv_style_t *tgl_rel;
lv_style_t *tgl_pr;
lv_style_t *ina;
} imgbtn;
#endif
#if USE_LV_LABEL != 0
struct {
lv_style_t *prim;
lv_style_t *sec;
lv_style_t *hint;
} label;
#endif
#if USE_LV_IMG != 0
struct {
lv_style_t *light;
lv_style_t *dark;
} img;
#endif
#if USE_LV_LINE != 0
struct {
lv_style_t *decor;
} line;
#endif
#if USE_LV_LED != 0
lv_style_t *led;
#endif
#if USE_LV_BAR != 0
struct {
lv_style_t *bg;
lv_style_t *indic;
} bar;
#endif
#if USE_LV_SLIDER != 0
struct {
lv_style_t *bg;
lv_style_t *indic;
lv_style_t *knob;
} slider;
#endif
#if USE_LV_LMETER != 0
lv_style_t *lmeter;
#endif
#if USE_LV_GAUGE != 0
lv_style_t *gauge;
#endif
#if USE_LV_ARC != 0
lv_style_t *arc;
#endif
#if USE_LV_PRELOAD != 0
lv_style_t *preload;
#endif
#if USE_LV_SW != 0
struct {
lv_style_t *bg;
lv_style_t *indic;
lv_style_t *knob_off;
lv_style_t *knob_on;
} sw;
#endif
#if USE_LV_CHART != 0
lv_style_t *chart;
#endif
#if USE_LV_CALENDAR != 0
struct {
lv_style_t *bg;
lv_style_t *header;
lv_style_t *header_pr;
lv_style_t *day_names;
lv_style_t *highlighted_days;
lv_style_t *inactive_days;
lv_style_t *week_box;
lv_style_t *today_box;
} calendar;
#endif
#if USE_LV_CB != 0
struct {
lv_style_t *bg;
struct {
lv_style_t *rel;
lv_style_t *pr;
lv_style_t *tgl_rel;
lv_style_t *tgl_pr;
lv_style_t *ina;
} box;
} cb;
#endif
#if USE_LV_BTNM != 0
struct {
lv_style_t *bg;
struct {
lv_style_t *rel;
lv_style_t *pr;
lv_style_t *tgl_rel;
lv_style_t *tgl_pr;
lv_style_t *ina;
} btn;
} btnm;
#endif
#if USE_LV_KB != 0
struct {
lv_style_t *bg;
struct {
lv_style_t *rel;
lv_style_t *pr;
lv_style_t *tgl_rel;
lv_style_t *tgl_pr;
lv_style_t *ina;
} btn;
} kb;
#endif
#if USE_LV_MBOX != 0
struct {
lv_style_t *bg;
struct {
lv_style_t *bg;
lv_style_t *rel;
lv_style_t *pr;
} btn;
} mbox;
#endif
#if USE_LV_PAGE != 0
struct {
lv_style_t *bg;
lv_style_t *scrl;
lv_style_t *sb;
} page;
#endif
#if USE_LV_TA != 0
struct {
lv_style_t *area;
lv_style_t *oneline;
lv_style_t *cursor;
lv_style_t *sb;
} ta;
#endif
#if USE_LV_SPINBOX != 0
struct {
lv_style_t *bg;
lv_style_t *cursor;
lv_style_t *sb;
} spinbox;
#endif
#if USE_LV_LIST
struct {
lv_style_t *bg;
lv_style_t *scrl;
lv_style_t *sb;
struct {
lv_style_t *rel;
lv_style_t *pr;
lv_style_t *tgl_rel;
lv_style_t *tgl_pr;
lv_style_t *ina;
} btn;
} list;
#endif
#if USE_LV_DDLIST != 0
struct {
lv_style_t *bg;
lv_style_t *sel;
lv_style_t *sb;
} ddlist;
#endif
#if USE_LV_ROLLER != 0
struct {
lv_style_t *bg;
lv_style_t *sel;
} roller;
#endif
#if USE_LV_TABVIEW != 0
struct {
lv_style_t *bg;
lv_style_t *indic;
struct {
lv_style_t *bg;
lv_style_t *rel;
lv_style_t *pr;
lv_style_t *tgl_rel;
lv_style_t *tgl_pr;
} btn;
} tabview;
#endif
#if USE_LV_TILEVIEW != 0
struct {
lv_style_t *bg;
lv_style_t *scrl;
lv_style_t *sb;
} tileview;
#endif
#if USE_LV_TABLE != 0
struct {
lv_style_t *bg;
lv_style_t *cell;
} table;
#endif
#if USE_LV_WIN != 0
struct {
lv_style_t *bg;
lv_style_t *sb;
lv_style_t *header;
struct {
lv_style_t *bg;
lv_style_t *scrl;
} content;
struct {
lv_style_t *rel;
lv_style_t *pr;
} btn;
} win;
#endif
} lv_theme_t;
/**********************
* GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
**********************/
/**
* Set a theme for the system.
* From now, all the created objects will use styles from this theme by default
* @param th pointer to theme (return value of: 'lv_theme_init_xxx()')
*/
void lv_theme_set_current(lv_theme_t *th);
/**
* Get the current system theme.
* @return pointer to the current system theme. NULL if not set.
*/
lv_theme_t * lv_theme_get_current(void);
/**********************
* MACROS
**********************/
/**********************
* POST INCLUDE
*********************/
#include "lv_theme_templ.h"
#include "lv_theme_default.h"
#include "lv_theme_alien.h"
#include "lv_theme_night.h"
#include "lv_theme_zen.h"
#include "lv_theme_mono.h"
#include "lv_theme_nemo.h"
#include "lv_theme_material.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
#endif /*LV_THEMES_H*/

59
include/display/lv_themes/lv_theme_alien.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
/**
* @file lv_theme_alien.h
*
*/
#ifndef LV_THEME_ALIEN_H
#define LV_THEME_ALIEN_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*********************
* INCLUDES
*********************/
#ifdef LV_CONF_INCLUDE_SIMPLE
#include "lv_conf.h"
#else
#include "display/lv_conf.h"
#endif
#if USE_LV_THEME_ALIEN
/*********************
* DEFINES
*********************/
/**********************
* TYPEDEFS
**********************/
/**********************
* GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
**********************/
/**
* Initialize the alien theme
* @param hue [0..360] hue value from HSV color space to define the theme's base color
* @param font pointer to a font (NULL to use the default)
* @return pointer to the initialized theme
*/
lv_theme_t * lv_theme_alien_init(uint16_t hue, lv_font_t *font);
/**
* Get a pointer to the theme
* @return pointer to the theme
*/
lv_theme_t * lv_theme_get_alien(void);
/**********************
* MACROS
**********************/
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
#endif /*LV_THEME_ALIEN_H*/

60
include/display/lv_themes/lv_theme_default.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
/**
* @file lv_theme_default.h
*
*/
#ifndef LV_THEME_DEFAULT_H
#define LV_THEME_DEFAULT_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*********************
* INCLUDES
*********************/
#ifdef LV_CONF_INCLUDE_SIMPLE
#include "lv_conf.h"
#else
#include "display/lv_conf.h"
#endif
#if USE_LV_THEME_DEFAULT
/*********************
* DEFINES
*********************/
/**********************
* TYPEDEFS
**********************/
/**********************
* GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
**********************/
/**
* Initialize the default theme
* @param hue [0..360] hue value from HSV color space to define the theme's base color
* @param font pointer to a font (NULL to use the default)
* @return pointer to the initialized theme
*/
lv_theme_t * lv_theme_default_init(uint16_t hue, lv_font_t *font);
/**
* Get a pointer to the theme
* @return pointer to the theme
*/
lv_theme_t * lv_theme_get_default(void);
/**********************
* MACROS
**********************/
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
#endif /*LV_THEME_TEMPL_H*/

60
include/display/lv_themes/lv_theme_material.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
/**
* @file lv_theme_material.h
*
*/
#ifndef LV_THEME_MATERIAL_H
#define LV_THEME_MATERIAL_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*********************
* INCLUDES
*********************/
#ifdef LV_CONF_INCLUDE_SIMPLE
#include "lv_conf.h"
#else
#include "display/lv_conf.h"
#endif
#if USE_LV_THEME_MATERIAL
/*********************
* DEFINES
*********************/
/**********************
* TYPEDEFS
**********************/
/**********************
* GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
**********************/
/**
* Initialize the material theme
* @param hue [0..360] hue value from HSV color space to define the theme's base color
* @param font pointer to a font (NULL to use the default)
* @return pointer to the initialized theme
*/
lv_theme_t * lv_theme_material_init(uint16_t hue, lv_font_t *font);
/**
* Get a pointer to the theme
* @return pointer to the theme
*/
lv_theme_t * lv_theme_get_material(void);
/**********************
* MACROS
**********************/
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
#endif /*LV_THEME_MATERIAL_H*/

60
include/display/lv_themes/lv_theme_mono.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
/**
* @file lv_theme_mono.h
*
*/
#ifndef LV_THEME_MONO_H
#define LV_THEME_MONO_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*********************
* INCLUDES
*********************/
#ifdef LV_CONF_INCLUDE_SIMPLE
#include "lv_conf.h"
#else
#include "display/lv_conf.h"
#endif
#if USE_LV_THEME_MONO
/*********************
* DEFINES
*********************/
/**********************
* TYPEDEFS
**********************/
/**********************
* GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
**********************/
/**
* Initialize the mono theme
* @param hue [0..360] hue value from HSV color space to define the theme's base color
* @param font pointer to a font (NULL to use the default)
* @return pointer to the initialized theme
*/
lv_theme_t * lv_theme_mono_init(uint16_t hue, lv_font_t *font);
/**
* Get a pointer to the theme
* @return pointer to the theme
*/
lv_theme_t * lv_theme_get_mono(void);
/**********************
* MACROS
**********************/
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
#endif /*LV_THEME_MONO_H*/

60
include/display/lv_themes/lv_theme_nemo.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
/**
* @file lv_theme_nemo.h
*
*/
#ifndef LV_THEME_NEMO_H
#define LV_THEME_NEMO_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*********************
* INCLUDES
*********************/
#ifdef LV_CONF_INCLUDE_SIMPLE
#include "lv_conf.h"
#else
#include "display/lv_conf.h"
#endif
#if USE_LV_THEME_NEMO
/*********************
* DEFINES
*********************/
/**********************
* TYPEDEFS
**********************/
/**********************
* GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
**********************/
/**
* Initialize the material theme
* @param hue [0..360] hue value from HSV color space to define the theme's base color
* @param font pointer to a font (NULL to use the default)
* @return pointer to the initialized theme
*/
lv_theme_t * lv_theme_nemo_init(uint16_t hue, lv_font_t *font);
/**
* Get a pointer to the theme
* @return pointer to the theme
*/
lv_theme_t * lv_theme_get_nemo(void);
/**********************
* MACROS
**********************/
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
#endif /*LV_THEME_NEMO_H*/

60
include/display/lv_themes/lv_theme_night.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
/**
* @file lv_theme_night.h
*
*/
#ifndef LV_THEME_NIGHT_H
#define LV_THEME_NIGHT_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*********************
* INCLUDES
*********************/
#ifdef LV_CONF_INCLUDE_SIMPLE
#include "lv_conf.h"
#else
#include "display/lv_conf.h"
#endif
#if USE_LV_THEME_NIGHT
/*********************
* DEFINES
*********************/
/**********************
* TYPEDEFS
**********************/
/**********************
* GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
**********************/
/**
* Initialize the night theme
* @param hue [0..360] hue value from HSV color space to define the theme's base color
* @param font pointer to a font (NULL to use the default)
* @return pointer to the initialized theme
*/
lv_theme_t * lv_theme_night_init(uint16_t hue, lv_font_t *font);
/**
* Get a pointer to the theme
* @return pointer to the theme
*/
lv_theme_t * lv_theme_get_night(void);
/**********************
* MACROS
**********************/
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
#endif /*LV_THEME_NIGHT_H*/

60
include/display/lv_themes/lv_theme_templ.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
/**
* @file lv_theme_templ.h
*
*/
#ifndef LV_THEME_TEMPL_H
#define LV_THEME_TEMPL_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*********************
* INCLUDES
*********************/
#ifdef LV_CONF_INCLUDE_SIMPLE
#include "lv_conf.h"
#else
#include "display/lv_conf.h"
#endif
#if USE_LV_THEME_TEMPL
/*********************
* DEFINES
*********************/
/**********************
* TYPEDEFS
**********************/
/**********************
* GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
**********************/
/**
* Initialize the templ theme
* @param hue [0..360] hue value from HSV color space to define the theme's base color
* @param font pointer to a font (NULL to use the default)
* @return pointer to the initialized theme
*/
lv_theme_t * lv_theme_templ_init(uint16_t hue, lv_font_t *font);
/**
* Get a pointer to the theme
* @return pointer to the theme
*/
lv_theme_t * lv_theme_get_templ(void);
/**********************
* MACROS
**********************/
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
#endif /*LV_THEME_TEMPL_H*/

60
include/display/lv_themes/lv_theme_zen.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
/**
* @file lv_theme_zen.h
*
*/
#ifndef LV_THEME_ZEN_H
#define LV_THEME_ZEN_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*********************
* INCLUDES
*********************/
#ifdef LV_CONF_INCLUDE_SIMPLE
#include "lv_conf.h"
#else
#include "display/lv_conf.h"
#endif
#if USE_LV_THEME_ZEN
/*********************
* DEFINES
*********************/
/**********************
* TYPEDEFS
**********************/
/**********************
* GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
**********************/
/**
* Initialize the zen theme
* @param hue [0..360] hue value from HSV color space to define the theme's base color
* @param font pointer to a font (NULL to use the default)
* @return pointer to the initialized theme
*/
lv_theme_t * lv_theme_zen_init(uint16_t hue, lv_font_t *font);
/**
* Get a pointer to the theme
* @return pointer to the theme
*/
lv_theme_t * lv_theme_get_zen(void);
/**********************
* MACROS
**********************/
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
#endif /*LV_THEME_ZEN_H*/

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show more